k\ 




Class _^_._M] 

Rook V^.B5 

Gopyright]^^. 

COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



GEORGE GWYNN, JR. 

THIS HISTORY OF HIS STATE 
IS DEDICATED 

CAROLINE M. BREVARD 



A HISTORY OF FLORIDA 



BY 

CAROLINE MAYS BREVARD 



WITH QUESTIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CHAPTERS 

AND AN OUTLINE OF FLORIDA CIVIL 

GOVERNMENT 

By H. E. BENNETT, Florida State Normal School 



\ 



NEW YORK.:. CINCINNATI:. CHICAGO 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



|6£ 



LIBRARY Of CONQRESSi 


Two Oop»«« 


Rocaived 1 


NOV ay 


It^ 1 


Cooyngni tniry 

oust ^ XXfli N« 

OOPY B. 



COPTEIGHT, 1904, BY 

CAEOLINE M. BREVARD axd H. E. BENNETT. 



Entered at Statioxees" Hall, Losdon. 



HIST. OF FLORIDA, 
\V. P. I 



; PREFACE 

This book has been written to supply the need, which 
my own experience in school work has impressed upon 
me, of a brief, accurate history of Florida, suited for 
practical use in the schoolroom. 

Naturally, many facts of interest could not be treated. 
On the work of selection, constant effort has been made 
to relate the more important events affecting the develop- 
ment of the commonwealth so fully as to impress them 
upon the mind of the student, while omitting entirely 
a mass of details not essential to the central idea. So- 
cial, economic, and industrial conditions have not been 
neglected. 

In every case the best available authorities have been 
consulted, conflicting accounts being carefully compared 
and studied. The narrative from 1814 to the present 
time is based upon original sources of information, to 
which in practically unbroken succession I have fortu- 
nately had access. 

I here record my indebtedness to Mrs. Ellen Call Long, 
who has permitted the use of her collection of valuable 
historical material ; to General William Miller for data 
regarding the battle of Natural Bridge ; and to Governor 
William D. Bloxham for data used in later chapters of 
the book. 

The chapters on the geography of Florida, the history 
of internal improvements, and the Florida school system, 

5 



6 PREFACE 

with the sections on Florida Civil Government, have been 
written by Mr. H. E. Bennett, State Normal School, 
De Funiak Springs. The questions for review and 
research have also been prepared by Mr. Bennett. 

Should the work prove helpful to the teachers of 
Florida in making the events of our history real and the 
duties of citizenship clear, its purpose will be fulfilled. 

CAROLINE MAYS BREVARD. 
Tallahassee, Florida. 



NOTE TO TEACHERS AND PUPILS 

It will be noted that there are three distinct series 
of questions. It is important that teachers and pupils 
understand the distinction among these that they may 
serve their rightful purpose. On each page are ques- 
tions based directly upon the text, and intended to aid 
pupils and readers to grasp the essential facts in what 
they have read. These questions are not intended, and 
in most cases are not suitable, for class use, although 
they may be used for that purpose with discrimination. 

The chapters are grouped according to the natural 
division of the subject as shown in the Table of Contents, 
and after each group is a series of topical review ques- 
tions. These are intended to be of assistance to the 
teachers and pupils in reviewing. They will be particu- 
larly useful to teachers and examiners in preparing test 
questions. All questions of this series can be answered 
from the text. A third series, designated "Thouglit 
and Research Topics," is intended for advanced pupils, 
teachers, and those who wish to use the work as a guide 
for collateral investigation. Their use involves connected 
reasoning and research. The chapter on bibliography 
and references (pp. 213-216) will explain where nearly 
all the information involved in these questions may be 
secured. 



CONTENTS 

The Geography of the State ...... 11 

PART I 

THE EXPLORATIONS 

PACK 

I. How Ponce de Leon discovered Florida . . .17 

IT. Panfilo de Narvaez 23 

HI. Hernando de Soto 27 

IV. The Indians of Florida 37 



PLANTING THE COLONIES 



V. A French Colony in Florida . 

VI. How the French Colony was destroyed 

VII. The Revenge of Dominique de Gourgues 

VIIL More about St. Augustine 

IX. The Founding of Pensacola . 



COLONIAL FLORIDA 

X. English Neighbors 

XL Florida a British Colony 

XII. Second Spanish Occupation . 

XIIL Florida's Part in the War of 1812 

XIV. Jackson in Florida 



42 

48 
.53 
58 
63 



69 
76 

81 
86 
90 



PART II 

TERRITORIAL DAYS 

I. How Florida became a Territory of the United States 100 

II. Governor Duval 105 

IIL The New Capital 110 

IV. The Scotch Pioneers of the Euchee Region . . .114 

THE SEMINOLE WAR 

V. Governor Duval and the Indians ' 121 

VI. Beginning of the Seminole War 126 

9 



10 CONTENTS 



PAGE 



VII. Dade Massacre, Withlacoochee, the Blockhouse . . 132 

VII I. The Capture of Osceola and Coacoochee . . . 137 

IX. End of the Seminole War 141 

X. Governor Call 146 

STATEHOOD AND THE CIVIL WAR 

XI. How Florida became a State, and how she withdrew 

from the Union 152 

XII. Events of the War at Pensacola 157 

XIII. Jacksonville, Olustee 162 

XIV. Marianna 168 

XV. Natural Bridge 172 

XVI. End of the War 177 

RECONSTRUCTION AND RECENT PROGRESS 

XVII. Florida again in the Union 184 

XVIII. Drew, Bloxham, Perry, Fleming, Mitchell . . .189 

XIX. Bloxham, Jennings 196 

Ciironological Table of Principal Events in Parts I and II . 207 

Governors of Florida 210 

Population of Florida by Counties, 1830-1900 . . . .211 

Establishment of Counties 212 

Bibliography 213 

References for Topical Research 214 



PART III 

Brief .Hi,story of Internal Improvement Fund and Railway 

Development 217 

The Florida School System 226 

CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 

Constitution of Florida, rearranged and simplified . . . 232 

Florida Election System 260 

Privileges and Duties of Florida Citizens 268 

Index 278 



THE HISTORY OF FLORIDA 



THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE 

In the early days of colonial history, the Spaniards 
called all of North America north of Mexico, so far as 
they knew it at all, Florida, and they claimed it as their 
own. Little by little this claim was given up until the 
boundaries were fixed as we have them now. Our Florida 
reaches from the Perdido River on the west to the Atlan- 
tic Ocean on the east, and from Alabama and Georgfia on 
the north to the Florida Strait and the Gulf of Mexico on 
the south. It stretches a total of 450 miles north and 
south, and as much east and west, containing 58,680 square 
miles. Florida lies farther south than any part of Europe, 
lying in the same latitude as Egypt, Palestine, and the 
southern part of China. 

Florida is an extension of the southern coastal plains, 
being a junction of the Atlantic and Gulf slopes. It 
attains its greatest altitude some 300 feet above the sea 
in the sand-hills of West Florida and in the middle 
Peninsula. From Madison County westward the clay 
hill country of Georgia and Alabama extends into the 
State. Between this and the Gulf is a stretch of heavily 
timbered pine land. From the Suwanee eastward, the 
northern tier of counties is flat and sandy, covered with 
pine timber and wire grass. 

Through the central peninsular section, stretching from 
Alachua to Polk county, is a ridge of rolling pine and 

11 




hammock lands, dotted with count- 
less lakes. These lakes vary in size 
from an acre or less to such splendid 
sheets of water as Lakes Harris, 
Apopka, and Orange. Together the 
lakes of Florida contain 4400 square 
miles, of which Okechobee contains 
more than 1000. Many of these 
lakes, large and small, have no visible 
outlet, yet are characterized by clear, 
fresh water, and, except where the 
aquatic growth extends into them, 
by white sand bottoms and shores. 
The subsoil of coarse sand is sup- 
posed to account for the evident 
drainage of the lakes into the neigh- 
boring streams. 

From Jackson County southeastward, through the central an( 
of the peninsula, the country is usually formed upon strata of 
limestone. The erosion of this soft limestone has produced ma: 
peculiar features. In Jackson County are great caves, extendh 
instance, more than a mile underground. In the same county 
are the " natural bridges " where whole rivers disappear from i 
again at a distance. Through this section are many deep, perpi 
Some of them are filled and ever flowing with the clearest of ^ 
out from springs at the bottom. Such are the famous and 
Spring, Wakulla Spring, and others. Where the springs 
cavities are known as " sinks." The sinks not only occur comi 
the region, but are occasionally produced by the sudden sink 
the surface. 

Through the same region, from Lake Okechobee to near Tall 
deposits of valuable phosphates — the chief mineral product of 
varieties of valuable clays are found, including the fuller's e 
Quincy, which produces most of the American supply, and vast 
white kaolin in Lake and Putnam counties. 

The eastern and southern portions of the peninsula are of co 






Canaveral 




western portions 
e upper Eocene 
interesting and 

in at least one 
nd in Wakulla, 

surface, rising 
licular cavities. 
:er, which boils 
eautiful Silver 
3 wanting, the 
Qly throughout 
; of portions of 

Lssee, are found 
J State. Many 
h deposit near 
ds of the finest 

formation and 



^ff 



*^DRY TORTUGAS 



Key 1|7eBt c u ° 



Cape Sable* ^ „, „ , 



^£t^ 






14 THE GEOGKAPHY OF THE STATE 

have been produced by a series of reefs along the coast 
and the gradual tilling in behind them. The St. Johns 
River was evidently once a long slough, shut in by a coral 
reef. The Indian River was formed in like manner at a 
later date. A similar reef at the south formed the rocky 
ridge of the Miami country and inclosed the Everglades. 
Another one, now forming, stretches from Biscay ne Bay 
to the Tortugas, the portions projecting above the surface, 
with their accumulations of soil and vegetation, forming 
the chain of islands known as the Florida Keys. 

As would be expected from its formation, the eastern 
coast has few harbors, and these are comparatively shallow. 
They are at Fernandina — the mouth of the St. Marys, — 
at Jacksonville on the St. Johns, at St. Augustine, and at 
Miami on Biscayne Bay. This coast has, however, the 
finest beaches of America, if not the world. There is an 
almost continuous beach from Fernandina to Miami, mak- 
ing it a famous resort where open-air bathing and other 
summer sports are engaged in the year round. 

The western coast is irregular, deeply indented by 
splendid harbors and fringed with rich islands. Charlotte 
Harbor, Tampa Bay, Cedar Keys, Apalachicola, and Pen- 
sacola are the most important harbors. 

The drainage of Florida falls into three natural divisions. 
First, the rivers flowing into the Gulf. Chief among these 
are the large rivers flowing from Alabama and Georgia 
through the western part of the State, including the 
Escambia, Yellow, Choctawhatchee, Apalachicola, Ocklock- 
onee, and the song-famed Suwanee. Entirely within 
the State and emptying along the lower Gulf coast, are 
the Withlacoochee, Peace, and Caloosahatchee. 

Into the Atlantic flow the St. Marys and the splendid 
St. Johns. The former forms a part of the Georgia bound- 



THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE 15 

ary; the latter flows northward nearly parallel with the 
coast. The St. Johns is navigable for two hundred miles, 
and its only important tributary, the tortuous and wonder- 
fully picturesque Ocklawaha, is navigable to its very head 
waters in the '^lake region." The Indian River cannot 
be classed as a part of the drainage system, being merely 
a series of inlets and sheltered coastwise channels. 

The third division is the interior drainage formed by 
the Kissimmee River and other tributaries of Lake Oke- 
chobee. This lake is situated in the northern part of the 
Everglades — a great, marshy region nearly covering the 
lower portion of the peninsula. This is not an ordinary 
SAvamp. The water is clear and wholesome, and flows 
with slow current. In the lower part is a vast network of 
shallow streams moving among countless islands of ver- 
dure. The larger of these islands are covered with pines 
and palmettos, cypress, or tropical shrubs and vines. 
Most of the Everglades is a growth of giant saw grass 
and flags. 

The level, sandy stretches toward the coasts and the 
high, rolling sand hills of the interior are mostly covered 
with open forests of long-leaved yellow pine, — the chief 
export product of the State, — and carpeted with hardy 
wire grass. There are occasional treeless savannas, and 
the larger bodies of water often extend into swamps of saw 
grass, fringed by magnificent cypress. These, in turn, are 
usually surrounded by more or less extensive hard- wood 
hammocks of magnolia, hickory, bay, live oak, water oak, 
palmetto, persimmon, sweet gum, and other characteristic 
trees. The trees of the hammocks are commonly festooned 
by grapevines or Spanish moss, or nearly hidden under 
the foliage of climbing smilax and yellow jasmine. Occa- 
sional " scrubs " of dwarf oaks and gall berry mark the 



16 THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE 

poorest sand beds, while the thickets of scrub palmetto 
occur frequently in hammock and low pine land. 

Wild cat, bear, turkey, and deer are gradually disap- 
pearing from the populous sections, but small game is still 
abundant. Alligators and plume birds have been ruth- 
lessly destroyed, but are not rare in secluded places. The 
commonest song birds are those unparalleled singers, the 
mocker and the cardinal grossbeak. 

Florida waters, both salt and fresh, abound in the finest 
fish, the taking and marketing of which has become an 
important occupation. Key West is the center of the 
sponge industry. 

Since the "Great Freeze " of 1894, the growing of tropi- 
cal fruits is confined to the lower peninsular counties, but 
truck growing and general farming are developing rapidly. 
The valuable output of oranges, lemons, grape-fruit, pine- 
apples, etc., from the southern sections is paralleled by 
the extensive shipment of melons, strawberries, tomatoes, 
potatoes, celery, etc., from the counties further north. 

The growing of fine tobacco on an enormous scale is an 
important industry in the middle portion of North Florida, 
and the high hills of West Florida are now recognized as 
peculiarly suited to profitable cattle raising. The lumber 
and naval stores industry employs thousands of laborers in 
every part of the State. 



PART I 



CHAPTER I 



HOW PONCE DE LEON DISCOVERED FLORIDA 



An Indian Myth. — The Indians used to say that the 
wliite men first came from tlie foam of tlie ocean tlirown 
upon the beach. After lying awhile in the sunshine the 
foam melted away, and white men were seen where it had 
lain. They arose and walked forth into the interior. 
A pretty story, and one that no doubt the Indian children 
liked to hear and tell. Perhaps 
Florida children of to-day may 
like as well the true story of how 
the discoverers came. It is an old 
story now. 

Ponce de Leon. — One of the 
companions of Columbus on his 
second voyage was Juan Ponce de 
Leon, a Spanish gentleman, as 
brave a soldier as any of that 
band who came over the great 
ocean in search of adventure. In- 
stead of returning to Spain, he remained at Hispaniola. 




Ponce de Leon 



Tell the Indian legend of the coming of the white men. What is 
told of the position and character of Ponce de Leon ? Why and when 
did he cross the ocean ? 



HIST, or FLORIDA 2 



17 



18 



PART I 



He conquered the island of Porto Rico for Spain and was 
rewarded for his services by having his command taken 
away. Yet he coukl not remain long in idleness, and 
determined to go forth again in quest of honor and 
glory. 

Rumors of a Fountain of Youth. — Now, while his plans 
were still undecided, he heard from the Indians of an 
island called Bimini, where there was much gold and a 
treasure even more precious than gold — a fountain whose 
waters would make young forever all mortals who should 
drink of it. Many wonderful discoveries had been made 
since Columbus had proved the world to be round, and 
people were ready to believe anything. So the gray- 
haired old warrior had no trouble in getting a commission 

from the king of 
Spain to conquer 
Bimini and take 
possession, for the 
crown, of the land 
with its marvelous 
treasure. The 
commission was 
given in 1512, and 
he was to settle Bi- 
mini within three 
years ^ifter its dis- 
covery. 
The Expedition for "Bimini." — At his own expense 
he fitted out three small vessels for the expedition, -and 

What was Ponce de Leon's next achievement and its reward? Of 
what land did he hear ? What were its attractions ? W^hat is a com- 
mission ? What did this commission authorize Ponce de Leon to do? 
What did it require ? How large was the expedition ? How equipped ? 




Spanish Ships 



HOW PONCE DE LEON DISCOVERED FLORIDA 19 

found men eager to join him. He could not sail as soon 
as he had expected on account of some trouble with the 
Indians at Porto Rico, which detained him there until 
early in the next year. 

Discovery and Landing. — Sailing in the spring of 1513, 
he cruised among the Bahamas, for in that group he ex- 
pected to find Bimini. Failing in his search, and hearing 
of land in the northwest, he steered in that direction. It 
was on Easter Sunday, March 27, that he sighted land, 
and after coasting along the shore for several days, landed 
a little north of where St. Augustine now stands. 

Florida named. — The Bahama Indians had called this 
land Canico, or Cancio. But on account of the beautiful 
flowers everywhere to be seen, or because the discovery 
was made on Easter Sunday — called by the Spaniards 
Pascua Florida^ — De Leon gave the name Florida to the 
country. He raised a cross and planted the Spanish flag, 
thus taking possession for the Spanish crown. 

Explorations and Return. — He made some exploration 
of the country, and cruised about the coast for several 
weeks. He discovered and named the chain of islands 
which he called the Martyrs, as well as the Tortugas, 
and even sailed a little way up the western coast. But 
nowhere could he learn anything of the fabled fountain 
he was seeking, nor did he find either gold or silver. 
Much discouraged, he returned to Porto Rico. 

Another Expedition planned. — Just what the king 
thought of the value of the discovery we cannot tell, 
but new lands seemed always welcome. At any rate, he 
bestowed upon De Leon the very grand title of Adelan- 

How delayed ? How long deLayed ? Give date of the discovery. 
Of the landing. Mark the place of landing on a map. Enumerate 
the other results of the expedition. What was De Leon's reward ? 



20 



PART I 



tado, or governor, of Florida, and commissioned him to 
conquer and colonize, with an army of three hundred men, 
the new territory for the crown of Spain. He was to 
begin the enterprise in one year, and within three years 
explore the country. But again De Leon was delayed at 
the West Indies, for the Indians of those islands had risen 
against the Spaniards, and his aid was needed. 

Miruelo's Expedition. — Meanwhile, since the way had 
been shown, others were making voyages. In 1516 Diego 
Miruelo, a pilot with one vessel, made his way from Cuba 
to Florida, and sailed up the west coast, trading Avith 

the natives. He dis- 
covered a beautiful bay, 
supposed to be that 
afterward called Pensa- 
cola. He obtained some 
gold from the natives, 
and when he took this 
back to Cuba and told 
of the beauty of the 
country he had visited, 
many persons were 
eager to go there. 

Cordova lands. — In 
1517, according to some 
writers, Fernandez de Cordova landed on the western 
shore of Florida, but was surprised by an attack from 
a large band of hostile Indians. Six Spaniards were 
wounded and one was killed. Cordova himself after- 
Give the particulars of the new expedition planned. How inter- 
rupted ? 

Give the date, important events, and results of each of the next 
five voyages. 




Vi't!'., 



'^aV';m'> 



Spanish Coat of Arms 



HOW PONCE 1)K LP:oN DISCOVERED FLORIDA 21 

ward died of wounds received. The Spaniards were glad 
enough to return to Cuba without seeing any more of the 
new country. 

Pineda's Explorations. — Though this expedition had 
failed, one of the party gave such an account of the 
riches and beauty of the country to the governor of 
Jamaica, Don Francisco de Garay, that he sent an expedi- 
tion of three vessels under Pineda to learn more of it. 
The natives were no more friendly to Pineda than they 
had been to Cordova, and though he landed twice, he was 
each time obliged to return to his boats for safety. He 
sailed up the Gulf coast and then west, passing the mouth 
of the Mississippi and as far west as the river Panuco in 
Mexico. 

De Ayllon. — The next year, 1520, De Ayllon, a Spanish 
officer from San Domingo, fitted out two vessels, really for 
the purpose of taking the Indians as slaves. Cruising 
along the Atlantic shore, he learned much of the coast 
north of the St. Johns River. He told wonderful stories 
of a province in the present limits of South Carolina 
where the royal family were made giants by a process only 
understood by certain skillful doctors and nurses. He told 
also of a race of men who were said to have tails like 
horses. Perhaps he was thinking of the stories of the 
centaurs he must have read at school. Some years later 
De Ayllon tried to make a settlement on the spot where 
Jamestown was afterward built. But there was famine 
as well as sickness. De Ayllon died the first winter, 1526, 
and the colony was broken up. 

Gomez. — There was still another Spanish exploration of 
the coast ; for in 1524 Emperor Charles V. sent Gomez to 

What is meant by centaurs? Tell of the first settlement attempted. 



22 



PART I 



examine the coast south from Labrador to learn if there 
was any strait north of Florida by which vessels could 
reach the Indies. All these voyages proved that Florida 
was part of a large continent, but De Leon always thought 
of it and wrote of it as an island. 

De Leon attempts a Conquest. — As time passed, De 
Leon's ambition was aroused by various expeditions of 
whicli he heard, and most of all by 
Cortez's triumphs in Mexico, and he 
determined to make the conquest of 
Florida. He laid out all his fortune 
in fitting out two vessels to bear him- 
self and his companions to Florida. 
This was in 1521. The voyage was 
a rough, stormy one, but at last the 
Florida coast was reached and a land- 
ing made. De Leon intended mak- 
ing a settlement, and had brought 
with him colonists and domestic ani- 
mals for their use. Priests to teach 
the Indians were with him. 
Warlike Indians. — But there was no welcome from the 
Indians. The " children of the sun " soon found them- 
selves among a fierce and warlike people. The Spaniards 
had hardly landed when they were violently attacked. 
Many were killed and the rest forced to return to their 
ships. Ponce de Leon, 'fighting bravely, was wounded 
by an arrow. All thought of conquering and settling 




) ' ^. \ 



Spanish Soldier 



What was proven hy this time? What was De Leon's mistake ? 
What aroused him to another expedition? Give his purpose this 
time. Where did the expedition start? When? Whom and what 
did he bring with him? Tell of the trip and reception. The 
result. 



PANFILO DE NARVAEZ 23 

Florida was now given up, and the return voyage to Cuba 
was begun. 

De Leon's Death. — Soon after reaching Cuba, the brave, 
disappointed old knight died of his wounds. " A lion by 
name and still more so by nature," is the translation of the 
Latin inscription on his monument, so great was his repu- 
tation for courage and daring. 



CHAPTER II 

PANFILO DE NARVAEZ 

Failure to overcome Cortez. — Cortez had won great 
honor and riches in the conquest of Mexico. When 
Velasquez, the governor of Cuba, who had planned the 
expedition, learned this, he became jeajous of Cortez's suc- 
cess, and sent Panfilo de Narvaez to take the honors away 
from him. But Cortez was not to be so easily overcome. 
One stormy night, with about three hundred men, he sur- 
prised De Narvaez's force of nine hundred Spaniards and 
one thousand Cuban Indians, on the coast of Mexico, and 
took De Narvaez himself prisoner. The Spanish court 
favored Cortez in the matter, and the complaints of Nar- 
vaez aroused no sympathy. Disappointed in getting the 
command in Mexico, he asked for permission to conquer 
and colonize Florida. Emperor Charles V. granted this, 
and gave him the title for life of Adelantado of all the 
lands he should discover and conquer. 

What became of Ponce de Leon ? By whom and on what expedi- 
tion was Narvaez sent from Cuba? Why? With what result? 
What commission was next granted him ? By whom ? 



24 PART I 

Lands near Tampa Bay. — He sailed from Spain with 
live vessels and six hundred men, but when he reached the 
West Indies, nearly one fourth of liis men refused to go 
any farther. Tlien two of the vessels with seventy men 
on board were lost in a hurricane. On account of these 
misfortunes, he could not go on Avith his voyage until he 
could get more vessels and more men. Next spring he 
again set sail, and on April 15, 1528, he entered a bay just 
north of what is now Tampa Bay. 

He had not looked for any great resistance from the 
natives, but, like De Leon, he soon found that they were 
very different from the gentler natives of the West Indies. 
Some were on the shore when he landed and, though they 
did not attack him, they made signs that he must go back 
to his boats and sail away. 

De Narvaez decided that he would march with the 
greater number of his men along the coast until he should 
reach the large bay Miruelo had discovered, and there the 
ships with one hundred men on board were to meet him. 

But De Narvaez and the men with him never saw the 
ships again. The ships reached the ba}^, anchored, and 
waited in vain for the leader and his forces. Then, after 
cruising and searching along the coast for a year, they 
sailed to Mexico. 

Search for Gold. — A few days after landing, De Nar- 
vaez began his march to the north. He met some Indians 
wearing gold ornaments. He asked where the gold 
came from, and the Indians pointed to the north, saying 
^'Apalachee! " They made signs from which the Spaniards 

Give the size of the expedition. What two misfortunes befell it? 
How long was it delayed? Describe place and time of landing. 
Reception by the Indians. Arrangement with the ships. What did 
the vessels do ? Tell of Narvaez's march. 



PANFILO DE NAKVAEZ 25 

supposed that a great deal of gold was to be found. The 
Indians probably meant the gold region of Georgia near 
the head waters of the Apalachee, but the Spaniards 
thought they meant a much nearer village of the Apa- 
lachee Indians, on Lake Miccosukee, not far from where 
Tallahassee now stands, and there they directed the 
march. 

Indian Hostility. — It was a long, hard march, and when 
the end was reached Apalachee was found to be only a 
very small Indian village, with no gold or splendor of any 
kind. Other villages were not far away, and De Narvaez 
made his headquarters at one of the largest, Anhayea, 
about the present site of Tallahassee. There he remained 
several weeks, the Indians all the while trying to get rid 
of him. First a kind of irregular war was made upon the 
invaders ; then the Indians tried the more successful plan 
of saying that their land was poor and not worth having, 
but that nine days' journey to the sea was a town called 
Aute, where plenty of provisions could be gotten. 

Since no gold could be found, provisions were not to be 
despised, so De Narvaez could think of nothing better to 
do than to go to Aute. This must have been near the bay 
of Apalachicola. Here was another disappointment, for 
Aute was reached only to find that the natives had burned 
the village and fled. 

Suffering and Death. — De Narvaez was now sick at 
lieart, and longed to escape from a land where he had met 
with such great misfortunes. Many of his men had died 
of disease, many had been killed by the Indians, and star- 
Name and locate on the map each of the three Indian villages vis- 
ited by De Narvaez, and tell his purpose in going to each. Tell the 
means by which the Indians endeavored to get rid of their unwelcome 
visitor. Three causes of death among the Spaniards. 



26 PART I 

vation threatened the rest. They decided to wait no 
longer for the boats, but to go to work at once and make 
boats in which to sail to Mexico or Cuba. 

Boat building under Difficulties. — This was no easy thing 
to do, for none were experienced in the work and suitable 
materials could not be procured. But the men felt driven 
by necessity, and one and all set to work. Deer were killed 
and bellows made from the skins. Fortunately there was 
a blacksmith in the party who forged bolts and nails from 
the swords and other arms. Cordage was made from 
palmetto fiber and horses' tails and manes. The men 
gave of their clothing for sails. 

Fate of the Expedition. — So hard did all work that in a 
few weeks the vessels were finished, and in the latter part 
of September the party embarked, hoping to reach Mexico. 
But misfortunes greater than anything they had yet met 
with were in store for them. One boat was wrecked near 
Pensacola, two were lost at Santa Rosa, while the boat 
that carried De Narvaez, after reaching the Perdido, was 
blown out to sea and never heard of again. The last boat 
sailed as far as Pass Christian, where the men went on 
shore, were attacked by the natives, and all but a few 
were killed. 

The few survivors were taken prisoners and suffered 
great hardships. They escaped and after several years of 
adventure and wandering reached their countrymen^ in 
Mexico. 

So the white man disappeared again from the coast of 
Florida, and the waves dashing upon the beach washed 
away his footprints. For ten years longer the red man 

How did they decide to escape ? Tell of the difficulties in build- 
ing boats. How many boats did they sail in and what became of 
each? 



HERNANDO DE SOTO 27 

rested under the shade of magnolias and oaks, hunted his 
game, and kept his feasts with no white brother to dispute 
his claim. 

CHAPTER III 

HERNANDO DE SOTO 

De Soto's Commission. — Ponce de Leon had sailed with 
Columbus, De Narvaez had fought against Cortez for his 
honors in Mexico, and Hernando de Soto, who under- 
took to finish the Avork they had begun in Florida, had 
served as soldier in the West Indies and then in Peru 
under Pizarro. When he planned an expedition to con- 
quer Florida, so great was his reputation as a successful 
soldier that he had no difficulty in getting permission from 
the king of Spain. He received the title of " Adelantado 
of Florida and marquis of all the lands he might discover, 
and Adelantado of Cuba." 

Lands at Tampa Bay. — It was a splendid retinue that 
sailed with him from Spain in 1538, all eager for adven- 
ture in the land they believed to be " the richest country 
that unto that day had been discovered." After a winter 
at Cuba they sailed in the spring for Florida. On the 
25th of May, 1539, they landed at Tampa Bay after a 
voyage of six days. As it was Whitsunday, De Soto 
called the bay Espiritu Santo (Holy Spirit), and by 
this name it was known for many years. The name of 
Tampa was afterward given on account of an Indian vil- 
lage of that name near by. This was very near the place 
where De Narvaez had landed. 

Recount De Soto's former experience. What were the titles given 
him? Date and place of landing. Former name of Tampa Bay. 
Origin of name Tampa. 



28 PART I 

Romance of Ortiz and the Indian Princess. — Near the 
landing place, just where the city of Tampa now stands, 
was an Indian village, whose chief was called liirriliigua. 
When De Narvaez's vessels had anchored oiT the shore 
eleven years before, the Indians had enticed on shore and 
captured a young man of eighteen, Juan Ortiz, and a 
comrade. Ortiz's companion, who tried to free himself, 
was immediately killed, but Ortiz was put to torture by 
being stretched on a staging of green poles with a slow 
fire burning it. Now Hirrihigua had a lovely young 
daughter. Her heart was filled with pity at sight of the 
youth who, though he had harmed no one, was put to such 
cruel torture. Weeping bitterly she threw herself at the 
stern chieftain's feet, and pleaded with him for mercy. 
Out of love for his daughter the chief released Ortiz, and 
the Indian maiden dressed his wounds and cared for him 
until he was well. 

But Hirrihigua hated the sight of the white man, and 
after a few months Ortiz's life was again in danger. 
Again the Indian maiden saved him. She told him of his 
danger and said that he must go to Mucoso, a neighboring 
chief to whom she was betrothed, and who, for her sake, 
would befriend him. She herself went with him part of 
the way one dark night, and gave him directions how to 
find Mucoso. Mucoso received him kindly, and refused 
to give him up at Hirrihigua's bidding. Hirrihigua was 
very angry and declared that he would never give his 
daughter in marriage to Mucoso so long as he befriended 
the Spaniard. But even then he could not overcome his 
daughter's mercy nor the young chief's sense of honor, and 
Ortiz was protected by Mucoso until the coming of De 
Soto. By that time Ortiz had been living among the 

Tell the story of Ortiz. 



HERNANDO DE SOTO 



29 



Indians so long that he h)oked and talked like an Indian 
and had almost forgotten his own language. But he 
gladly joined his countrymen and went on with De Soto 
on the march. 

The March. — It was not until July that De Soto, after 
sending one or more of his ships back to Cuba with news 




De Soto's March 



of his landing, began his march northward. The knights 
and soldiers of Spain in their glittering armor, the spirited 
horses with their necks proudly arched, all in splendid 
array, with gayly waving pennons and strains of martial 
music, passed through the forest. 

Conflicts with the Indians. — The natives were no better 
pleased to see him than they had been to see De Narvaez, 
When did De Soto march ? Appearance of the Spanish army. 



30 PART I 

and there was one fight after another. Sometimes there 
was trouble in getting provisions, and the hungry strangers 
were glad to eat the young stalks of maize. But after 
they crossed the Withlacoochee they found plent}^ of nuts, 
vegetables, and fruit at a village called Ocalee. This was 
at, or near, the present site of Ocala. After leaving 
Ocalee they entered the province of a very powerful and 
warlike chief, Vitachuco. Here, on a plain between two 
lakes, there was a bloody battle. It is said that in this 
battle two hundred Indians, forced into a lake, swam and 
fought for a day and night without putting foot to bottom. 
Though a great many Indians were taken prisoners in 
this battle, several days later they made a successful 
struggle for liberty, and in the confusion De Soto himself 
was nearly killed. 

De Soto's Route. — Crossing the Suwanee and continuing 
his march to the northwest, he reached Anhayea in Octo- 
ber and passed the winter there. From Anhayea he sent 
exploring parties in different directions. One of these 
parties found at Ante the poor little forge of De Narvaez, 
with some trace of the work that had been done there. 
His vessels arrived at the harbor near Ante and were sent 
to explore the coast to the west. Then in the spring De 
Soto left his winter quarters and began his march to the 
northeast in search of gold and pearls. You can easily 
trace his march on the map. He went from Apalachee 
Bay northeast, crossing the Savannah River, then west or 
northwest to the gold region of upper Georgia, then south- 
west almost to Pensacola Bay, and from there northwest 
to the Mississippi a few miles below where the city of 

What conflicts were there with the Indians? Where were provi- 
sions scant ? Where abundant ? What places did De Soto reach ? 



HERNANDO DE SOTO 



31 



Memphis is now, then west beyond the river and back 
again to its banks. You must remember that the Span- 
iards called all of this country Florida. 

Relations with the Indians. — The Indians feared and 
distrusted De Soto, but finding that they could not drive 
him away, they tried to make friends with him. One 



G XJ L F OF 

Longitude "West 



Supposed Route of De Soto. 
Winter QuarteraA 




chief sent two thousand men to meet him with presents 
of corn cakes, partridges, hens, conies, and many dogs for 
food. A tribe near the Tennessee River sent him seven 
hundred hens, another twenty baskets of mulberries, and 
still another, as a very great compliment, sent him three 
hundred dogs. We are sorry to know that he laid waste 

What name was applied to all this country by the Spaniards? 
How did the Indians regard De Soto? How did they treat him? 
What things did they give him? 



82 



PART I 



the fields and villages through which he passed, and that 
he took many Indians prisoners, treating them very cruelly. 
Near the Savannah River De Soto was met by the In- 
dian queen of the province of Cofitachiqui. She was 
young and very beautiful. The Spanish writers called 




De Soto and the Indian Queen 

her " the ladie of the countrie." On the 1st of May she 
crossed the river in a canopied canoe, her attendants fol- 
lowing in other canoes. Meeting De Soto, she presented 
him with skins and shawls, then took off her beautiful 
pearl necklace, and placed it on De Soto's neck. After- 
ward she told him where he could find a great many more 



What return did De Soto make for the Indians' kindnesses ? What 
was the result of this treatment? 



HERNANDO DE SOTO 33 

pearls. Yet this generosity did not save her from being 
taken prisoner and led away on foot. A month later she 
escaped. 

When the Spaniards reached Mauvilla, at the present 
site of Mobile, on the Alabama River, there was a battle 
Avith the Indians. Eighteen Spaniards were killed, 150 
were w^ounded. The Indians had seized the baggage of 
the Spaniards with all their pearls, and these were burned 
when the village was set on fire by the white men. 

Discovery of the Mississippi. — After this battle De Soto 
learned that his ships were at Pensacola Bay — only a few 
days' journey from Mauvilla ; but he kept their arrival 
a secret from his men, fearing that they would all want 
to return home. The vessels, after long waiting in vain, 
returned to Cuba. De Soto next turned to the northwest 
on the journey that led. him to the Mississippi. This the 
Spaniards called simply the Great River. They made 
boats and rafts from the trees on the banks and so crossed. 
The summer, autumn, and winter were spent in exploring 
the regions beyond ; but in the spring he decided to go 
to the coast and send a vessel to Cuba to ask for help in 
carrying on the expedition. He had now lost 250 men 
and 150 horses. 

He returned to the Mississippi, but made slow progress 
on the journey to the coast. For the first time he became 
discouraged — he who had borne up so bravely. For, 
through all the trials and disappointments of the march, 
liis gallant heart and nerve had never before failed. He 
had cheered and encouraged his men, and had believed so 
strongly that he would succeed that they had believed it 

Why did not De Soto join his ships when he could ? How did he 
cross the Mississippi ? What did he plan ? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 3 



34 PART I 

too. But now he fell ill. He himself knew and those 
about him knew that his long march was ended. 

Death and Burial. — He called his men about him, and 
bade them farewell, thanking them for their love and 
loyalty. He said he had meant to reward them when it 
should please God to prosper him. He begged that they 
would forgive any wrong he had done them, and that they 
would pray God to forgive him his sins. He said he 
would feel less sorrow at leaving them in a strange coun- 
try if they would choose a leader and promise to obey him. 
They asked him to appoint their leader, and this he did. 
On the next day he died. Great care was taken to con- 
ceal his death and place of burial from the Indians. In 
the hush of night, by the pale light of stars, he was borne 
to the middle of the great river of his discovery, and 
sorrowfully, with whispered prayers, buried beneath its 
waters. After many hardships the comrades who sur- 
vived him reached Mexico to tell the story of suffering 
and failure. 

What ended De Soto's explorations? What became of the sur- 
vivors of the expedition ? 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. The Indian legend of the coming of the white man. 

A sketch of Ponce de Leon according to the following outline : — 

(a) His social position, wealth, time of life, former life. 

(b) Traits of character. 

(c) His superstition and its relation to his age, and the mar- 
velous discoveries of the time. 

(d) His prevailing ambitions and desires. 

(e) His ideas of Florida, before and after his first, and after 
his second expedition. 

(/) What he accomplished by each expedition. 
(//) What he hoped to accomplish by each. 



9 



HERNANDO DE SOTO 



35 



(h) Why he failed in his purposes. 

(t) His connection with each of the following: 

Hispaniola, Porto Rico, Bahamas, Tortiigas, Cuba. 
3. Tabulate in the following form all the expeditions to Florida 
recorded in Chapter I : 



Year 



Name of 
Explorer 



Landing 
Place 



Extent of 
Explora- 
tions 



Purposes of 
Expedition 



Results 



4. What three commanders lost their lives in these expeditions ? 

5. Account for the credibility of the men of that time in believing 
the stories told by the Indians and De Allyon. 

6. Tell of the first settlement attempted on the mainland by the 
Spanish. 

7. Were the requirements of De Leon's commission complied with ? 

8. Give the purpose, incidents, and results of De Narvaez's expedi- 
tion to Mexico. 

9. Fit the exploration of De Narvaez into the tabular form prepared. 

10. What seems to have been the dominating ambition of the 
Spaniards ? 

11. What were the relations between the Spaniards and the Indians? 

12. W^hy did the land and water expeditions never meet as in- 
tended ? 

13. Give the reasons for the great suifering among the Spaniards. 

14. Tell of the fate of De Narvaez's expedition. 

15. How did these facts become known? 

16. Under whom and where had each -of the first three great ex- 
plorers of Florida had training? 

17. Write a composition on the adventures of Juan Ortiz. 

18. Trace De Soto's march from his landing to the time of his death. 

19. Give an account of the foods and other commodities of value 
used by the Indians. 



36 PART I 

20. Describe the different kinds of treatment the Spaniards received 
from the Indians. 

21. Describe the treatment of the Indians by the Spaniards. 

22. Tell of the Queen and De Soto. 

23. Tell of De Soto's death and burial. 



THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. What was accomplished by the second voyage of Columbus? 

2. What is the force of the expression, " a Spanish gentleman"? 

3. What is the meaning of the name " De Leon " ? Find Leon on 
a modern map. What was Leon at that time ? What is it now ? 
Explain De Leon's being called " a lion by name." 

4. With whom did De Leon remain at Hispaniola? When were 
the first settlements made there? Whence the name, Hispaniola? 
What is its present name? 

5. Read the history of Ponce de Leon prior to his crossing the 
ocean. 

6. How did he acquire the wealth with which to fit out the expe- 
ditions at his own expense ? 

7. How long was the Spanish rule in each of the islands named 
in this chapter maintained ? 

8. Who were the Spanish sovereigns during the period covered by 
these chapters ? What changes took place in the importance of Spain 
as a nation ? 

9. King Charles 1. of Spain was Emperor Charles V. of what? 

10. On a map, mark the extent of the world then explored, and the 
portion of it ruled by this emperor. 

11. What was implied in De Leon's raising the cross when he 
landed? What in his planting the Spanish flag? 

12. Make an outline map of the West Indies and Florida and trace 
approximately the several voyages, marking the landings and explo- 
rations. 

13. Considering the point at which he landed, and the nature of the 
country there, which of the two origins of the name Florida is more 
probable ? 

14. Notice the date, and mention the flowers that he may have seen. 

15. Read of the Conquest of Mexico. (Prescott.) 

16. Read of De Xarvaez's expedition to Mexico. 



THE INDIANS OF FLORIDA 37 

17. What was the bay Miruelo had discovered ? Why did De 
Narvaez wish to reach it? (See Chapter I.) 

18. Describe the character of the different parts of the country 
through wliich De Narvaez passed. 

19. At what season did he embark upon the gulf? What kind of 
weather might be expected at that season ? 

20. What famous story is a parallel to that of Ortiz? 

21. Account for the continued hostility of the Indians toward 
De Soto. Also account for his apparently cruel policy. 

22. Give the reason of De Soto for each of the several directions 
pursued by him in his march. 

23. Note the traits of character of De Soto as shown by his actions, 
and compare him with the other Spanish explorers. 



CHAPTER IV 

THE INDIANS OF FLORIDA 

Races. — The Indians found by the Spaniards in Florida 
were a wild and savage people. Two of the tribes in the 
lower part of the peninsula, the Tequestas and Caloosas, 
were so like the natives of the Bahama Islands that it is 
thought they must have come from there many years be- 
fore Ponce de Leon's discovery. The tribes living north 
of these belonged to the great Muscogee family. 

Physique. — Like others of the race, they were tall, 
copper-colored people, with long, straight, coarse hair, high 
cheek bones, and black, deep-set eyes. The early Spanish 
explorers declared that the men they met were like giants 
in size, and so strong that they could shoot an arrow and 
drive it through a tree the size of a man's thigh. And 
they told, too, of how fleet-footed the red men were in 

To what two great families did the Florida hidians belong? De- 
scribe their facial characteristics. 



38 PART I 

following the deer, and of their wonderfully keen sight 
and hearing. 

Clothing. — They wove a kind of coarse cloth of bear 
grass and palmetto fiber, and of this made most of their 
clothing. The women wore mantles of this material fas- 
tened on the shoulder with the right arm out, and skirts 
fastened at the waist and hanging to the feet. The men 
wore mantles over the 

shoulder in the same way, |a \J 1,. t 

with short tunics of deer- c/tJ&^^£ (^^'^c/'c^ m 
skin dressed and colored. \^:i:r^\Y ^ 

Their moccasins were of Location of the Prin-^ ^^ \ 
deerskin prepared in such "pai Indian Nations \ V i 

1 £ ^° Florida i r~ \\ \ 

a way as to be as soit as w^ ] ^ \ 

cloth. They loved display and wore orna- V/ ^^»N 
ments of gold and of pearls. The gold must nC^s 

have been gotten from the Indians of the V>^ ^J 

nearest gold regions, and the pearls from *^^^' 

their own waters. Some of these Indians " •.-'•■•••'' 
tattooed their skins. 

Dwellings. — Their dwellings were usually grouped to- 
gether in villages surrounded by a close wall of posts ten 
or twelve feet high. In the northern part of Florida and 
on the Gulf coast these dwellings were often mere shelters 
of poles covered with woven mats. In some cases the 
whole tribe had its home in one great building — which 
must have been something like a large arbor — a part of 
which would be set apart for the chief and his family. 
With some tribes the houses were very substantial. In 
certain villages near the Atlantic coast, all the houses ex- 
cept the chief's were circular, having floors level Avith the 

Of what did the Indians make cloth? What ornaments did they 
have ? How were their villages protected ? 



THE INDIANS OF FLORIDA 



39 



ground. The chiefs house was usually on a mound, and 
was not circular; the floor was below the level of the 
ground. 

Government and Wars. — The chief or king was always 
very powerful. When he died his son ruled in his 
place. The tribes that were governed 
by these chiefs were fierce, and 
war was their delight. 

Like other Indians, * ^ -^^'^ 

they fought in 
small bands, and 
their weapons 
were arrows, 
spears, clubs, and toma- 
hawks. Warriors were 
proud of the number of 
scalps they could take. 
They Avould sometimes 
take prisoners. Some 
of these were put to torture 
and afterward killed, some 
were kept as slaves. Occasion- 
ally a prisoner who showed very 
great courage would be adopted 
into the tribe. 

Occupations. — These Indians 
were skilled in hunting and fish- 
ing. With streams, lakes, and 
coast waters alive with fish, and the woods full of bears, 
deer, turkeys, and other game, tliey fared well. Tilling 

What form of government did they have ? What were their weap- 
ons ? How did they dispose of their prisoners V How did they provide 
food? 




Indian Life 



40 



PART I 




Indian Pipes 



the soil in a simple way, they raised food crops twice a 
year. The principal tool used was a kind of hoe made of 
a shell fastened to the end of a stick. A clumsy sort of 

tool it must have 

been, but the fertile 

^, ^ fields produced corn, 

beans, squashes, and 
other vegetables in 
plenty. When veg- 
etables could no 
longer be had, there 
were nuts and roots 
to be found. 
Gourds were raised 
to furnish dishes and vessels for various uses. The 
Florida Indian thought much of his tobacco, and smoked 
it in a long pipe made of a cane with an earthen cup at the 
end, much as pipes are made and smoked now. 

Amusements. — They were grave, dignified people, who 
talked little and seldom smiled. Yet they had their amuse- 
ments — games of ball, wrestling, running, and leaping 
matches — and their wild dances. 

Worship. — They Avorshiped the Great Spirit, and be- 
lieved that after death the good and brave would enjoy 
the happy hunting grounds. They had special festivals 
in honor of the sun and the moon, and offered sacrifices to 
an imaginary being called Toya. 

In the morning every Indian would stand before liis 
dwelling, and stretching out his hands to the rising sun, 
say or sing a sort of hymn in praise of its glory. This was 
done again at noon. At evening, standing so that the last 

What crops did the Indians raise? What was their religious 
belief ? What was their daily custom ? 



THE INDIANS OF FLORIDA 41 

rays of the sun would fall upon tliem, they bade farewell 
to the rapidly sinking globe of fire. 

There were a number of feasts, but four especially, 
during the year, when they would gather on the highest 
ground near the villages and offer sacrifices of plants and 
honey. At such times the chief priest, or jauva, as he was 
called, would spread corn on a smooth stone as an offering 
to the birds in gratitude for their melody. At noon the 
offering would be made again, and then cages, in which a 
great many birds had been kept for the occasion, would be 
opened and the birds set free. A festival was held at the 
time of the corn planting and another when the corn was 
ripe. 

The jauvas were also medicine men and were expected 
to have a cure for every ailment. They were treated with 
great respect at all times, and were always consulted when 
anything of importance to the tribe was to be decided. 

They w^ere a strange people, very fierce, very cruel to 
their enemies, but brave as men could be and faithful to 
those of their own tribe. The story of Juan Ortiz and 
other stories their history gives show that the}^ were 
capable of a high sense of honor and noble conduct. 

What did their feasts celebrate ? Who were tlie jauvas? 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. Describe the physical characteristics of the Florida Indians. 

2. Their clothing. 

3. Their dwellings. 

4. Their warfare customs. 

5. Tell about the agriculture of the Florida Indians. 

6. Their religious customs. 

THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 
1. Supplement and illustrate this chapter with all that has been 
said in preceding chapters regarding the Indians. 



42 PART 1 

2. Compare the Indians of Florida with those farther north as 
described in large United States histories. 

3. Of what kind of stone were the arrow and spear heads most 
commonly made and where are quarries of this stone found ? 

4. Old Indian fields, mounds, and collections or specimens of pot- 
tery and weapons are to be found in almost every part of the State. 
Large mounds of oyster shells are found near the coast at various 
points, which show clearly that they were formed by annual encamp- 
ments of Indians at these places. All these afford convenient mate- 
rial for research throughout the State. 

5. Read the accounts of the recent or present customs of the rem- 
nant of Indians in the Everglades, including the " Green Corn Dance " 
and other feasts in recognition of the beautiful belief of " God in 
Nature." 

CHAPTER V 

A FRENCH COLONY IN FLORIDA 

Spanish Missionaries. — Several years after De Soto's 
expedition, a few earnest priests determined to try to teach 
the Christian religion to the Indians of Florida. Until 
now all who had visited the strange land had come in 
the name of an earthly king, seeking wealth, glory, and 
honor. These came in the name of a heavenly king to 
bring the knowledge of God and His goodness. On reach- 
ing Tampa Bay two of the priests tried to land, thinking 
they would go together into the interior of the country. 
But it was not to be so. The natives, with their war 
clubs, were assembled on the coast, and with heavy blows 
instantly killed both priests. Then another of the pious 
men said that he would land alone so as to show the 
natives that he came in peace. Yet no sooner had he 
landed than he too fell dead under the warriors' clubs. 
Discouraged by his sad fate and seeing that it was of no 

How did the Indians receive the Spanish priests? 



A FRENCH COLONY IN FLORIDA 



43 



use to try to land, his companions sorrowfully gave up 
hope of teaching the Indians and set sail for Havana. 

Attempted Settlement by De Luna. — So far every effort 
made by the Spaniards to conquer Florida had failed. In 
1556 King Philip deter- 
mined to intrust the 
troublesome matter to the 
governor of Mexico, Don 
Luis de Velasco. He was 
a very wise, just man and 
had dealt fairly with the 
Indians of Mexico, always 
protecting them in their 
rights. So it was hoped 
that he might win the 
friendship of the warlike 
Indians of Florida and 
make a peaceable settle- 
ment of the country. 
Three years later, the 
expedition so carefully 
planned sailed from Vera 
Cruz, Mexico, under the 
command of Don Tristan 
de Luna. It landed near 
the future site of Pensa- 
cola. The party numbered 
fifteen hundred soldiers and settlers, besides priests to 
convert the Indians. They had a year's supply of pro- 
visions. 

What was the next effort to make a settlement in Florida? Under 
whose direction? Who led the expedition? Where did they land 
and settle ? 




A Missionary 



44 PART I 

But this expedition, planned with such forethought, was 
no more successful in making a settlement than others had 
been. A settlement was indeed attempted just where 
Pensacola was afterward built, but it was given up. After 
many weary marches and disappointments the Span- 
iards returned to Mexico or to the West Indies, and King 
Philip II. declared that he would make no further attempt 
to settle Florida, as there was no danger of the French 
trying to do so. 

France and the Huguenots. — Perhaps France might have 
thought more of making colonies in the New World if she 
had been less busy at home. In 1524 Verrazani, an Italian 
sailor in the service of France, had explored and claimed 
for that nation the coast from Carolina to Nova Scotia, 
calling it New France. You remember that Spain had 
chiimed the same land as part of Florida. Yet it was not 
until after De Luna's expedition that the French tried to 
found a colony on the territory claimed by both nations. 

There was but little peace or safety in France for the 
Huguenots, as the Protestants there were called. Their 
leader, the great Admiral Coligny, had for a long time 
wished to establish a safe home for them in America, 
w^here they would be free to worship God in their own 
faith. He first attempted a settlement on the coast of 
Brazil, and though this proved a failure, Coligny was not 
altogether discouraged. 

Discovery of St. Johns River. — He obtained a commis- 
sion from the king of France, Charles IX., and sent an 

What was the outcome of De Luna's expedition ? Why was Philip 
willing to give up settling Florida? What had the eastern coast of 
the present United States been called by the Spanish? By the 
French? Who was Coligny? Whom did he wish to colonize in 
America? Why? Where had he attempted a settlement? 



A FKENCH COLONY IN FLORIDA 



45 



expedition to North America under the command of the 
brave Jean Ribault. Ribault sailed from France Feb- 
ruary, 1562, his two vessels carrying some of the best men 
of France. He reached Florida near the latitude of St. 
Augustine, but did not land, sailing northward along the 
coast. He discovered the river called by the Indians 
Welaka, but now called St. Johns. Ribault named it 




Jean Ribault (from an old print) 

the River of May, because he saw it on the first day of 
May. As he sailed along the coast, he gave French 
names to the capes and named the rivers for the rivers of 
France. 

French at Port Royal, 1562. — At last he came to the 
fine harbor of Port Royal and here decided to make the 
settlement. A small fort was built and called Fort Caro- 
line in honor of King Charles of France. Twenty-six 
men were left to hold possession of the fort, and Ribault, 
What did Ribault discover ? Where did he land ? 



46 PART I 

expecting soon to return, set sail for France. When lie 
arrived there he found civil war raging, and he could not 
return then to carry aid to the little fort. 

Meanwhile things went badly indeed at Fort Caroline. 
The Indians had been friendly, but the soldiers had quar- 
reled among themselves. When provisions became scarce 
and there was no sign of help, they mutinied and killed 
their captain. The}^ said they would return home at all 
hazards, for they could not longer bear life in the wilder- 
ness. So they made a frail little boat, and set out for the 
perilous voyage across the ocean. Their provisions gave 
out before the voyage wa^half ended, and all would have 
perished had they not beeuTescued by an English vessel. 

Settlement on St. Johns. — After many months of a 
so-called religious war, a peace, or pretense of peace, was 
made between Charles IX. and his Huguenot subjects, 
and now Coligny asked that help be given for the little 
colony across the ocean. The king consented, and three 
ships wer-e fitted out. The command of these was given 
to Rene de Laudonni^re, one of those who had been with 
Ribault on his first voyage. 

Instead of Port Royal, the site selected for this colony 
was on the southern side of the St. Johns River (which 
they called the River of May), a few miles from the 
mouth. Here they built a fort, called, like the first. Fort 
Caroline. The fort was triangular, and was built entirely 
of sand and logs. 

The natives received the newcomers very kindly. 
They came to see them, bringing presents of vegetables 
and fruit, showed the French how to plant corn and make 

What became of Ribault's colony? Who commanded the next 
French expedition? Where was the settlement made ? How was the 
fort built? 



A FRENCH COLONY IN FLORIDA 



47 



;isli traps, and did all they could to help the strangers to 
get on in the new land. 

Unfortunately the colonists were not the sort of men to 
get on in a new country. They became discontented ; 
there were many disputes, 
and finally they lost the 
friendship of the Indians 
by harshness and unfair- 
ness. They thought gold 
could be found in Florida, 
and in looking for it 
wasted time that might 
better have been spent in 
planting crops. .=^'?7 

Reenforcements. — The _^ 
French had landed in 
Florida in June, 1561. In 
the spring of the next year, 
supplies had become so 
scarce that the colonists 
determined to make such 
vessels as they could and 
return to France. About 
this time Sir John Haw- 
kins, a famous English sea- 
man, came sailing along the coast in search of fresh water. 
He was very generous to the colonists, and gave them, 
not only a large supply of provisions, but a vessel from 
his fleet. Delighted now, the homesick colonists made 




<3- 

French Vessel 



How were the French received by the Indians? What did the 
Indians teach them V What was the cause of trouble? Of the failure 
of tlie colony? What aid did they receive? 



48 PART I 

preparations to return to France. But their friends at 
home had not forgotten them. On the very day set for 
sailing, August 29, 1565, the sails of Ribanlt's long ex- 
pected vessels were seen approaching. There were seven 
vessels, bringing families of emigrants, domestic animals, 
tools, seeds, and supplies of every kind. 

So the French remained, but Sir John Hawkins had 
gone his way. 

A Rich Land. — Sir John Hawkins gave an account 
of the French colony when he reached England, and said 
that he could not understand why they had been in such 
need. ^^For," he wrote, ''the ground doth yield victuals 
sufficient. . . . The ground yieldeth naturally grapes in 
great store. . . . Also it yieldeth roots, passing good ; 
deer marvelous good, with divers other beasts and fowls 
serviceable to the use of man. There be things where- 
with a man may live, having maize wherewith to make 
bread." He mentioned the trees that grew in the country, 
cedar, cypress and others, saying "better cannot be found 
in the world." He was struck, too, with the many valu- 
able medicinal plants he found. In naming the animals 
of the country he said that he had heard there were also 
lions, tigers, and unicorns ; but the honest gentleman did 
not say that he had himself seen these. 



CHAPTER VI 

HOW THE FRENCH COLONY WAS DESTROYED 

Menendez. — Though Philip II. had for a while lost in- 
terest in the settlement of Florida, he had no idea of really 

What of Ribanlt's return? What did Sir John Hawkins say of 
Florida? 




HOW THE FRENCH COLONY WAS DESTROYED 49 

g'iving up any part of his lands in the New World. In 
1565 he sent Don Pedro Menendez de Aviles, a brave sol- 
dier, but a very cruel one, to conquer 
and colonize Florida. 

While Menendez was making 
ready to sail, news came of the 
Huguenot colony, and of Ribauit's 
preparation to go to its aid. Great 
was the anger among the Spaniards, 
and as many as Menendez could take 
with him eagerly joined his expedi- 
tion. At midsummer the vessels set Menendez 
sail, and they made a quiet voyage 

across the Atlantic. A storm scattered the fleet, how- 
ever, and when Porto Rico was reached, only about a third 
of his forces were with Menendez. 

The Landing. — In too great haste to await the rest, he 
sailed to Florida. He sighted the coast on the day conse- 
crated to St. Augustine, August 28, and he gave the name 
of that holy man to the place where he landed. He learned 
all the Indians could tell him of the French, then sailed 
about the coast to make certain where they were. Some 
distance to the north he sighted four vessels of Ribault. 
These had arrived a few days before, but were too large 
to cross the bar at the mouth of the river. 

St. Augustine Founded. — The French demanded of 
Menendez who he was and why he came. He replied in 
no gentle words that he was Menendez of Spain with 

Whom did Philip next send to Florida? When? What added 
zeal to this expedition ? Tell of the voyage. Why was the first set- 
tlement called St. Augnstine? What was the first thing Menendez 
did after landing? What was his reply to the inquiries of the 
French ? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA — 4 




50 PART I 

orders from his king to kill and behead all Protestants 
in the regions about. He then said he would spare the 
Frenchmen who were Catholics. As Ribault's men had 
no Avish to be killed and beheaded, and were not prepared 
to give battle, they cut their cables, and though long pur- 
sued by the Spaniards, escaped to the open sea. 

The Spaniards returned to St. Augustine. They went 
on shore, and, on September 8, took formal possession of 

the land for the king of 
Spain. After religious 
services, the foundation 
of St. Augustine, the 
oldest town in the 
United States, was laid. 
„ . ^ ^ An Indian villas^e had 

Spanish Cannon . i i • 

occupied the site, and 

the chief made a present of his dwelling to the Spaniards. 

Around this dwelling defenses were hastily made of earth 

and fagots — the Spaniards learning with great surprise 

that no stones were to be found. Then eighty cannon 

were put in place, and so the hurriedly built fort was 

strengthened. 

Ribault's Vessels Wrecked. — The French at Fort Caro- 
line hardly knew whether to make their defenses stronger 
and wait for the enemies to make the attack, or to em- 
bark on their vessels and seek the Spaniards. The latter 
plan was decided upon, and Ribault left only a small gar- 
rison at the fort with the women and children and the 
sick. 

It was the season of storms. Hardly had Ribault left 
the harbor when a terrible gale arose. The French ships 

Tell of the founding of St. Augustine. What had the place been? 
How did the French seek to protect Fort Caroline V 



HOW THE FKENCH COLONY WAS DESTROYED 51 



were all wrecked upon the coast, some more than a hun- 
dred miles south of Fort Caroline. Most of the men 
escaped to the shore, but were too far from the fort to 
make their way there. 

Massacre at Fort Caroline. — Menendez made ready to 
attack Fort Caroline, now practically without defense. 
Swamps, lakes, creeks, and thick for- 
ests lay between the fort and St. 
Augustine ; but through all and in 
the pouring rain Menendez led his 
men. The fight could not last long. 
He made a furious attack. There 
was a frightful massacre. Although 
toward the last Menendez ordered 
the women and children, the crippled 
and aged, to be spared, it was not 
till after many even of these had 
been killed. 

A few of the garrison escaped to 
the woods. Some of these went 
back and gave themselves up to the 
mercy of the Spaniards. They were instantly put to 
death. The others, after great suffering, reached the sea- 
coast. There they were taken on board two small French 
vessels that had remained in the harbor when the rest 
went out. So they escaped. 

Massacre at Matanzas. — Having destroyed Fort Caro- 
line, Menendez went in search of the Frenchmen, who, 
the Indians told him, had been shipwrecked on the coast. 
Two hundred of these unfortunate men were found at 
Matanzas Inlet, with no means of crossing. Menendez, 
on the other side, arranged his men so that their number 

With what result ? Relate the story of the massacres. 




French Soldier 



52 PART 1 

seemed greater than it really was. The shipwrecked men 
asked permission to pass the inlet and go to their friends 
at Fort Caroline. Then, when told of the destruction of 
the fort, they asked to be sent home, as France and Spain 
were at peace. But Menendez would only say they must 
trust to his mercy, and it seemed there was nothing else 
for them to do. Boats were sent over for them, and, ten 
at a time, they were brought across the inlet. They ex- 
pected to be taken to St. Augustine as prisoners, but 
before sundown all except eight, who said they were 
Catholics, had been put to death. 

After a few hours, Menendez learned that Ribault was 
at Matanzas making a raft to cross on. He hurried 
back, and bade Ribault and his companions to submit to 
his mercy as he had bade the two hundred to do. Two 
hundred of these felt that they could never trust him, and 
somehow slipped away into the woods. A few of these 
were later captured by the Spaniards, yet some lived to 
return to France. But Ribault with one hundred and 
fifty of his men, as the two hundred had been, were taken 
by tens across th6 inlet, then were bound and massacred. 
A few musicians and mechanics were spared, and those 
who said they were Catholics — less than twenty in all. 

The noble Ribault met his death calmly and fearlessly. 
In a clear voice he sang a psalm. Then he said that in 
twenty years, more or less, he must make his final account 
to God, and Menendez might do with him as he would. 
So with calm and pious courage that strengthened his 
comrades to the last, his life ended. 

How many were murdered by Menendez at Matanzas Inlet? Who 
were spared? 



THE KEVENGE OF DOMINIQUE UE GOUHGUES 53 



CHAPTER VII 



THE REVENGE OF DOMINIQUE DE GOURGUES 

Menendez was greatly praised by his king, the cruel 
Philip II., for his treatment of the Huguenots. The king 
of France, Charles IX., had himself so little love for his 
Huguenot subjects that he gave himself no trouble about 
the matter, and the noblemen at his court sympathized 
rather with the Spaniards than with their own country- 
men. The people of France were very indignant, but 
could do nothing. The widows and orphans of the mur- 
dered colonists signed and sent to the king a memorial. 
Still he paid no attention to their sufferings. 

Dominique de Gourgues. — However, there was a gentle- 
man of France, Dominique de Gourgues, who could not 
rest until the massacre of his 
countrymen should be re- 
venged. We do not know 
certainly whether he was 
Catholic or Huguenot, but 
we do know that he cared for 
the honor of France » He had 
been a soldier from his boy- 
hood. While ver}^ young he 
was captured by the Span- 
iards, made to work as galley 
slave, and treated with great 




French Huguenots 



cruelty. The insults received at that time he had never 

How was the conduct of Menendez considered by the Spanish king? 
How, by the French king? Who were indignant? Who undertook 
revenge ? What private grievances had he ? 



54 PART I 

forgiven, and the memory of them now made him yet more 
ready for the work of revenge. 

The Expedition of Revenge. — Keeping his plan secret, 
he sold all that he had and borrowed the rest that 
was needed from a brother. Then he fitted out three 
small vessels for the purpose, he said, of capturing slaves 
on the African coast. He sailed with nearly two hundred 
men, August, 1567, and after a very stormy voyage reached 
Cuba. Here he called his followers about him, and, for 
the first time, told the true purpose of the voyage : "We 
must avenge the insult to our country," he said. " I will 
always be at your head ; I will bear the brunt of the 
danger ; will you refuse to follow me?" The men cried 
out that they were ready to go where he led them. In- 
deed, they were so eager that he could hardly make them 
wait until the moon should be full before making the pas- 
sage of the Bahama channel. 

St. Augustine and San Mateo. — The Spaniards were more 
strongly situated in Florida than the French had been. 
St. Augustine was well defended ; a new fort, called San 
Mateo, had been built on the site of Fort Caroline, and 
there were two small forts guarding the mouth of the 
river. The French ships kept their course to the north, 
and one morning at daybreak anchored near the mouth of 
the St. Marys River. 

Friendship of the Indians. — The shore was thronged 
with warlike Indians. They were now at open war with 
the Spaniards at St. Augustine and the forts, and, think- 
ing the strangers were Spaniards, were ready to prevent 
their landing. It happened that on one of the ships was 

How was the expedition fitted out? When was its purpose ex- 
plained to the men? How did they respond? What fortifications had 
the Spaniards built in Florida? Where did the French land? 



THE REVENGE OF DOMINIQUE DE GOURGUES 55 

a trumpeter who had been in Florida before and knew the 
Indians. He went toward them in a boat, making gestures 
of friendship. They recognized him and danced about on 
the beach and shouted for joy as he came nearer. They 
asked why he had ever left them, and why he had not 
come back sooner. For, they all said, they had not had a 
happy day since the French had gone. De Gourgues told 
the chief, the powerful Satouriona, that he had come to be 
friends with him and had brought him presents. At this 
there was more dancing and more shouting than ever. 

Satouriona sent word to all the neighboring chiefs to 
come to meet the French, and next morning there was a 




Indian Weapons 

great council held. To show their trust in each other, 
all laid aside their arms. Satouriona and De Gourgues 
sat side by side on a seat decorated with gray moss, while 
the Indians and the French gathered around in circles. 

De Gourgues began to speak, but the chief, who had 
not, as an old historian solemnly tells us, learned French 
manners, broke in upon the speech, telling his own tale of 
Spanish cruelty. He said that the Spaniards had robbed 
them of their food, driven them from their homes, and 
killed their children ; all because they had loved the 



How were they received by the Indians? How was the friendship 
established? What did the Indian chief tell the French? 



56 PART I 

French. Then he ordered brought to De Gourgues a 
French boy sixteen years of age, Pierre de Bre, who, after 
the massacre, had been found and cared for by the Indians. 
They had kept him with them and protected him, though 
the Spaniards had repeatedly demanded that he should be 
given up. 

After much talking it was agreed that when three days 
should have passed the French and Indians should go to- 
gether to attack the Spanish forts. Then presents were 
given to the savages, — mirrors, and trinkets, and knives, — 
and the council Avas over. 

Capture of Forts. — When the appointed day came, the 
Indians were ready, armed, and in their war paint. They 
danced, and waved their war clubs, and drank the " black 
drink," which they thought would make tliem strong in 
battle. They insisted that De Gourgues, too, should drink 
the black drink with them. All preparations being made, 
they set out at dark ; the Indians by paths through the 
forest, the French by sea. 

They met at dawn of the second day on the bank of a 
stream near one of the forts at the mouth of the river, and 
here had to wait for some hours on account of the tide. 
After this delay they proceeded, and had nearly reached 
the fort before they were discovered. Confused and terri- 
fied, the Spaniards did not know where to turn. A senti- 
nel gave the alarm and fired twice upon the French. One 
of the Indians ran him through with a spear. Some tried 
to escape through the gates, but were killed or captured. 
The ships began an attack from the sea, and the arrows of 
the Indians fell like hail. The guns in the fort across the 

What had the Indians done to befriend one of the French? What 
plot was laid? What tokens were given? How did the savages pre- 
pare for the attack ? Where did they attack ? 



THE REVENGE OF DOMINIQUE DE GOURGUES 57 

river opened fire. The French returned the fire from the 
captured fort. 

San Mateo Taken. — De Gourgues now marched on to 
San Mateo. Here the garrison were so terrified that they 
did not attempt to defend tliemselves.' The commander, 
with a few others, escaped. All the rest were killed or 
captured. But De Gourgues was not yet satisfied. When 
Menendez had destroyed Fort Caroline, some of the French, 
after escaping from the fort, had returned and surrendered 
themselves. Menendez had them lianged from a tree. On 
the tree he wrote, " This is done, not as unto Frenchmen, 
but as unto Lutlierans." On the same tree De Gourgues 
hanged certain unfortunate Spanish prisoners, and placed 
on the tree the inscription, " This is done, not as unto 
Spaniards, but as unto liars, thieves, and murderers." 

St. Augustine was too strong to be attacked, so when 
tlie three forts were destroyed, farewells were said to the 
Indian allies, and the ships of revenge sailed for liome. 

De Gourgues's Reward. — 111 fared it with De Gourgues 
in France. The Huguenots greeted him warmly, but the 
king and nobles were not pleased. The king of Spain de- 
manded liis life, and he was obliged to live in concealment 
for several years. Then things grew brighter for him. 
Queen Elizabeth of England invited him to enter her ser- 
vice, but about that time Charles IX. restored him to favor. 
He died in 1593, just as he was about to take command of 
a Portuguese fleet against his old enemies, the Spaniards. 

With what result? What place was next attacked ? With what 
result? What explanation had Menendez written of his massacre? 
AVliat reply did De Gourgues now make ? Why did De Gourgues 
now return ? How was he received in France ? 



58 



PART I 



CHAPTER VIII 

MORE ABOUT ST. AUGUSTINE 

Forts Rebuilt. — At the time of De Gourgues's attack 
upon the forts, Menendez was in Spain, but he soon 
returned with supplies and reenforcements. He rebuilt 
San Mateo and the other forts with little loss of time. 




Gates of St. Augustine 

and explored the country to a great distance north and 
west. 

Menendez attempts to Christianize the Indians. — He was 
anxious to bring about the religious conversion of the 
natives, and had brought with him ten missionaries and a 
young Indian educated by the Spaniards in Cuba. This 
Indian offered to lead a party of missionaries to the prov- 
ince where his brother was chief. Trusting to his guid- 
ance, the party set out, sailing north along the coast as far 

Where was Menendez at the time of De Gourgues's attack ? What 
did he do on his return? How were his missionaries treated? 



MORE ABOUT ST. AUGUSTINE 



59 



as Chesapeake Bay. Here they landed and went a little 
way into the country, when they were betrayed by their 
guide and killed. Another party that came the next year 
shared the same fate. Then Menendez went to the region 
liimself, and severely punished the Indians of the prov- 
ince. But he won no converts and made no settlement 
there. 

Death of Menendez. — After a few years Menendez left 
the government of Florida to his nephew and returned to 




Oldest Houses of St. Augustine 



Spain. There he was treated with great honor, and the 
king placed him in command of the Armada, or fleet, 
which he expected would destroy the power of England. 
But his days of fighting were done ; just as the fleet 
was about to sail Menendez died. 

St. Augustine Burned. — In 1586 the bold English 
sailor Sir Francis Drake, returning from a voyage to the 

What did he inflict upon the Indians ? Tell of his great honor 
and death. 



60 PART I 

West Indies, sighted St. Augustine. He had not known 
that there was a Spanish settlement in that part of the 
world. But learning it now, he was well pleased to land 
and burn the little town, founded just twenty years be- 
fore. 

St. Augustine Rebuilt. — St. Augustine Avas rebuilt, but 
very slowly, for in Spain there was little interest in the 
colony. But there was interest in the conversion of the 
Indians, and in 1593 twelve missionaries of the order of 
St. Francis came to Florida and labored at villages on the 
coast not far from St. Augustine. These good men taught 
and converted a great many Indians. 

Conversion of Indians. — One of these converts was a 
son of the chief of the province, and he had great in- 
fluence over his companions. It happened that the priest 
at the mission, after reproving him privately several times 
for some misconduct, rebuked him publicly. This made 
the young warrior very angry. He went away, and. per- 
suading a large number of his friends to join him, hurried 
back with them to the mission. He arrived there at night, 
and rushing into the chapel where the priest was at prayer, 
killed him instantly. 

Murder of Priests. — There was great excitement in the 
village, for most of the people had loved the priest, and 
all feared the Spaniards. The young warrior told them 
that since one priest had been killed, the Spaniards would 
be as angry as if all had been put to death, and that this 
was the time for the Indians to show they had not lost 
their old valor, but were still to be feared. So they fol- 



Who burned St. Augustine ? When ? What new effort was made 
to convert the Indians? What success was had? What caused tlie 
murder of the priests ? 



MORE ABOUT ST. AUGUSTINE 61 

lowed while he led the way to the neighboring mission of 
good Father Montes. He went to the priest, and told him 
he must now die, for it had been decided to kill all the 
missionaries. The priest implored them to give up their 
wicked plan. But they brandished their weapons and 
cried out again that he must die. He then asked to be 
allowed to celebrate the mass, and this they granted. 

So he stood in his white robes at the altar, while his 
enemies pressed about him. The service ended, he knelt 
before the altar in silent prayer. His foes rushed upon 
him, and he fell dead. 

In this way the Indians went from mission to mission 
on their merciless course, killing the priests and destroying 
the chapels until they reached the island of San Pedro. 
There the chief who governed it met them as they were 
landing, and forced them to seek their own safety in flight. 

Further Missionary Work. — Other missionaries came. 
In a few years the chapels were rebuilt, and many more 
missions were established, not only on the coast, but even 
as far west as middle Florida. A great many Indians 
became Christians, and their children were baptized and 
taught by the priests, who won the trust and affection of 
tliem all. One of the first books ever printed in the 
Indian language was a catechism in the language of the 
Timiquis, — a tribe living on the coast below St. Augus- 
tine. 

Fort Marion Built. — Unfortunately a war broke out in 
1638 between the Spaniards at St. Augustine and the 
Apalachee Indians, who lived in the interior. Though 

What checked the murderous career of the Indians? How was 
the mission work resumed? With what success? What was one of 
the first books in the Indian language? When was the next war with 
the Indians? 



62 



PART I 



the Spanish garrison was very small, it succeeded in 
driving the Indians back into their own territory. A 
great many of the Indians were captured, and they and 
their descendants were kept at work for sixty years on the 
fort at St. Augustine. This fort, which we call Fort Mar- 
ion, was called by the Spaniards San Marco. It was built 
of coquina from Anastasia Island, and remains to-day just 




Fort San Marco 



as it was two hundred years ago. It is a very strong 
fortress. Though twice besieged and many times at- 
tacked, it has never been taken. 

The Sea Wall. — It was feared that the force of the sea 
might destroy the town, and the next public work under- 
taken after the building of the fort Avas a sea wall to pro- 
tect the town from the destructive waves. This old 

What was done with captive Indians? Give the Spanish and the 
present names of the fort built. Of what is it built? Where 
was the material secured? 



THE FOUNDING OF PENSACOLA 



63 



sea wall served its purpose until after Florida became 
a territory of the United States. Then the present sea 
wall, much more substantial than the old, was built by 
our government. 



CHAPTER IX 

THE FOUNDING OF PENSACOLA 

Other American Colonies. — Time passed, and Spain was 
no longer the only European nation with colonies in the 
New World. The English had successfully planted colo- 
nies in Virginia and New England, and were arranging 
for the settlement of the Carolinas. The thrifty Dutch 




Old View of Pensacola 

liad settled New Amsterdam and the French had laid 
claim not only to the basin of the St. Lawrence, but also 
to all the country drained by the Mississippi. Spain had 
claimed the greater part of all these lands by right of dis- 

What other public work was done? What other settlements had 
been made? 



64 PART I 

CO very and exploration, but had not colonized them. It 
was now becoming plain that unless she did plant colonies 
she would soon have no part of Florida to call her own. 
So at last it was decided to send a party to make a 
thorough exploration of the western coast of the peninsula 
and select a good place for a colony. 

Pensacola Founded. — The site selected was on the 
beautiful bay called by the early explorers Santa Maria, 
now Pensacola. This was the very site where De Luna 
had tried to make a settlement five years before St. 
Augustine was founded. The second attempt in 1696 by 
/three hundred men under Don Andres d'Arriola, was 
more fortunate. A small fort called San Carlos was built 
and a church near by with several dw^ellings. The name 
Pensacola was given to the settlement, whether for a town 
in Spain (Penis-cola) or whether because a tribe of In- 
dians, the Pensacolas, had once lived there, is not quite 
certain. At any rate this name was then given to the 
town founded and to the magnificent body of water on the 
shores of which it was situated. 

French Settlements. — It is well that D'Arriola came 
when he did, for hardly more than a year later a French 
expedition under Lemoine D 'Iberville arrived off the 
harbor. Seeing the Spanish ships, DTberville did not 
enter, but passed on and made a settlement at Biloxi and 
later at Mobile. The Perdido River was agreed upon as the 
boundary line between the French and Spanish territory. 

Within a short while after Pensacola was founded there 
were neighbors at Mobile, Biloxi, and New Orleans. For 



What site was selected for a new Spanish colony? What origins 
of the name Pensacola are suggested? What neighboring colonies 
were established ? By whom? What boundary was agreed upon? 



THE FOUNDING OF PENSACOLA 



65 



a long time there was peace. The settlements traded with 
one another. Mobile and Pensacola exchanged many 
courtesies. Once when Pensacola was threatened with 
starvation, Mobile supplied her needs, and again came to 
her assistance against a threatened Indian attack. But, 
unfortunately, the time came when France and Spain were 
at war with each other, and the colonies had to take the 
part of the mother countries. 

Pensacola taken by the French. — When the troubles 
began, De Bienville, governor of Louisiana, was ordered to 
attack Pensacola. On the 14th 
of May, 1719, he appeared 
with his fleet before Pensa- 
cola, having sent a large force 
of Indians by land to join in 
the attack. The Spanish com- 
mander, Metamoras, had 
never heard that war had been 
declared between France and 
Spain. He had so small a 
garrison that he felt it would 
be useless to attempt any 
defense. So at four o'clock 

in the afternoon he surrendered on condition that pri- 
vate citizens and private property should not be dis- 
turbed, and that the garrison should march out with 
the honors of war and be carried to Havana in French 
vessels. 

De Bienville left about sixty men at Pensacola, and sailed 




De Bienville 



What were the relations between the colonies? What disturbed 
these relations? What forces took Pensacola? What were the con- 
ditions of surrender? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 5 



6Q PART I 

away. But he did not feel very well satisfied, for what 
had been so easily gained might be as easily lost. It turned 
out as he had feared, and the French held the town only 
about two months. 

Spanish Recapture. — When the French vessels reached 
Havana with the Spanish garrison on board, they were 
seized by the captain general of Cuba, and the officers 
and crews were cast into prison. Then a large expedition 
was immediately fitted out to recover Fensacola, the 
captured French ships forming part of the fleet. This 
fleet was put under command of Metamoras. He sent 
the French ships in first, and Avhen a good position in 
front of the fort was taken, the other ships followed 
and the Spanish colors were shown. 

The French commander was called on to surrender, and 
when he refused, the ships opened fire on the fort. The 
French then asked for a truce of four days, hoping to 
get help from De Bienville. A truce of two days was 
granted. At the end of that time no help had come, and 
the French surrendered. 

French Recapture. — De Bienville determined to make 
another attempt to capture Fensacola. He fitted out 
several ships and organized a large force, principally of 
Indians, to attack the town in the rear. He took the place, 
as he had planned, and made prisoners of the garrison. 
But he was not strong enough to hold it against a large 
attacking force, so, after destroying the fort and burning 
the town, he sailed away. The French of Louisiana w^ere 



Of what breach of faith was the captain general of Cuba guilty? 
How was this advantage followed up? With what result? What 
was the next step in the Fensacola War? What disposition did 
Bienville make of the fort ? Why ? 



THE FOUNDING OF PENSACOLA 67 

well pleased with the part they took in this expedition, 
which they called the Pensacola War. 

Restored to Spain. — In 1722 peace was made between 
France and Spaiii. Then Pensacola was restored to Spain. 
The original town, wdiich was burned by the French, was 
where Fort Barrancas is now. When the Spanish returned 
in 1722, they built on Santa Rosa Island, where they 
thought they would be safer from Indian attacks. After 
some years, people began planting and building on the 
north side of the bay, and there, in 1763, the city of 
Pensacola was regularly laid out. 

What ended the conflict in the colonies? Where was the original 
Pensacola ? Where was it next bnilt ? Where was the city finally 
laid out? When? 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. The missionaries and the Indians. . 

2. Attempted settlement at Pensacola. 

3. The naming of " New France." 

4. The reasons of the French for seeking a settlement in America. 
6. Story of the attempted Fort Caroline settlement. 

6. Account of the French settlement in Florida and its troubles. 

7. The three names of the greatest river of Florida. 

8. The commission and the voyage of Menendez. 

9. The founding and naming of St. Augustine. 

10. The conflict with and the massacre of the French. 

11. How JNIenendez's act was regarded in Europe. 

12. The motives and expedition of De Gourgues. 

13. The relations of the Indians with the French and with the 
Spanish compared. 

14. The attack on the fort. 

15. The career of Menendez from his coming to Florida to his 
death. 

16. Efforts to Christianize the Indians. 

17. The burning and rebuilding of St. Augustine and the public 
improvements. 



68 PART I 

18. Indian troubles at St. Augustine. 

19. Location, naming, and founding of Pensacola. 

20. Neighboring French settlements and their relations with 
Pensacola. 

21. What are the several positions which the city has occupied? 



THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. Do the circumstances seem to show that the Indians killed the 
Spanish priests through sheer brutality or through fear of deception ? 

2. Did the Spaniards afterward realize the mistake they had made 
in the treatment of the Indians? 

3. What seems to have been the chief purpose of Philip in encour- 
aging the settlement of Florida ? 

4. What were the relations existing between France and Spain 
about the middle of the sixteenth century? What important changes 
in their relations occurred during the period covered by these 
chapters ? 

5. Tell of the religious w^ars of Europe in the time of Coligny and 
his part in them. 

6. Was the settlement at the mouth of the St. Johns in a favorable 
location for a self-sustaining colony ? 

7. Find out what you can of Sir John Ha^vkins. 

8. Read about the Reformation and the Inquisition. A knowledge 
of the religious wars and intolerance of the time is essential to an 
appreciation of these chapters. 

9. What storms are regularly expected about the time of year 
of the destruction of the French forts? 

10. Was the extremely religious conduct of Menendez and the other 
Spaniards, so out of harmony with their brutality, due, apparently to 
hypocrisy or was it a characteristic of the religious practices of that 
time ? 

11. Why did Charles of France show so little interest in the 
murdered French colony ? 

12. Were the motives of De Gourgues any more commendable in 
the light of modern ethical ideas than those of Menendez ? 

13. What would be the attitude of modern nations toward the 
spirit or actions of either Menendez or De Gourgues? 



ENGLISH Xi:lGHBORS 69 

14. Find the location of each of the forts and settlements mentioned 
and tell their present names. 

15. Account for the difference of the relations sustained between 
the French and the Indians and between the Spanish and tlie Indians. 
Is this difference characteristic of the history of these nations among 
the Indians elsewhere in America? 

16. Mention the several evidences of Menendez's vigorous execu- 
tive ability. 

17. What relation may there have been between the conduct of the 
Indian guide wiio betrayed the Spaniards and his education among 
the Spaniards in Cuba? 

18. Read the history of Sir Francis Drake. 

19. Read of the great Spanish Armada which Menendez was to 
have commanded. 

20. As a means of converting and civilizing the Indians, which 
was probably more effective, the punishment inflicted by Menendez 
or the submissive death of the priests? 

21. What is coquina? Where is it found and what use of it is 
made at this time? 

22. What established a nation's claim to new territory? 
2.3. How far apart are Pensacola and Mobile ? 

24. What was probably D'Iberville's purpose in settling so near to 
Pensacola ? 

25. What war in Europe brought on colonial troubles about this 
time? 

26. Was the action of the Spanish governor in seizing the French 
vessels in accord with the laws of war, considering that the French 
had seized Pensacola? 

27. What is the further illustration, in the seizure of Pensacola, 
of the comparative relations of the two nations with the Indians? 



CHAPTER X 

ENGLISH NEIGHBORS 

English Encroachments. — It has been told how De Ayllon 
had in 1526 tried to make a settlement on the very spot 
where Jamestown was afterwards built, and how Menendez 



70 PART I 

had sent two missionary parties to the Indians of the 
Chesapeake. But these attempts had been followed by 
failure, and for many years it was all the Spaniards could 
do to keep the colonies they had first planted in the South. 
Spain was no longer the powerful nation she had been at 
the time of the earlier voyages of exploration. So along 
the Atlantic coast from New England to Carolina, England 
had planted her colonies without hindrance from Spain. 
But when South Carolina Avas given a charter that fixed 
her southern boundary below St. Augustine, it was plain 
there would be trouble. 

St. Augustine Plundered. — St. Augustine had suffered 
from the English before now. Sir Francis Drake had 
struck a blow at Spain by burning the town, and in 1665 
Captain Davis, an English freebooter, had plundered it. 
The fort was not finished, and- the garrison made no 
resistance. Little wonder that the Spanish colonists were 
ill pleased at the coming of the new neighbors. 

Hostilities. — The English, on their side, had soon some- 
thing to complain of, for the Spanish gave refuge to their 
runaway servants and prisoners, and had encouraged the 
Indians to make war on English settlers. 

In 1676 a small army from Florida attacked one of the 
English settlements, but was obliged to retreat. Ten 
years later another Spanish force took and plundered Port 
Royal, and destroyed many plantations. These things 
were not forgotten, and in 1702, England being at war 
with France and Spain, Governor Moore, of South Carolina, 
undertook an expedition against St. Augustine. He suc- 

What change in the power of Spain had occurred by the beginning 
of the eighteenth century ? What encroachments upon their territorial 
possessions in Florida were occurring? What cause of complaint had 
the English? 



ENGLISH NEIGHBORS 71 

ceeded in driving the people into the fort and keeping 
them there three months, but the fort was too strong to be 
taken, and after burning the town he marched back home. 

Fort San Luis and Ayavalla Destroyed. — This expedition 
having proved a failure and Moore still longing to distin- 
guish himself, he decided to march against the Spanish 
Indian towns of middle Florida. The most important of 
these was Fort San Luis, just two miles west of the present 
site of Tallahassee. Here twenty-three Spaniards and 
four hundred Apalachee Indians met a much larger force 
of English with their Creek allies. The Spanish com- 
mander, Don Juan Mexia, and about half his men were 
killed. The fort and the church, after being robbed of 
everything of value they contained, were destroyed. Aya- 
valla, a town on the St. Marks River, with its church, 
suffered the same fate. The other towns near by were so 
terrified that they offered to surrender. Governor Moore 
took captive a great many Indians as slaves. This, he 
said, was in return for the negro servants who had run 
away from South Carolina to Florida and been harbored. 

Desolation of the Apalachee Region. — A hundred years 
later Indian tradition still told the story of the terrible 
visitation. Traces of roads and bridges built by the Span- 
iards and the Indians, whom they had done much to civilize, 
were still pointed out. Where villages, forts, and churches 
had been, only ruins remained, though many of the names 
still appeared on the maps. An old church bell was found 
near the Suwanee when the Americans took possession 

What were the first two warlike demonstrations between the 
colonies? Tell of the English retaliation under Governor Moore. 
What was done in Moore's first expedition ? What in his second 
expedition? What places were destroyed? What prisoners taken? 
What was the region visited ? 



72 



PART I 



of Florida. It was all that remained of the little mission 
church, and the Indians looked upon it with awe and won- 
der, telling legends of how it had been brought among 
them so long before. 

It was this region desolated by Governor Moore that 
afterwards became the home of Indians from the territory 




Ruins of an Old Spanish Mission 



north of Florida. Here the Seminoles came, though they 
later pushed their way as far south as the Alachua region. 
Forts at St. Marks and Creve Coeur. — After the English 
invasion the Apalachees were so reduced in numbers that 
their chief persuaded the governor of St. Augustine to 
build a fort at St. Marks on the Gulf for their protection. 
What Indians afterwards occupied the middle Florida region? 



ENGLISH NEIGHBORS 73 

This was finished in March, 1718, and was called San 
Marcos de Apalachee. The Indians themselves built a 
little church near it. The same year the French built 
a fort at St. Josephs Bay, calling it Creve Coeur (Broken 
Heart). This after a few months was given over to the 
Spaniards. 

Georgia Settled and Fortified. — Hard pressed as Florida 
had been, it was still worse for her when Georgia, the last 
of the thirteen English colonies, was 
settled by Oglethorpe in 1733. The 
Georgia settlers built a fort on the 
Altamaha and another at Frederica on 
St. Simons Island. The Spanish govern- 
ment demanded the surrender of these 
forts, but Oglethorpe refused to give 
them up. Indeed, he prepared not only 
to defend them, but to attack St. Oeiethoroe 

Augustine. 

War with England. — In 1739 war was declared be- 
tween England and Spain. Then a squadron was sent to 
assist Oglethorpe, South Carolina joined forces, and a joint 
attack by land and sea was planned. There was a large 
body of Indian allies. 

Siege of St. Augustine. — About the last of May all these 
forces met near St. Augustine. The small forts were easily 
taken, then began the siege and blockade of St. Augustine. 
The people of the town were soon obliged to take refuge 
in the fort, and now the English hoped that the great 
number of hungry mouths to be fed would oblige a speedy 
surrender. 

AVhen, why, and by whom was St. Marks founded? What place 
was established by the French? What still harder pressure was soon 
brought to bear upon Florida? 




74 PART I 

The Spanish governor, Don Manuel Monteano, was a 
man of great energy, and made the most of every means 
at his disposal, but the anxiety he felt is shown in a letter 
to the governor of Cuba. " I assure your lordship," he 
wrote during the siege, " that it is impossible to express 
the confusion of this place, for we have no protection ex- 
cept the fort, and all else is open field. The families have 
abandoned their homes and come into the fort for pro- 
tection, which is pitiable, although my only anxiety is the 
want of provisions ; and if your lordship, lacking requisite 
force, cannot relieve us, we must certainly perish." The 
English knew of this distress and were confident of their 
own success. 

But there was a change of fortune. On the night of 
the 25th of June a party from the fort sallied out 
and recaptured Fort Moosa. This bit of success gave 
great encouragement to the Spaniards. As the summer 
wore on, sickness broke out among the English ; they 
became weary of the siege and longed to return home. 
Worse still, some deserted to the Spaniards. Yet the 
siege lasted until July 10. Then it was learned that 
vessels with provisions for the fort had reached Mosquito 
Inlet. This decided Oglethorpe to raise the siege and 
return home. 

Invasion of Georgia. — English deserters told Monteano 
that Oglethorpe intended returning the next spring. He 
did not do so, and Monteano decided to lead an attack 
against Oglethorpe's colony. A fleet was sent from Cuba 
to aid him, and with this force he entered the harbor of 
St. Simons July 5, 1742. The shore batteries opened a 
steady fire, but this did not prevent the fleet passing. 

Tell of the siege of St. Augustine in 1739. How was the siege 
raised ? 



ENGLISH NEIGHBORS 



75 



Seeing this, Oglethorpe destroyed the fortifications at 
St. Simons and made haste to Frederica to meet the 
invaders. 

On July 7, the Spaniards landed and began their 



They had to pass over 



Cumberland Id. 



march against Freder 
a very narrow cause- 
Avay through a marsh. 
Here they were sud- 
denl}^ attacked, and in 
the battle lost four cap- 
tains and more than 
two hundred men killed, 
besides many taken pris- 
oners. This is known 
as the battle of " Bloody 
Marsh." Monteano was 
obliged to retreat, and 
as some English vessels 
appeared off the coast, 
he reembarked his 
troops for St. Augus- 
tine. 

St. Augustine Chal- 
lenged. — In March, 
1743, Oglethorpe sud- 
denly appeared before 
the gates of St. Augus- 
tine and offered battle, 
but the garrison took no notice of his challenge, and he 
returned home. There were no regular battles, but neither 




AUGUSTINE 

astatia Id. 



Map to illustrate Campaigns of Oglethorpe 
and Monteano 



Tell of the return invasion. 
What was the objective point? 
English invasion of Florida. 



Where did the expedition land? 
How did it end? Tell of another 



76 PART I 

was there any good will between the colonies. The Eng- 
lish wrote of St. Augustine as ''a den of thieves and 
ruffians ! receptacle of debtors, servants, and slaves ! bane 
of industry and good society ! " while Monteano hoped 
that a day might come Avhen he should ''exterminate 
General Oglethorpe with all his forces." 



CHAPTER XI 

FLORIDA A BRITISH COLONY 

Florida exchanged for Havana. — In the war known in 
American history as the French and Indian War, lasting 
from 1754 to 1763, Spain took part with France against 
England. At the end of the war France gave up to Eng- 
land all her possessions east of the Mississippi except New 
Orleans and a very small piece of land near the mouth of 
the river. New Orleans and the small piece of land with 
it had been ceded by France to Spain the year before with 
all the territory west of the Mississippi that France had 
claimed. England's territory now stretched from the 
great river to the Atlantic. She was anxious to add 
Florida to her possessions, and easily arranged to get it 
from Spain in exchange for Havana, captured by the Eng- 
lish the year before. So it was that Florida became a 
British colony. 

Spaniards Leave. — The treaty provided that none of 
the Spanish who remained in Florida should be disturbed 

Describe the feelings existing between the colonies. What terri- 
torial transfers in the South resulted from the French and Indian 
War ? What tei-ritory was then held by each of the three European 
nations connected with Florida history? What transfer of Florida 
was then made? How did Havana become an English possession? 



FLORIDA A BKITISH COLONY 



77 



in the exercise of the Catholic religion, and that all pri- 
vate property should be respected. But the Spanish in- 
habitants were not pleased with this change of government, 
and every one from Pensacola and all but tive from St. 
Augustine left on the transports provided to take them to 
Cuba or to Mexico. 

East and West Florida. — One of the first acts of gov- 
ernment by the English was to divide the colony into East 
and West Florida. East 
Florida lay between the 
Atlantic Ocean and the Apa- 
lachicola River. West Florida 
extended from tlie Apalachi- 
cola to the Mississippi and 
Lake Pontchartrain, and 
north to latitude 31 degrees ; 
but the northern boundary 
was afterward made latitude 
32 degrees and 28 minutes, 
thus taking in nearly the 
southern half of what are 
now the States of Alabama 
and Mississippi. 

Growth and Prosperity. — 
To encourage the settlement 
of the new territories, the 
English government gave 
generous land grants to officers and soldiers Avho had served 
in the war. Reports of the country's natural wealth and 

What provisions regarding the inhabitants were in the treaty? 
How many Spanish citizens remained? What new boundaries and 
divisions were established for Florida ? What were the two northern 
boundaries of West Florida? 




Indigo 



78 PART I 

advantages were published in England so that settlers 
might be induced to come out. A great number of men, 
energetic and of good character, were persuaded to make 
homes in Florida. Some came from South Carolina or 
Georgia, others from England, and a colony of forty fami- 
lies came from Bermuda. Good public roads were made, 
indigo, sugar cane, and fruits were cultivated, lumber was 
shipped, and the Floridas prospered as they had never 
done before. 

Assemblies Called. — Best of all, for people whose lib- 
erty was dear to them, the governors were directed to call 
general assemblies as soon as possible, to make laws for 
the colonies. In the meantime the governors were, with 
the advice of the councils, to establish courts. 

The Turnbull Minorcan Colony. — In 1767, a Scotchman, 
Dr. Andrew Turnbull, one of the governor's council, 
formed a company to bring out settlers from Minorca and 
other islands of the Mediterranean to cultivate the vine, 
fig, olive, and indigo. His idea was that they would suc- 
ceed well in cultivating plants like those at their own 
homes. 

Fifteen hundred colonists were brought out from Italy, 
Greece, Smyrna, and Minorca, and a colony called New 
Smyrna was founded at Mosquito Inlet. The passage of 
the colonists was paid, and they were to be furnished with 
food and clothing for three years. During that time they 
were to work for the company, and at the end were to 
receive enough land for their support. 

What was done to encourage immigration? With what result? 
What industrial progress resulted? What political liberty was 
planned ? What was the plan of the Turnbull colony ? Where was it 
planted? Who were the colonists? What were the terms of their 
coming ? 



FLORIDA A BRITISH COLONY 



79 



All went well for a while, then trouble arose. The 
colonists declared that the contract had been broken. 
They said they had been cruelly treated by the company 
and had suffered for want of food and clothing. An in- 
surrection broke out among them, but was soon crushed 
and two of the leaders were put to death. Nine years 
after the founding of the colony, a few of the Minorcans 

— as all the colonists were now called — went to St. 
Augustine, laid their wrongs before the 
government, and begged for release. 
During the years of slavery and mis- 
ery their number had been reduced to 
six hundred. The matter was looked 
into by the government, and they were 
released from all obligations to the 
company. They all moved to St. 
Augustine, where portions of land in 
the northern part of the city were given 
them. 

A Royal Colony during the Revolution. 

— Florida was a new colony and had 

been so well treated that she had not the same causes for 
complaint against the mother country that the older 
colonies had. She remained under British rule through 
the Revolutionary War, and gave refuge to niany English 
sympathizers from Georgia and South Carolina. Yet there 
must have been a few who were for the cause of inde- 
pendence, for in 1776 the governor of East Florida called 
on the militia to join the royal forces to repel invasion 
and to prevent any more men from joining their "traitor- 

What was the cause of trouble? What was the outcome ? Where 
did the colonists go? What was a chief reason for Florida's not join- 
ing the Revolution ? 




British Soldiers of the 
Revolution 



80 PART I 

ous neighbors." When the astonishing news of the Dechi- 
ration of Independence reached St. Augustine, the people 
rushed in wild excitement to the public square and burned 
Hancock and Adams in effigy. 

During the next two years several thousand loyalists 
moved from Georgia and South Carolina into Florida, and 
there was bitter feeling among the colonies. An invasion 
of Florida was planned, but not carried out, and though 
an expedition was fitted out at St. Augustine to invade 
Georgia, this also failed. Later in the war other expedi- 
tions were planned on both sides, but were not carried out. 
Spanish Conquest of West Florida. — In 1779 war was 
declared between England and Spain, and in August the 
governor of Louisiana invaded West Florida and took 
the forts on the Mississippi. The next March, after a 

strong resistance, he took Fort 
Charlotte on Mobile River, 
then prepared to attack Pensa- 
cola. General Campbell was 
in command at Pensacola with 
Powderhorn and Canteen ^ thousand men, and besides 

there were two garrisoned 
forts. But the Spanish were superior in strength, and on 
May 9, Campbell and his troops marched out and gave 
up their arms. Spain now held West Florida from Pensa- 
cola west to the Mississippi River. 

Florida exchanged for the Bahama Islands. — When the 
Revolutionary War ended and the American colonies be- 
came independent States, England ceded East and West 
Florida back to Spain in exchange for the Bahama Islands. 

What was her relation to the neighboring colonies ? What was the 
occasion for the invasion of Florida by the Spanish? Enumerate the 
results of the invasion. 




SECOND SPANISH OCCUPATION 81 

The treaty was signed September 3, 1783, and the English 
colonists who had made homes for themselves in the new 
country were given eighteen months to remove with their 
property. It happened, however, that a few English did 
remain and all the Minorcans. Some who had come into 
the colony from Georgia or South Carolina returned to 
their old homes. The rest were taken on transports fur- 
nished by the British government to seek homes in England, 
Nova Scotia, or the Bahamas. 



CHAPTER XII 
SECOND SPANISH OCCUPATION 

Settlements Abandoned. — The Spaniards did not find it 
easy to get new colonists in place of the English. Some 
fine estates on the St. Johns River and the east coast were 
now unoccupied, and settlements in other places were aban- 
doned. The few people at St. Augustine hardly dared go 
beyond the protection of the guns of the fort ; for the In- 
dians now began to give trouble in various ways. 

Alexander McGillivray. — The Spaniards were very anx- 
ious to gain the friendship of the neighboring tribes, espe- 
cially the Creeks. The principal chief of the Creeks was 
Alexander McGillivray, the son of a Creek woman and a 
Scotch trader. He was remarkably intelligent and had 
been well educated. He took the part of the English dur- 
ing the Revolution, and was very active in their service in 
Georgia. He held the rank of colonel in their army. In 

At the close of the Revolution what disposition did England make 
of the royal colony ? Who remained in Florida ? \VTiat of the 
desolateness of Florida at the time of the second Spanish occupation? 
What danger threatened the few people in the colony? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA — 6 



82 PART I 

1784, he made a treaty for the Creeks and Seminoles with 
the Spanish government, promising to prevent all white 
men going into their country except with the consent of 
Spain. He also did much to gain the friendship of other 
tribes for Spain. For all these services the Spanish gov- 
ernment gave him a colonel's rank and pay. 

Later still McGillivray represented the Creeks in a 
treaty with the United States, and displeased both Indians 
and Spaniards by promising that after a certain date all 
the trade of the Creeks should pass through ports of the 
United States. And now it was proved that while he re- 
ceived a large salary from Spain, he was receiving a large 
salary as agent for the United States, and that he woi"e 
sometimes the uniform of a Spanish colonel and sometimes 
that of a brigadier general in the American army. So this 
very remarkable Indian chief had held high commissions 
under three great civilized nations. He died in 1793, and 
was buried at Pensacola with Masonic honors. 

William Augustus Bowles. — A bold attempt was made 
in 1789 by tjeneral William Augustus Bowles to regain 
possession of Florida for the English. Bowles was a na- 
tive of Maryland, and during the Revolution had held a 
command in the British army. While stationed at Pensa- 
cola he was dismissed from the service, and in search of 
adventure went away with some Creek Indians. He after- 
ward married the daughter of one of their chiefs, and 
made his home among them for a while. 

What alliance did the Spanish now seek? What remarkable 
character brought about such alliances? What different positions of 
power did McGillivray hold under different governments ? What 
treaty did he make with Spain for the Creeks and Seminoles? 
Where was he buried? What nation did Bowles serve? Tell of the 
career of this man. 



SECOND SPANISH OCCUPATION 



83 



Meanwhile the Spaniards of Louisiana had captured 
Pensacola. When this news reached Bowles he marched 
there against the Spaniards, at the head of a large force of 
Indians. The expedition was unsuccessful, but on ac- 
count of his undertaking it, Bowles was restored to favor. 
He was of a restless disposition, however, and was not sat- 
isfied with one profession. He went to New York and 
afterwards to the Bahamas, and became an actor and then 




a portrait painter. During the 
second Spanish occupation he was 
sent by the English to establish a 
trading post among the Creeks. 

St. Marks Surprised. — But merely to 
i*hMmmm '^^^^-^ establish a trading post did not satisfy 
his ambition. He first tried, without success, to get 
allies among the Indians in East Florida and in the 
Alachua district to aid in destroying the Spanish power. 
He was more successful among the Creeks. He told 
them that the goods at the various trading posts were 
really presents that had been sent to the Indians and had 
been wrongfully kept from them. The Creeks believed 



What invasion did he lead? What plot did he later undertake? 



84 PART I 

this and were easily persuaded to join him in mak- 
ing war against the Spaniards. As a proof of their 
confidence they gave Bowles the title of king of Florida. 
But the reign of the king of Florida was short. He made 
Miccosukee his headquarters. From there he marched 
against St. Marks, and took the fort by surprise, but was 
obliged to give it up. Then the Indians would follow 
him no more. They called him no longer king but 
'' Lying Captain," and gave him up to the Spaniards. 

He was taken to Cuba and kept in prison until his 
death, which took place in a few weeks. When he was 
ill the governor sent 

word that he should iM^^glf\r Ll. \ i \ \N\ ^^^'^ 
like to visit him. ''I /W£sr ff^^'^^i VA^-^^f 
am fallen low, in- / .. jjW....f^Aft. .(/ i\/ V] ¥ 

deed," said Bowles, \ ,YS^,,rTicK}^-'^^^ y "cl^ "ivH 

"but not so low as ^^^^ ^^^"^^^V v4\ 

to receive a visit ^^^^^^ )\ T''^ 

from the governor ^^^^^^ ^« organized under iL-^^\ 

P ^ , „ British Rule W ^\ 

of Cuba. \/^\ 

Boundary Disputes. — There came a time when 'K^ J 
the question of tlie northern boundary of West ^\^1 
Florida gave a great deal of trouble. The „ ^^,-,-^ 
English had made the boundary line on lati- 
tude 32 degrees and 28 minutes, but in the treaty with the 
United States at the close of the Revolution, the line was 
fixed at 31 degrees. Spain, however, would not give up 
the territory between the two lines, saying that she had 
conquered it from England, and England had no right to 

What aUies did Bowles secure? What title did they give him? 
Where were his headquarters? What success did his expedition 
have? How was he then treated? Tell of his death. What was the 
northern boundary of West Florida adopted by the English? 



SECOND SPANISH OCCUPATION 85 

dispose of it. It was not until twelve years later that 
Spain agreed to make latitude 31 degrees the northern 
boundary of West Florida. In 1803 the United States 
purchased from France, Louisiana, which had been ceded 
from France to Spain in 1762, and re-ceded to France in 
1800. Before 1762 France had owned the land west of 
the Perdido in West Florida, so when the United States 
bought Louisiana she claimed that territory. Spain said 
this was part of Florida, and would not give it up because, 
like the other disputed territory, it had been conquered 
from England and not received from France. 

Republic of West Florida. — The territory called the 
Baton Rouge Government lay between the Mississippi 
and the Pearl rivers; that called the Mobile district lay 
between the Pearl and the Perdido. Both were claimed 
by Spain as part of Florida, and both were claimed by the 
United States as part of the land purchased from France. 
A time came when Spain was too busy fighting the great 
Napoleon to pay much attention to the Floridas. Then the 
inhabitants of Baton Rouge declared themselves an inde- 
pendent people, gave their territory the name Republic 
of West Florida, and asked to be admitted into the Union. 
After one month the Republic of West Florida was an- 
nexed to Louisiana, October 27, 1810. 

Mobile District. — When war wns declared between the 
United States and England, in 1812, the United States 
government was afraid to leave the Mobile district in the 

What boundary did they accept in the treaty with the United 
States? What claim did Spain make for a more northerly line? 
What was the claim of the United States to the territory west of the 
Perdido River? Tell of the Republic of West Florida? How was it 
formed? What became of it? What was accomplished by its exist- 
ence? 



86 PART I 

hands of Spain, as tliat nation was now a friend of Eng- 
land. General Wilkinson sailed from New Orleans to 
Mobile with six hundred men, and in April, 1813, received 
the surrender of the Spanish commander. This made the 
Perdido River again the western boundary of Florida, and 
so it has remained ever since. 



CHAPTER XIII 

FLORIDA'S PART IN THE WAR OF 1812 

Embargo and Non-Intercourse Acts. — During some years 
of the Spanish occupation of Florida, France and England 
were at war with each other. Though the United States 
did not take either side in the dispute, it caused her a 
great deal of trouble. Each of the nations at war forbade 
our young government trading with the other. Not only 
this, but the English would stop and search our ships, and 
seize seamen who they maintained were British subjects, to 
serve in their navy. All this was very insulting to the 
United States, and Congress, with a view to improving 
matters, passed the Embargo Act, a law forbidding all 
American vessels to leave port. This was worse than 
ever, for the loss of trade was very great, and thousands 
of men were thrown out of employment. Then the Em- 
bargo Act was repealed, and Congress passed the Non- 
Intercourse Act. This gave Americans the right to trade 
with all nations except France and England, and bettered 
matters a little. 

How was the Mobile district secured to the United States? What 
acts of Congress w-ere intended to punish England and France for 
their offensive attitude toward American shipping? What was 
their result? 



FLORIDA'S PART IN THE WAR OF 1812 



Plans to secure Florida from England. — When it became 
certain that there would be war between England and the 
United States, it 

was feared that I | if' 

England would A| ^|\ A / " ^ 

seize Florida, and ^"^^ ll^Xw^!^/ / / 

so gain a great ad- 
vantage. President 
Madison tried to 
persuade the Span- 
ish government to 
cede Florida to the 
United States, at 
any rate for a cer- 
tain time, and Con- 
gress secretly gave 
the President 
power to take pos- 
session if there 
were any danger of 
a foreign power 
doing so. 

Republic of Flor- 
ida. — Pains were 
taken to keep all 
these plans quiet, 
but they became 
known, and some 
Georgia frontiers- 
men joined with 

Why was America desirous of having possession of F'lovida in 
case of war? What provisions were made to secure it? Tell of the 
" Republic of Florida." 




Impressment of Seamen 



88 PART I 

some of the Floridians to form the " Republic of Florida," 
on the banks of the St. Marys. The president of this 
new and hastily formed government was General John 
Mcintosh, and Colonel Ashley was placed at the head of 
its military affairs. The time was at hand for the military 
forces of this little republic to be called into action. 

Fernandina Captured. — Amelia Island lies off the 
eastern coast of Florida just below the mouth of the St. 
Marys River. Fernandina on this island had become a 
very important port of entry for foreign vessels. In order 
to protect American interests General Matthews deter- 
mined to take Fernandina and the island. He sent nine 
War ships into the harbor and Colonel Ashley's forces came 
in boats to join in the attack. Fernandina was held by a 
small Spanish garrison commanded by Don Jose Lopez. 
Lopez had no choice but to surrender. On March 17, 
1812, the agreement was signed. Fernandina was to 
remain a free port of entry to all nations, but if there 
should be war between the United States and Eng- 
land, English ships should not be allowed to enter after 
May 1, 1813. 

Expedition against St. Augustine. — Next day three hun- 
dred Americans marched against St. Augustine, making 
their camp two miles from the town. Here they were 
joined by another force of one hundred men. Governor 
Estrada of East Florida had some cannon placed on a 
schooner, and fired at the Americans. This forced them 
to retire to Pass Navarro, a mile away, and later to a place 
beyond the St. Johns River. Sickness broke out, and some 

What was the importance of Fernandina? How taken? Condi- 
tions of surrender? Tell of the St. Augustine expedition from the 
"Kepublic of Florida." What caused the Americans to retreat? 



FLORIDA'S PAKT IxV THE WAR OF 1812 89 

of the men were sent back to the " Republic of Florida " 
under charge of a United States officer. At the twelve- 
mile swamp this little party of invalids was fired upon by 
a band of negroes from St. Augustine, and though the 
soldiers charged upon the negroes and routed them, 
several officers were killed or wounded. 

Expedition against Seminoles. — The Americans now 
carried the war into tlie Alachua district, where it was 
said the Seminole Indians were making ready for a raid 
into Georgia. Colonel Newman, a Georgian, offered 
to lead a party of scarcely more than three hundred 
against King Payne's town. King Payne and Bowlegs 
were the principal chiefs of the Seminoles. They were 
the sons of Secoffee, the Creek who had in 1750 led the 
band of runaway Creeks, afterwards called Seminoles, 
into Florida. 

The Indians Defeated. — When the Americans reached 
a lake a few miles from King Payne's town, the brother 
chieftains with their warriors began the attack from a 
thick hammock. At first the Indians could not be seen, 
but Newman ordered his men to pretend flight, and this 
pretense drew them out. There was a fierce fight. King 
Payne, mounted on a beautiful white horse, fought gal- 
lantly until wounded. The Indians then retired and the 
Americans hastily made breastworks. It was well they 
did, for at sunset the Indians returned under Bowlegs 
and made several furious charges, but finally withdrew. 
After eight days Newman began his return march. Be- 
fore going far he was attacked by Billy Bowlegs with 

What was the result of the attack made upon the returning in- 
valids? AVhere did the American forces march? What was the 
occasion of this attack ? Who were the Indian chiefs? Tell of the 
battles. How did they result? 



90 PART I 

fifty warriors, but again won the victory and after that 
went on his way unmolested. This put an end to any 
preparations for a Seminole raid into Georgia. Still, small 
bands gave much trouble to the Americans, and the 
Americans retaliated by attacking small Spanish settle- 
ments. 

Suppression of Hostilities by the President. — It was not 
to be expected that Spain would be pleased with all these 
events, and the Spanish minister at Washington com- 
plained of the invasion of Florida. The governor of 
East Florida demanded the withdrawal of tlie American 
troops, and as it seemed unwise to provoke a dispute with 
Spain while war was threatening with England, the Presi- 
dent ordered tliat all American forces sliould be with- 
drawn from Florida. 

CHAPTER XIV 

JACKSON IN FLORIDA 

War Declared. British and Indian Conspiracies. — In 
1812 war was declared between the United States and 
England. About the same time it was discovered that 
the Indians of the west had joined in a plot against the 
white settlers. The great Shawnee chief, Tecum seh, 
came south to persuade the southern Indians to join in 
the plot. He was very eloquent and many of the Creeks 
and Indians of other tribes joined him. His plans were 
aided by British agents at Pensacola, who encouraged the 
Indians to make war on the Americans, and furnished them 
with arms. 

What was the effect of this expedition? What brought these 
hostiUtJes to an end? What was the great Indian plot of 1812? 



JACKSON IN FLORIDA 



91 



Creeks destroy Fort Mims. — Many women and children 
had taken refuge at Fort Mims, a few miles north of Mo- 
bile. On August 30, 1813, 
the chief, Weatherford, a 
nephew of McGillivray, 
led a thousand Creek 
warriors against the fort, 
took it by surprise, and 
killed and scalped every 
person in it. 

Jackson at Horse Shoe 
Bend. — It was now that 
General Andrew Jackson 
marched from Tennessee, 
and in a hard-fought cam- 
paign, ending in the vic- 
tory of the Horse Shoe 
Bend, March 27, 1814, 
completely broke the 
power of the Creeks as a 
nation. Some of them went to Pensacola to the British, 
others into the interior of Florida, but they were no 
longer to be feared as they had been. 

Weatherford's Surrender. — There is an interesting story 
of Jackson's generosity at the time of Weatherford's sur- 
render. The chief came to the general's tent and gave 
himself up. " Kill me, if you wish," he said, "but I come 
to ask you to help our women and children who are starv- 
ing in the woods. They never did you any harm." 
Jackson could be merciful as well as brave. He not only 

How were the British using the Indians? Tell of the Fort Mims 
massacre. Where was Fort Mims? How did Jackson retaliate? 
Tell of Jackson's generosity to Weatherford. 




Tecumseh inciting the Creeks 



92 



PAKT I 



sent food to the women and children, but also spared the 
chief's life and sent him away safe and free. 

British Agents at Pensacola. — Spain either could not 
or would not prevent the English from having agents at 
Pensacola and Apalachicola Bay to arm the Indians 

against the United States. 
In August, 1814, a British 
fleet entered Pensacola 
Bay with the consent of 
the Spanish government 
and raised the British flag 
over the forts. The Indians 
of the surrounding region 
were now openly engaged 
to make war on the Ameri- 
cans and were supplied 
with arms and ammuni- 
tion. The streets of Pensa- 
cola were full of Indians 
in British uniforms march- 
ing and drilling. 

Jackson marches against 
Pensacola. — Jackson determined to put a stop to all this. 
He raised a force of three thousand volunteers from Ten- 
nessee and Kentucky and, joined by other troops, marched 
against Pensacola. On November 6, 1814, he camped less 
than two miles from the Spanish fortiflcations and sent 
forward an officer with a flag of truce to the governor. 
The officer was fired upon, and Jackson immediately de- 
manded the surrender of the town. When the governor 
refused to surrender, Jackson determined to take the town 

What was going on at Pensacola? How was this to be stopped? 
Who composed Jackson's army? 




Andrew Jackson 



JACKSON IN FLORIDA 



93 



by storm. This was not an easy thing to do, for Pensacola 
was well protected with a fort and several batteries, and 
there were several war ships in front of the city. 

Pensacola Surrendered. — Jackson marched his troops 
around the town at night, and in the morning advanced 
rapidly from the east. Two batteries tried to stop their 
march, but these were soon captured. Soon after, the 
Spanish governor with his escort came to meet the Ameri- 
cans and offered to surrender. Jackson received the sur- 
render and marched 
on into the city. On 
their way down the 
principal street the 
Americans were 
fired upon by the 
British marines, but 
returned the fire 
with such effect 

that the British with their Indian allies were 
glad to make their escape to the ships, and 
sailed away. The Indians were left at the mouth of the 
Apalachicola and gave much trouble later. 

Jackson remained at Pensacola two days, then, after 
destroying the fort and batteries, he left the place in 
the hands of the Spaniards and hurried on to New 
Orleans. 

It is said that when the Spaniards began rebuilding the 
fortifications, the British Captain Nichols offered to assist. 
But the governor declined, saying that if he needed help, 
he would call on his friend General Jackson. Pensacola 




Map showing Jackson's 
Operations 



What defenses had Pensacola ? What became of the British? Of 
the Indian allies? How and to whom did Jackson leave Pensa- 
cola? 



94 PART I 

was taken on November 7. Just two months later Jackson 
won the great battle of New Orleans. 

Negro Fort taken by Colonel Clinch. — After they were 
driven from Fensacola, Captains Percy and Nichols built 
a strong fort on tlie Apalachicola and made it headquar- 
ters for arming Indians and runaway negroes to make war 
against the frontier settlements of Georgia and Alabama. 
This was kept up even after peace was declared. The fort 
was commanded by a negro, Garcia, and was known as 
the Negro Fort. After waiting a year and a half for it 
to be abandoned, the United States authorities decided 
to wait no longer. Colonel Clinch was sent against the 
fort, and attacked it with 116 men and some Creek allies. 
One of the hot shots struck a powder magazine and blew 
up the fort, only a few of those in it escaping death. 
The Spanish negroes were given over to the Spanish agent 
and the runaway American negroes were taken charge of 
by Colonel Clinch. The negro commander and a Choctaw 
chief were put to death. A quantity of ammunition was 
taken from a magazine that had not been injured, and 
more than two hundred thousand dollars' worth of prop- 
erty was found in the fort. The Americans suffered no 
loss at all. 

Destruction of Fowltown. — After this, vessels could 
navigate the Apalachicola River with less danger, but the 
attacks on the border settlements of Georgia and Alabama 
by the Seminoles and runaway negroes continued. In 

What was Jackson's next great achievement ? What and where were 
the further operations of the British agents? What was their fort on 
the Apalachicola called? What steps did the United States author- 
ities take? What were the results of the expedition? What was 
gained by the destruction of the " Negro Fort " ? What dangers still 
existed? 



JACKSON IN FLORIDA 95 

November, 1817, General Gaines tried to arrange an inter- 
view with Enemathla, one of the chiefs. The chief would 
not come to his camp, and the general sent a party of men 
to Fowltown, the chief's village just above the Georgia 
border, to bring him. As the soldiers drew near the 
village, they were fired upon by the Indians. Upon this, 
the soldiers attacked and destroyed the village. In one 
of the cabins was found a British uniform of scarlet 
cloth with gold epaulettes and a paper stating that the 
chief, Enemathla, was a faithful British subject. 

Indian Attacks. Scott Massacre. — The Indians retali- 
ated for the destruction of Fowltown by attacking plan- 
tations and small settlements of the Americans ; then they 
would escape into Florida. Here they could consider 
themselves safe, as they were on Spanish land. One of the 
most shocking massacres was that of Lieutenant Scott and 
his command. His boat was ascending the Apalachicola 
with supplies for Fort Scott. In passing a swamp where 
the Indians were concealed there was a sudden attack, 
and nearly all on board were killed. This shocked the 
whole country, and the American people felt that such 
things must no longer be allowed. 

Jackson destroys Indian Towns. — As Spain seemed un- 
able to control the Indians, General Jackson was put in 
command against them, and he was directed to call on the 
neighboring States for troops if it should be necessary. 
General Jackson lost no time in the matter. With one 
thousand volunteers, most of them from Tennessee, five 
hundred regulars, and a large force of Creeks, he marclied 
with all speed upon the Miccosukee towns in East Florida 

Tell of the destruction of Fowltown. What evidence of British en- 
couragement of the attacks was found ? Why were the border planta- 
tions in such great danger? What massacre then took place? 



96 PART 1 

and destroyed them, then upon the Fowl towns which he 
also destroyed. The Fowl towns lay west of the Suwanee. 
The Tallahassee fields were about the center. At Micco- 
sukee Jackson found three hundred scalps of men, women, 
and children hung on painted war poles over the village 
square. 

St. Marks and Suwanee Taken. — Hearing that there 
were agents at St. Marks stirring up the Indians against 
the Americans, Jackson hastened to that fort. It sur- 
rendered without any resistance, though it was well gar- 
risoned and had twenty mounted guns. From St. Marks 
Jackson marched to Suwanee, where he took a number of 
prisoners. Among the prisoners were two British sub- 
jects : Arbuthnot, captured at St. Marks, and Ambrister 
at Suwanee. Arbuthnot was a Scotch trader, and Am- 
brister had been a soldier under Nichols. They were 
accused of having given help and encouragement to the 
Indians in their attacks on the frontier, and were sentenced 
to death. For this Jackson was afterwards much blamed, 
but he declared that he had done only what was necessary 
for the protection of the Americans on the frontier. 

Marches on Pensacola. — Jackson next turned his atten- 
tion to Pensacola, for he had heard that Indians hostile to 
the United States received arms and encouragement there, 
while not even food supplies for the American troops were 
allowed to pass up the Escambia River. While on his 
way he received several haughty messages from Masot, the 
Spanish governor of West Florida, demanding that he 

Why was Jackson again called to Florida? What troops did he 
bring ? What places did he destroy ? What horrible evidence di(d he 
find that this punishment was deserved? What forts were taken? 
Tell of the two prisoners whose execution caused much criticism. 
What was Jackson's defense ? 



JACKSON IN FLORIDA 97 

should leave. But these messages made no difference to 
Jackson. He went on to Pensacola, and Masot retired to 
P'ort Barrancas. 

Pensacola Surrendered Again. — Three times Jackson de- 
manded the surrender of the fort, and tliree times Masot 
refused it. Then Jackson made the attack. After a few 
hours of resistance Masot surrendered on condition that 
his troops should march out with the honors of war and 
be carried to Havana. 

From this time the Americans were in control of all 
West Florida. Jackson established a provisional govern- 
ment, and then returned to his Tennessee home for a much 
needed rest. Although the United States government 
returned West Florida to Spain in September, 1819, a 
treaty had already been made for the purchase of all Flor- 
ida, so it was only a little while longer that the Spanish 
flag waved over Florida before she ceased to be the colony 
of a European nation and became a territory of the United 
States. 

Where did Jackson next turn? Why? What was the result? In 
what shape did he leave affairs in Florida when he returned to his 
home ? 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. Make a list of all the English attacks on St. Augustine, giving 
(as far as shown) date, leader, object, and results. 

2. Make a like list of all the attacks of the Florida Spaniards upon 
the English. 

3. Describe Governor Moore's expedition against middle Florida. 

4. Describe the siege of St. Augustine. 

5. Monteano's invasion of Georgia. 

6. What southern teri-itory was held by each nation at the close 
of the French and Indian War ? 

7. Give all the changes of ownership of Florida, with the occasion, 
terms, and provision for the residents in each case. 

HIST. OF FLOKIUA — 7 



98 PART I 

8. Discuss the history of Florida under the British rule, as to 
civil government, immigration, industry, and relation to the War of 
Independence. 

9. Give an account of the Turnbull colony. 

10. Tell the occasion, date, and circumstances of the Spanish con- 
quest of West Florida. 

11. Write a sketch of Alexander McGillivray. 

12. Tell of his serving four nations. 

13. Write a sketch of William Augustus Bowles. 

14. What was his plot and what did he do toward its accomplish- 
ment? 

15. Give the causes of the dispute, the two boundaries claimed, and 
the settlement as to the northern boundary of West Florida. 

16. Give the same as to the western boundary of West Florida. 

17. Tell of the Republic of West Florida and what was accom- 
plished by it. 

18. What w^ere the Embargo and Non-Intercourse acts ? How did 
they affect Florida or her ports ? 

19. Explain the importance of Florida to the United States. 

20. Give an account of the " Republic of Florida." 

21. Relate the taking of Fernandiiia. 

22. Describe the Alachua campaign against the Indians. 

23. Tell of Jackson's campaign against the Creeks and its results. 

24. Describe his Pensacola campaign with its causes and results. 

25. Tell of the " Negro Fort," " Fowltown," and Scott massacre. 

26. Describe Jackson's second invasion of Florida. 

27. The Arbuthnot and Ambrister incident. 



THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. What charter of South Carolina included St. Augustine? 
Who granted it? When? To whom? What was the form of 
government? (Justin Win sor's " Narrative and Critical History of 
America," vol. V.) 

2. What war was there between England and Spain at the time 
of Moore's invasion ? ' 

3. What war at the time of Oglethorpe's siege and Monteano's 
invasion ? 



JACKSON m FLORIDA 99 

4. Why was it especially desirable to each nation that England 
should have possession of Florida and Spain of Havana ? 

5. Give all the reasons you can why Florida prospered more 
under English rule than would have been possible under the Spanish. 

6. Why is indigo no longer cultivated in the State ? 

7. Why were people from the countries about the Mediterranean 
colonized by Dr. TurnbuU instead of those from his ow^n country? 

8. The descendants of these people, collectively known as Mi- 
norcans, constitute some of the most influential and prominent fami- 
lies of St. Augustine and other portions of the State. Can you locate 
any of them by name or otherwise ? 

9. Give as many reasons as you can why the people of Florida 
did not join with the patriots in the Revolution. 

10. What was the distribution of southern territory after the sec- 
ond transfer of Florida ? 

11. Give as many reasons as you can why the second transfer was 
important both to England and to Spain. 

12. What effect would you expect the transfer to have upon the 
development of Florida ? 

13. Compare the condition and extent of development of the ter- 
ritory after the British withdrawal with that of tw^o hundred years 
prior. 

14. Read the more extended accounts of the remarkable characters 
McGillivray and Bowles in the larger works. 

15. What was the strategic importance of Florida in the War of 
1812? 

16. Read the history of Tecumseh and his famous plot, and of 
Jackson's campaign against the Creeks. 

17. Upon what grounds was Jackson justified in invading Florida 
and taking Pensacola? 

18. Give the particulars of the battle of New Orleans. 



L.of3. 



PART II 
CHAPTER I 

HOW FLORIDA BECAME A TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES 

Spanish Rule. — For more than two hundred years the 
Spanish flag had waved over East and West Florida, then 
the English flag, and then the Spanish again. You have 
learned how St. Augustine, the first lasting settlement in 
what is now the United States, was established. Later 
Pensacola on the western coast was founded, the fort of 
St. Marks was built, and there were a few settlements in 
other parts of the country. Except in the neighborhood 
of the few towns, the Indians were the real owners and 
rulers of the land. They roamed at will through the great 
forests, hunting and fishing, clearing land and raising their 
crops, undistur})ed by the Spaniards. 

Necessity of annexing Florida. — But there was still 
trouble between these Indians and their American neigh- 
bors, and Spain could not or would not end these troubles; 
it was believed that for the sake of peace and safety the 
United States must acquire possession of Florida. So it 
was proposed that Spain should exchange Florida for a part 
of Louisiana next to Texas, but nothing came of this plan. 

How long had Florida been settled? Who still occupied most of 
the territory? What conditions made it important for the United 
States to acquire Florida? 

100 



HOW FLORIDA BECAME A TERRITORY 101 

Treaty of Acquisition. — However, Jackson's rapid marches 
and the punishment he dealt the Indians and their allies 
for injuries to American settlements, proved to Spain that 
she could not rule her territory or keep the Indians under 
control without a large army and heavy expense. Finally, 
after much discussion, a treaty was signed on Feb. 22, 
1819, by which Spain agreed to transfer Florida to the 
United States for the sum of five million dollars, and the 
payment of certain claims. This treaty was ratified by 
Spain, Oct. 24, 1820, but ratifications 
were not exchanged at Washington 
till Feb. 22, 1821. This was the 
second great land purchase made by 
our government. General Jackson 
was appointed military governor of the 
two Floridas until a regular govern- American Flag 
ment should be formed. 

Jackson receives the Territory. — The exchange of flags 
took place on July 10, 1821, at St. Augustine, and on 
July 17, 1821, at Pensacola. General Jackson was ap- 
pointed military governor, and went to receive the new 
Territory and arrange for the exchange of flags at Pensa- 
cola, the same ceremony at St. Augustine being conducted 
by Adjutant General Butler. 

Ceremonies at St. Augustine. — At 4 p.m. the transfer 
of authority took place at the Government House, and the 
city keys were delivered. The Spanish flag was with- 
drawn under a salute from the fort, and the Spanish guard 

What proposition was first made? Give the particulars of the 
treaty of purchase. When was the exchange of authority made? 
What was General Jackson's official position? Where did he take 
possession? Give the particulars of the transfer of authority at St. 
Augustine. 





Spanish Standard 



102 PART II 

marched out. When they approached the American troops 
they exchanged salutes with them. Then the Ameri- 
cans marched into the fortress 
and fired a salute to their flag, 
which had been raised on the 
standard of the Spanish flag at 
3 P.M. 

Stars and Stripes at Pensacola. 

— Seven days later the American flag was raised at Pensa- 
cola. P^or three weeks transports had been bringing 
Spanish soldiers from St. Marks so that they might sail 
for Cuba at the same time with the troops at Pensacola. 

During all this time General Jackson remained outside 
the city, declaring that he would not enter it until he 
came under the American flag ; but he had daily commu- 
nication with the Spanish governor and arranged his plans 
for taking possession. 

The Transfer Ceremonies. — Early on the morning of the 
appointed day the Avhole town was astir, and there was 
great excitement when the American troops, with waving 
banners and cheering music, marched into the town and 
took their position on the public square opposite the Govern- 
ment House. When they had arrived, the Spanish soldiers, 
in elegant uniform, marched from the barracks to an op- 
posite position. Men, women, and children thronged the 
streets, looked from every window, and were crowded on 
ever}^ balcony. Among them on the streets were many 
negroes and Indians. It was a sad day for the Spaniards, 
and many of them wept. Out of regard to their feelings 
General Jackson avoided everything that had tlie appear- 
ance of triumph, and there was no shouting or cheering. 

For what did Jackson postpone entering Pensacola? Tell of the 
transfer of flags. 



HOW FLORIDA BECAME A TERRITORY 103 

It was about ten o'clock in the morning when General 
Jackson rode into town with his staff officers, and dis- 
mounting, walked, followed by his staff, through the lines 
of American and Spanish soldiers to the Government 
House. There he was received by the Spanish governor, 
Callava. All had been arranged so that the ceremony of 
transfer would require only a few minutes. The business 
finished. Governor Callava and General Jackson walked 
together through the lines of soldiers to the center of the 
square. 

There stood the flagstaff from which still floated the 
Spanish colors. At a signal from General Jackson the 
American flag ascended. Meeting halfway, the two flags 
rested together as if to declare friendship, then the flag of 
our country ascended and the Spanish flag was lowered. 
Florida was now a Territory of the United States. 

Relations with Indians. — The Indians were by no means 
pleased with the exchange of government, and said that it 
was not lawful, because the land was a gift from the Great 
Spirit to the red men and not to the Spaniards. So, with 
heavy hearts, the principal chiefs went to Pensacola to 
have a " talk " with the new governor. 

General Jackson spoke kindly to them. He said he was 
glad to meet them as a friend, for the hatchet was buried 
and the Great Father did not wish to see it raised again. 
He told them that the Creek Indians, who did not belong 
to Florida, must return to their own nation and chiefs; 
runaway slaves must return to their owners; and the 
Indians who belonged in Florida must be gathered to- 
gether in one part of the Territory, where the President 
would give them the same rights as the white men. 

Who surrendered the city? Tell of the relations with the Indians. 
How did Jackson treat them ? 



104 PART II 

The Seminoles. — To all of this one of the chiefs replied: 
*'' White people live in towns where many thousands work 
together on small grounds ; but the Seminole is a wild and 
scattered people. The Seminole swims the streams and 
leaps over the logs of tlie forest in pursuit of game, and is 
like the whooping crane that makes its nest at night far 
from the spot where it dashed the dew from the grass and 
flowers in the morning. For a hundred summers the 
Seminole warrior has rested under the shade of his live 
oaks, and the suns of a hundred winters have risen upon 
his ardent pursuit of the buck and bear, with none to 
question or dispute his claims." 

Although the chiefs were not satisfied, they agreed to 
" carry the talk," to their people, and gather them together 
for a council. It was plain, even now, that American 
government was to be very different from any they had 
known, and they remembered with longing the time when 
Spanish governors at Pensacola and St. Augustine had 
left them to live as they would. 

Jackson Resigns. — General Jackson's ambition as gov- 
ernor of Florida seems to have been soon satisfied. His 
health was poor, having suffered from the hardships of 
his campaigns, and he longed for the quiet and rest of his 
Tennessee home. In October, leaving Colonel George 
Walton as acting governor in his absence, he left Pensa- 
cola, to begin his slow journey homeward. 

He had certainly filled the people of Florida with a 
dread of his severity ; but it is pleasant to know also 
of the devotion of his soldiers and staff officers to him. 

How did the Seminole chief describe his people? How long did 
Jackson continue governor of Florida? What caused his with- 
drawal ? When and where did he go ? Who acted in his stead ? 
Tell of his traits of character. 



GOVERNOR DUVAL 105 

They had reason to know that the stern soldier had a kind 
heart. He was indeed a terrible enemy, but the best of 
friends ; quick tempered and hasty, but brave and patri- 
otic, and as honest as he was brave. Alone in the world 
at the age of fourteen, poor and friendless, lie had fought 
his way through life, step by step, always brave, always 
honest. He was now a great soldier and had received 
honors. But greater honors still were in store for him ; 
for ten years later he became President of the United 
States. His name is written more than once on the map 
of Florida, for Jackson County, the city of Jacksonville, 
and Lake Jackson are named for him. 



CHAPTER II 
GOVERNOR DUVAL 

The Legislative Council. — As Florida was a Territory 
and not yet a State, the governor was appointed by 
the President of the United States. The governor was 
commander in chief of the militia and superintendent of 
Indian affairs, and he was assisted by a council of tliir- 
teen men, who met once a year. The members of the 
council were selected from " the most discreet men of the 
Territory." 

Governor Duval. — In 1822 President Monroe appointed 
William P. Duval governor of Florida. Governor Duval 
came to Florida from Kentucky, but he was a native of 
Virginia. His father had been a Revolutionary officer. 

How is his name preserved in Florida? How w^as Florida governed 
at this tinje ? Who was the second governor appointed V When 
?ind by whom appointed? 



106 PART II 

and after the war of the Revolution was over, he lived on 
his large plantation. It is said that he would have been 
very wealthy if he had not given away the greater part of 
his fortune in charity. 

How Duval left Home. — Governor Duval used some- 
times to amuse his friends by telling of how he left his 
father's home for Kentucky. Wlien about sixteen years 
of age, he was sitting one evening with the rest of the 
family and some of the neighbors around the blazing 
dining-room fire. His father coming into the room lec- 
tured him sharply for some neglect of duty, concluding 
by saying, " Get up from that chair, you good-for-nothing 
fellow, and bring in a back log for the fire ! " William 
went to the wood pile for the log, but suddenly decided 
that since he was so ''good for nothing" he would go 
away and make something of himself. He had his own 
horse, and mounting it without a minute's delay or a word 
of leave-taking, was off for Kentucky. In that new State 
across the mountains he studied law and was admitted to 
the bar. He was sent to Congress in 1812, and after 
serving his country there thr^e years, again practiced law 
in Kentucky until appointed governor of Florida. 

His Return. — Just twenty years from the time he left 
his Virginia home, he returned there on a visit. He rode 
on horseback, and tied his horse at the back gate. On 
his way through the yard he stopped at the wood pile, and 
finding a back log there, brought it into the dining room, 
and without a word of greeting or explanation, placed it 
on the fire. His father and the family and neighbors 
were sitting around the fire as they had been sitting 
twenty years before. 

" Father," said the now famous man, when he had 

Tell of Duval's life prior to the time of his appointment, 



GOVERNOR DUVAL 107 

placed the log to his satisfaction, " there is the back log 
you sent me for." "Well," answered the father, "you 
were long enough getting it." 

Duval's Traits. — Governor Duval is said to have been 
rather short and stout in figure, with a ruddy countenance, 
and a very genial manner. He Avas a noted wit, his hu- 
morous stories making him the life of social gatherings. 
Washington Irving was once his traveling companion in 
a stagecoach, and wrote of him as " Ralph Ringwood," 
telling many of his stories and adventures. Wit and hu- 
morist though he was, in the transaction of business he was 
very dignified and earnest. He was a fine lawyer, wrote 
both French and Spanish, and spoke well before any audi- 
ence. He was perfectly fearless in the performance of 
any duty. 

He was governor of Florida for twelve years, keeping 
always the respect and confidence of the people. Even 
the Indians, with whom he dealt very bol lly, trusted him, 
for they said he never spoke to them with a " forked 
tongue." The Territory was fortunate to have such a 
governor during those early days. 

The First Council and the Capital Commissioners. — In 
June, 1822, the first meeting of the Legislative Council was 
held at Pensacola, and in May of the next year the council 
met at St. Augustine. But as East and West Florida 
were now united under one government, it was necessary 
to select a site for a permanent capital. So the council 
appointed two commissioners. Dr. William H. Simmons 
of St. Augustine, and John Lee Williams of Pensacola, to 

What literary character was drawn from him? Describe him. 
During what years was he governor? Why was he so influential 
among the Indians? What commission was appointed at the first 
Legisl ati ve Council? 



108 



PART 11 



examine different situations and decide upon a site. 
They were to examine carefully the country lying between 
the Chipola and the Suwanee rivers, a part of Florida then 
but little known. 

Traveling was no easy matter in those days, and Mr. 
Williams's voyage from Pensacola to St. Marks lasted 




A Cotton Field 



twenty-three days. He was met at St. Marks by Dr. 
Simmons, and the exploration of the country was begun. 
Tallahassee Selected. — The commissioners soon agreed 
upon the present site of the capital, the old fields which 
had been abandoned by the Tallahassee Indians at the 
time of Jackson's raid on the Fowl towns. " The Ock- 
lockonee and Tallahassee lands," Mr. Williams wrote, 
'' far exceed my expectations. Every vegetable cultivated 

What place was selected, and for what reasons? 



GOVERNOR DUVAL 109 

here is luxuriant, the cotton fields exceed by half any I 
have seen before ; the sugar cane is better than the Mis- 
sissippi ground affords. Water is good and plentiful." 

Conference with the Chiefs. — It was decided to visit 
the old chief, Chefixico, whose town was on the shore of 
the Tallahassee Pond, now called Lake Lafayette, and 
Enemathla, whose town was a little east of Chefixico's, 
and to tell these chiefs of the plan, asking for their agree- 
ment. 

Chefixico. — Chefixico was now a very old man, but, 
though no longer active or strong physically, had a clear 
mind and a memory filled with the events of many years 
past. Among the warriors he introduced to his visitors 
were Little Turtle, Big Snake, Little Snake, Mad Wolf, 
Mad Tiger, Tiger Tail, and others of similar names. 
These warriors brought game for the feast given the 
white men, and Chefixico entertained the company with 
legends of the country and stories of the old time when 
the English had destroyed the Spanish fort, San Luis, a 
few miles away, and of the later struggles between different 
tribes of Indians. The commissioners would gladly have 
lingered with him, listening to his stories and his expla- 
nations of the old ruined forts, but as they had to have a 
talk with Enemathla, they at last said good-by to Chefixico. 

Enemathla. — By Enemathla, also, they were generously 
and hospitably entertained. Enemathla is described as 
" the type of his people, and no common man," honest and 
bold, of strong mind and character, and of such pride that 
he would not acknowledge an equal. He was tall and 
of fine bearing. He had great influence over his people, 
who loved him as much as they feared him. 

What chiefs were visited, and why ? How were the commissioners 
received by each? 



110 PART II 

Enemathla showed his guests every honor. He had 
a beautiful feast prepared for them, after which he sum- 
moned his young men for a ball play. The guests do 
not seem to have appreciated the merits of this game, 
which they described as an irregular rushing to and fro, 
and throwing and catching of the balls, wliich were made 
of light wood. But they admired the activity and skill 
of the young men in the exercise. After the ball play 
there was a dance, wonderfully performed by the active 
young braves. 

When the commissioners exphiined the purpose of their 
visit, Enemathla listened with dignified politeness, though 
we cannot suppose him to have been pleased. He said 
that until Governor Duval called upon him and took 
him to see the Great Father at Washington to talk about 
the land, he could not give his consent to anything. He 
had been told that the governor would call on him in 
three moons. 

After leaving him, the commissioners continued the ex- 
ploration and examination of the country, but found no 
site they thought so suitable for the capital as the old fields 
of the Tallahassee. The next year the new capital was 
surveyed, and the musical name, Tallahassee, was given 
to it. 

CHAPTER III 

THE NEW CAPITAL 

Capital Surveyed. — Tallahassee was surveyed in 1824, 
and the first house was built that year. Patriotism was 
shown in naming the streets for Monroe, Adams, Calhoun, 

What success did they meet ? How were the commissioners enter- 
tained? When was Tallahassee suvveved? 



THE NEW CAPITAL 111 

and other statesmen. A square was named for Greene, of 
Revolutionary fame, and another for Jackson, while the 
streets McCarthy, Gadsden, Bronough, and Call were 
named for members of Jackson's staff. 

The Log CapitoL — A log house was hastily. built on 
tlie southeastern corner of the Capitol Square for the 
meeting of the Legislative Council, and around that square 
fifteen or twenty houses '^ sprang up like mushrooms," an 
old settler said. All around this little settlement the un- 
broken wilderness stretched in every direction. Deer, 
panthers, and other wild animals were often killed within 
the limits of the town, and the red men came to the very 
doors of the houses, looking wonderingly upon the white 
strangers but offering no violence. 

Settlers Arrive. — Settlers came in rapidly from the 
older States to make homes for themselves and their fami- 
lies in Tallahassee or on plantations near by, and among 
these persons were many of culture and refinement. Soon 
the little log houses gave way to large and comfortable 
homes, churches were built and schools opened. The cor- 
ner stone of the capitol was laid in 1826, though the build- 
ing was not finished until many years later. 

Prince Murat. — Among others to come to Florida at 
this time was Prince Achille Murat, nephew of the great 
Napoleon of France and son of the king and queen of 
Naples. His father having been driven from his throne 
and shot. Prince Achille, after much adventure and wan- 
dering, found a home in Florida. He dropped the title of 
prince, and was known in Florida as Colonel Murat. He 
practiced law a little in Tallahassee, but spent most of his 



When was the corner stone of the permanent capitol laid? Who 
was Murat? 



112 PART II 

time at his plantation some miles from the town, for he 
was much interested in planting. 

He wrote a book called " America and the Americans," 
in which he spoke so fairly and even affectionately of our 
country and its people that it is hard to realize he was not 
an American. At one time he went as General Call's aid 
on an expedition against the Indians, and he was always 
ready to give Iiis services in defending the white settle- 
ments against their red foes. 

He never complained of his lost throne and fortune, but, 
always cheerful, seemed perfectly contented with the life 
of a Florida planter. Many amusing stories are told of 
his peculiar habits, but his friends liked him none the less 
for them. His wife was a Virginian, the daughter of 
Colonel Bird Willis, and was admired and beloved by all 
who knew her. At the country home of the Murats hos- 
pitality was constantly exercised, not only to the rich and 
fashionable, but as often to the poor and unhappy and to 
those who had but few friends. 

Travel. — The members of the first Legislative Council 
that met at Tallahassee journeyed from their homes on 
horseback, in little companies of twos and threes, making 
their way through the lonely forests. Even the Indian 
villages were few and far between. The greater part of 
the Territor}^ had not even wagon roads. Only on Indian 
trails had the early inhabitants of the country moved from 
one region to another, except when they made their way 
up and down tlie streams in their canoes. 

"The St. Augustine Road." — One of the first things 
Congress did for the benefit of Florida was to appropriate 
money for making a public road from Pensacola through 

What were the difficulties of travel ? What did Congress do for 
the aid of the Territory ? 



THE NEW CAPITAL 113 

Tallahassee to St. Augustine. Other roads were after- 
wards made, and thus traveling became safer and easier, 
and mails more regular. 

First Railroad. — In 1836, scarcely more than ten years 
after Tallahassee was laid out, the first railroad in the 
State, the third in the United States, was built from Tal- 
lahassee to St. Marks by General R. K. Call. St. Marks 
was then an important port, and a great amount of busi- 
ness was done by the railroad. 

Early Towns. — During those early days of the Terri- 
tory a number of towns were founded. Among them 
were Quincy, Monticello, Marianna, Key West, and Apa- 
lachicola. Palatka had been founded still earlier in 1821, 
and in 1822 the name of Jacksonville Avas given to the 
town begun in 1816, first known as Wacca Pilatka, and 
called by the Eoglish ''Cow Ford." 

The Lafayette Grant. — Every one who reads this knows 
of the gallant General Lafayette of France, who so nobly 
proved his friendship for us during the Revolution in aid- 
ing us in the struggle for independence. In token of 
gratitude for his services. Congress granted him a town- 
ship of land, the township selected lying just east of and 
adjoining Tallahassee. 

In December, 1825, at the request of the Legislative 
Council of Florida, General Duval wrote to General La- 
fa3^ette expressing to him the reverence and affection of 
the people of the Territory, and their appreciation of his 
services. The great Frenchman was also invited to visit 
Florida, or to make his home here should he ever wish 
to live anywhere but in France. 

Tell of the first Florida railroad. Name the towns founded about 
this time or earlier. The Lafayette grant and official invitation. 

HIST, or FLORIDA 8 



114 PART II 

French Immigrants. — General Lafayette never saw for 
himself his possessions in Florida, but he sent out a large 
number of his countrymen to make a settlement. They 
settled in and near Tallahassee, and, being people of ex- 
cellent moral character, and industrious, they were good 
citizens, and did their part in helping to build the common- 
wealth. 



CHAPTER IV 

THE SCOTCH PIONEERS OF THE EUCHEE REGION 

Neil McLendon. — Some adventurous Americans had ^ 
made homes for themselves in Florida without waiting 
for the exchange of flags. Among these was Neil M. 
McLendon, a hardy pioneer, who, in the spring of 1820, 
made his way into what is now Walton County. He was 
the first white man who had entered that region for the 
purpose of making a home. His parents had come from 
Scotland to Wilmington, North Carolina, but McLendon 
liked the pioneer's life, and, when North Carolina became 
more thickly settled, said he must go to a new country for 
"elbow room." 

There was " elbow room " in Florida, so, with his wife 
and children, he set out on his journey along the Indian 
trail leading from the Atlantic coast to the Spanish settle- 
ments on the Gulf coast. They were often hungry, and 
suffered many hardships on their way through the forest. 

The Euchee Valley. — He remained several months in 
what is now Santa Rosa County, then, leaving his family 

The French immigrants. Who was the first white settler of the 
"Euchee " region? When and where did he first settle? To what 
place did he move? 



PIONEERS OF THE EUCHEE REGION 



115 



there, continued his journey on foot into the Euchee Val- 
ley. On the way he found a tribe of Euchee Indians, and 
met their chief. McLendon and the chief trusted and 
liked each other from the very beginning. In proof of 
this feeling the chief presented McLendon with his toma- 
hawk, and invited him to live with him and to take for his 
own as much land as he chose to '' blaze " around. 

With its fine climate, good water, and fertile soil, this 
country seemed just what McLendon had been looking 




Log Cabin 

for ; so he willingly accepted the offer and set off, to re- 
turn soon with his wife and children. Before long he was 
joined by his brothers with their families, and so began the 
white settlement of Walton County. 

To his friends in North Carolina McLendon wrote: 
" Come, I have found a land teeming Avith production, 
abounding in game and good grazing . . . The woods 
are full of all sorts of grasses and berries . . . There is 
no better stock country to be found. Water pure and 
plenty and nothing to create sickness." 

How was he received by the Indians? What were the attractions 
which this region offered? Who were induced to follow him? 



116 PART II 

Colonel McKinnon founds Eucheeanna. — Among others 
interested by this letter was Colonel John McKinnon, 
who at once decided to come and see the country for him- 
self. He was as much pleased as McLendon had been, 
and built a cabin and " blazed " a tract of land on Bruce's 
Creek, near what is now the town of Eucheeanna. The 
town, built several years later, was named for McLendon's 
friends, the Euchee Indians, and Mrs. Anna McLeod, the 
first white woman to live there 

For eight or ten years settlers of Scotch descent con- 
tinued to come to this part of Florida from North Caro- 
lina. Some came here directly from Scotland. Brave, 
honest, and industrious, they were the very people to build 
up a new country. The ring of the busy ax was a familiar 
sound. Farms were cleared, and herds of cattle and sheep 
roamed over the grazing lands. 

Water Transportation. — The only means of communica- 
tion with the outer world the settlers had Avas by means 
of boats, and these boats they made for themselves out of 
hand-sawed timber. So rude were these valley-built ves- 
sels, or so unskilled were the woodsmen in navigation, that 
it required six weeks to make the voyage from Scotch 
Landing on the Choctawhatchee to Pensacola and return 
— a trip that could now be made in half as many days. 

Neil McLendon's Influence. — Through all adventures and 
enterprises Neil McLendon was the guiding spirit. Very 
beautifully has Mrs. Long written of him : '' Simple, 
gentle, kind, by the spell of earnest sincerity he met the 
savage enemies of his race in the depths of the wild 
woods alone, commanding their confidence, respect, and 
attachment. He beckoned his clansmen hither, who, rely- 
How was the first town of this section named? What means of 
communication with the outside world had the settlers ? 



PIONEERS OF THE ELCHEE REGION 



117 



ing on the guidance of this serpent-wise, dove-tempered 
Pathfinder, unhesitatingly abandoned secure homes, and 
followed liis lead into the unknown." 

Years of residence in tlie woods with liis Indian friends 
made the pioneer rough in appearance. He used to wear 
a leather girdle, and 
his shirt collar was 
always open, while a 
coonskin cap adorned 
his head. 

Once when it was 
necessary for him to 
go with his friend, 
Colonel McKinnon, to 
Tallahassee, to secure 
titles to their land. 
Colonel McKinnon in- 
sisted upon his wear- 
ing a more suitable 
head covering than a 
coonskin cap. McLen- 
don agreed and made 
for himself a palmetto ■ 

hat. McKinnon left his own home for McLendon's in the 
evening, so that they might set out together from McLen- 
don's early the next morning. Arriving about midnight, 
what was his surprise to see his friend hard at work near 
a blazing fire in the yard. 

" What on earth are you about, Neil, at this time of 
night?" he cried. "Why," answered the worker, "I 
hung my new hat out to dry a bit, and the cows ate it 
up. I am making another one, and hoped to have it fin- 
ished before you came." He finished the hat and wore it 




Pioneer 



118 



PART II 



to Tallahassee, but as it was not quite dry it was very 
heavy. " Your being so proud has made me very uncom- 
fortable," McLendon said to his companion. "I will never 
again wear anything on my head but a coonskin cap." 

So rapidly did settlers come into the country, that the 
pioneer began again to want more ^' elbow room," and 




A Spelling Match 

made ready for another journey in search of new lands. 
He built with his own hands a clumsy little vessel, and 
bidding farewell to his friends in Florida, set sail with his 
family for Texas. The voyage was long and full of peril, 
but was safely made, and McLendon, again making friends 
with the red men, lived among the Waco Indians for 
many years on the banks of the Brazos River. 

Wolves. — During those early days many fierce and 
powerful wolves prowled through the woods and about 

What became of McLendon? 



PIONEERS OF THE EUCHEE REGION 119 

the settlements, destroying stock, and threatening human 
life. Neighbors would band themselves together for hunt- 
ing the savage animals, often tracking them to tlieir dens. 
Colonel McKinnon was a very famous wolf hunter. 

Social Life. — But the life of these men was not all 
spent in wolf hunting nor in clearing of forests. Social 
visits, the singing school, spelling matches, quilting bees, 
log rollings, corn shucking, frolics, hunting and fishing, 
and other pleasures show that their life was not " all work 
and no play." 

Religion. — They were a religious people, and before 
they had been long in the country, cut and sawed timber 
which they carried on their shoulders for the building of 
a church in the Euchee Valley. Ministers would some- 
times come from Mobile or Montgomery to preach to the 
congregation in the wilderness. When they had no 
preacher, they still met together for Bible reading and 
prayer. 

Schools. — Nor was education neglected. There were 
no free schools at first, but everj^ man paid for the educa- 
tion of his own children. Good teachers did their work 
so well that ignorance could not find a home in that 
region. 

So did the hardy Scotch pioneers make homes for them- 
selves and their children in Florida. You have seen how 
they made friends with the Indians, and how they drove 
out the wild beasts, how they " blazed " land and cleared 
it, built a church and founded schools, and built vessels 
for communication with the outer world. Later, wagon 
roads replaced the Indian trails, towns sprang up, and 
when the government road from Pensacola to St. Augus- 

Wh at were the chief social and other pastimes among the settlers? 
What of their religious nature? Of their interest in education? 



120 PART II 

tine was made, the Euchee settlers were no longer alone, 
but had the same interests with the rest of the Territory. 

What brought the secluded Euchee Valley settlers into touch with 
the towns of the Territory? 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. Describe the condition of Florida in 1820. 

2. The causes leading to the purchase and the conditions of the 
treaty. 

3. The circumstances of the transfer atthe two places. Date of each. 

4. The first caj)itol and its surroundings. 

5. Murat. Who was he? What did he do in Tallahassee ? 

6. Transportation facilities. Two important improvements. 

7. The first interior towns. 

8. The Lafayette grant and invitation. 

9. The first Legislative Council. When? Where? What was 
done ? 

10. Governor Duval, (a) Personal history, (b) personal traits, 
(c) administration. 

11. Selection of capital site. 

12. The Indian chiefs of the Tallahassee country. 

13. The Scotch settlers in the Euchee Valley. Date, first settler, 
where from, attractions of the country, later comers, life. 

THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. Review the colonial history of Florida. 

2. Compare the progress in Florida for three hundred years with 
that in adjacent territory under British rule. 

3. Who signed the treaty of acquisition? Where? What were 
the claims involved? 

4. What traits of Jackson's character are shown in the occurrences 
recorded ? 

h. Read the descriptions of the unique early social life in Talla- 
hassee in Mrs. Ellen Call Long's " Florida Breezes." 

6. What was the historic occasion of the dethroning of the king 
of Naples? 

7. By whom was the St. ]\Iarks railroad built ? (It was then a mule- 
power tram road. The present railroad was built with the aid of the 



GOVERNOR DUVAL AND THE INDIANS 121 

government and the internal improvement guarantee, on the same 
road bed.) 

8. What section of the country found its natural outlet through 
Tallahassee, the railroad, and the port of St. Marks? What was the 
character of this country as compared with the rest of the State? 
What were the chief exports? 

9. Under what national policy of importance was the Pensacola 
and St. Augustine road built ? Who was the great advocate of this 
policy, and who was its leading opponent ? 

10. The township selected by the agents of Lafayette was Township 
1 North, Range 1 East. Its southwest corner being at the starting 
point of the surveys of the State, and the southeast corner of the 
original town plat of Tallahassee. 

11. What were the further particulars as to the territorial govern- 
ment? What representation was had in Congress? 

12. Read " The Early Experiences of Ralph Ringwood " in Irving's 
<' AVolfert's Roost." 

13. Locate the Chipola River. 

14. What are the differences between the character of the " Ock- 
lockonee and Tallahassee lands and the others in Florida with which 
the commissioners were acquainted? 

15. Where is Lake Lafayette ? 



CHAPTER V 

GOVERNOR DUVAL AND THE INDIANS 

Indians and the Reservations. — You will remember that 
when the Indian chiefs had their " talk " with General 
Jackson, he told them they must be gathered together in 
a certain part of the Territory, and the plan had not 
pleased the red men. The first steps toward carrying out 
this plan were taken in 1823, when a number of Indians 
met at Camp Moultrie, six miles below St. Augustine, for 
a talk with Governor Duval. 

When, where, and for what purpose was a conference held between 
the Indian chiefs and Governor Duval? 



122 PART II 

Several powerful chiefs refused to go or to make any 
agreement with the white people, and they said they would 
not be bound by any treaty that others made. 

After several days of talk a treaty was signed by which 
the Indians agreed to give up all claim to any land in 
Florida except that given them by the government. The 
land given them was a large tract twenty miles south of 
Micanopy. They were promised peaceable possession of 
this land, and care and protection as long as they obeyed 
the laws of the United States. They were to receive 
16000 in cash for the improvements they had made on 
the lands they left, and 15000 every year. Rations of 
corn and salt were promised for a year. An agent was to 
live in the district, and a school was to be established at 
the agency. Six chiefs were allowed reserves on the 
Apalachicola River. 

Duval's Leniency. — Governor Duval now went among all 
the tribes in a friendly way, trying to make the Indians 
feel satisfied. He promised them that they should not be 
disturbed for a year, and that during this time the white 
people should not build houses or plant crops on their 
land. 

At the end of the year the Indians were not ready to go. 
They were not only planting crops, but also clearing more 
land for cultivation. Much suffering would have been 
caused by compelling them to leave their fields at once, 
and they were told that they might remain until November, 
so as to make and gather the crops planted. 

Enemathla's Opposition. — Enemathla, who had great 
influence over all tlie Indians, was chief of the Tallahas- 

What was agreed to? Where was the reservation ? How did the 
Indians procrastinate? How did Governor Duval treat them in 
return ? 



GOVERNOR DUVAL AND THE INDIANS 128 

sees. He was very much opposed to the coming of the 
white people. When Governor Duval tried to persuade 
him to go to the land reserved for the Indians, he would 
only agree to remove to lands on the Ocklockonee River; 
he also insisted that he should receive iOOO in silver for 
improvements he had made on his land. Even then he 
refused to keep the agreement, and to show his contempt 
for the new government, sent a command to the United 
States soldiers at St. Marks "not to dare to leave the 
fort to ramble over the country." 

In one of his talks with the governor he became very 
angry. His dark eye gleamed with fire, and he more than 
once struck the table with his clinched list. '' Do you 
think," he said, " I am like a bat, that hangs by its claws 
in a dark cave, and that I can see nothing of what is going 
on around me ? Ever since I was a boy I have seen the 
white people steadily encroaching upon the Indians, and 
driving them from their homes and hunting grounds. 
When I was a boy, the Indians still roamed undisputed 
over all the vast country lying between the Tennessee 
River and the great sea of the South, and now, when 
there is nothing left them but their hunting grounds in 
Florida, the white men covet that. I tell you plainly, if I 
had the power, I would to-night cut the throats of every 
white man, woman, and child in Florida." 

Partly by persuasion, partly by threats, the governor 
got the promise of the Tallahassee Indians to meet him at 
St. Marks on a certain day for removal to the new lands. 
When the time came few Indians appeared, and they were 
not willing to go to the reservation. Another day was 
appointed, and the governor commanded Enemathla to 

Who refused to go upon a reservation ? What was Enemathla's 
complaint? How did he comply with the goveruor's commands? 



124 PART II 

meet him at St. Marks with all his people ready for re- 
moval. When the day came, the Indians again failed to 
appear. 

Duval's Courageous Visit. — The governor knew that 
Enemathla had influenced his people to remain where 
they were, and now news came that the chief was plan- 
ning a general uprising. He resolved to set out at once 
for Enemathla's town. He told the interpreter not to 
come with him, as the interpreter had said that for them 
to go to Enemathla's town that day was certain death. 
So he rode off on horseback alone, but after a little way 
found that the interpreter was following him. '^ I am 
going where you go," said the faithful follower, "though 
I believe we shall both be killed." 

The Legislative Council was in session for the first time 
at the new capital, and Tallahassee was crowded with poli- 
ticians, and people who had come to enter land, or get 
titles to lands they had already been living on. But the 
governor did not stop to speak to any one, or tell any one 
of the business that was hurrying him on to the Indian 
town still several miles away. 

At Enemathla's town he found more than three hun- 
dred warriors at a rough shelter known as the council 
house. Most of them were armed and all were sullen. 
Only a very brave " pale face " would have cared to go 
into that meeting. Governor Duval walked into the 
midst of the crowd as if he had a right to be there, and 
the interpreter followed him. 

Enemathla was standing on a little platform speaking 

to the Indians. He told them they must not keep their 

agreement with the governor. As he went on speaking 

he became very angry, and said much to fill the minds of 

What did Governor Duval hear regarding the Indians ? 



GOVERNOR DUVAL AND THE INDIANS 125 

his people with hatred of the white men. With every 
word he spoke, the Indians became more angry and more 
excited. 

Enemathla Disgraced. — Finally the governor cried out 
that Enemathla was a traitor, sprang upon him as he was 
speaking, seized him by the throat and j)ut him out of the 
council. The Indians were too astonished to offer any 
resistance. 

Then the governor stood on the platform and spoke to 
the Indians. He told them Enemathla should no longer 
be chief, for he tried to keep the Indians from keeping 
their promise, and would make trouble for the red men 
as well as the white. *' You might kill all the white peo- 
ple in Tallahassee and burn their homes," he said, " but 
the Great Father would send thousands of soldiers to 
punish you for it." He then said that the subchief, 
John Hicks, should be chief in Enemathla's place, and 
told him to get his people together for removal as soon 
as possible. 

The Removal. — After a little delay Hicks brought the 
Indians together at St. Marks, ready for the journey to the 
new lands.. As there were not enough teams to take all, 
most of them went in canoes. Enemathla made his way to 
Georgia and joined the Creeks, but he did not live many 
years, and never recovered from his mortification at the 
treatment he had received. 

So the Miccosukees and the Tallahassees passed away 
from their old fields, leaving only the musical names of 
their dwelling places to tell of their long possession of 
the land. 



How did he prevent this trouble ? How were the Indians finally 
removed? What became of Enemathla? 



126 PART II 

Arrows and spear heads, some beautifully made, are 
still found on their old hunting grounds ; while stones 





Indian Pottery 

used for pounding corn, and some odd bits of pottery 
may tell us much of the ways of the people whose homes 
were in the Florida forests. 



CHAPTER VI 
BEGINNING OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 

Reservation Troubles, — The Indians were not satisfied 
with the lands given them, and would not keep within 
bounds. As more settlers came into the Territory, more 
land was wanted by the white people, and plans were 
made for removing the Indians to lands west of the Mis- 
sissippi so that all of Florida should be open to white 
settlers. 

In 1832 a treaty was made with a number of chiefs by 
which it was agreed that certain of the chiefs with their 
agent and their negro interpreter, Abraham, should go to 
examine the western lands, and if they were satisfied, the 
Indians would all remove there. 

The Western Lands. — After examining the lands the 
chiefs said they were satisfied. But when they returned 

What reasons made it desirable to remove the Indians west of the 
Mississippi? Who examined the western lands? 



BEGINNING OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 



127 



home, their people refused to go to the western lands. 
The Seminoles were runaways from the Creeks, and were 
not willing to go to the reservation where they and the 

- Creeks would have to live 
together again. Another 
reason was that they did 
not want to go to a colder 
climate. Besides they had 
heard there was no " light- 
wood " on the reservation, 
and they did not see how 




The Seminoles in Florida 



they could get on without ''lightwood." Even the chiefs 
who had said they were satisfied did not advise their 
people to consent to removal. 

On what grounds did the tribes refuse to go? 



128 



PART II 



Duval succeeded by Eaton. — In 1834 Governor Duval's 
long administration came to an end, and General Jackson, 

then President, ap- 
pointed (xeneral John 
_ Eaton governor of 

||M|p%^ Florida. Eaton, like 

^1 ^K k Jackson himself, was a 

%i^ "^^^ W^' native of North Caro- 

lina, and had gone to 
Tennessee to practice 
law. From Tennessee 
lie had been sent to the 
United States Senate. 

You remember that 
when Jackson had 
marched into Florida, 
then a Spanish colony, 
to punish hostile In- 
dians and other persons 
whom he suspected of 
aiding the enemies of our country, many persons had 
blamed him. He was especially blamed for capturing St. 
Marks and Pensacola, and for putting to death the two 
Englishmen, Arbuthnot and Ambrister. The matter was 
brought up in Congress, and Eaton was one of those 
appointed to examine into the facts. He was Jackson's 
friend through all, defending every act. He said that for 
many years he had known the talents and good qualities 
of Jackson, who had done nothing for which his country 
should blame him. He insisted that Jackson's conduct 
was justified by military necessities, and that he had not 
been guilty of undue severity. 

Who succeeded Duval ? Tell of Eaton's life and achievements. 




Governor Eaton 



BEGINNING OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 129 

Jackson never forgot the friend who stood by him at 
that time, and when he became President, he made Eaton 
his secretary of state, and afterward governor of Florida, 
(xovernor Eaton was a man of high iionor and of many 
noble traits of character. He was highly educated and 
wrote well, publishing, among other works, a life of Jackson. 

R. K. Call succeeds Eaton. — He held the office of gov- 
ernor only one year, resigning it to become minister to 
Spain. He was succeeded by one of Jackson's officers. 
General Richard Keith Call, through tlie greater part of 
whose two administrations the Seminole War lasted. 

Charley Emathla shot by Osceola. — For many months 
there had been restlessness and anxiety, but not until 
October, 1835, was the war whoop actually heard. One 
of the old chiefs, Charley Emathla, was looked upon by 
the rest of the Indians as their enemy and the friend of 
the white people, because he was in favor of removal. 
He went on with his preparations for removal, and was 
gathering his band together when he was shot by Osceola 
and some of the Miccosukees. He had just sold his cattle, 
and had his money tied up in a handkerchief. Osceola 
would let no one touch the money, for he said it was made 
of the red men's blood. 

Osceola. — Osceola's father, William Powell, was an 
Englishman, who liad lived among the Creek Indians in 
Georgia, and married one of their women. When Osceola 
was still a child he had come with his mother to join the 
Seminoles in Florida. When the war began, he was thirty- 
one years old, and is said to have had a dignified, self- 
possessed manner, and a frank, pleasing countenance. He 

Who succeeded Eaton ? What time and event marked the begin- 
ning of the Seminole War? Tell of the origin and parentage of 
Osceola. 

niST. OF FLORIDA 9 



130 



PART II 



was not superstitious as most of the Indians were. He 
was fearless, but not reckless. He was alwaj^s kind to his 
wife and children, and it may have been his affection for 
them that made him merciful to other women and chil- 
dren. When he went on the war-path, he would say to 
his warriors: "Spare the women and children. It is not 

upon them we make 
war and draw the 
scalping knife ; it 
is upon men; let us 
act like men." 

Osceola's Treaty. 
— At a meeting with 
General Thompson, 
the agent, to talk 
about the removal 
of the Indians, Os- 
ceola, who had then 
no right to speak in 
council as he was 
not a chief, sat by 
the old chief. Mi- 
canopy, and whis- 
pered to him what 
to say. General Thompson told the Indians that they 
should have no more money from the government. Osceola 
became very angry. He rose from his seat and said the 
Indians did not care if they never received another dollar 
from the "Great Father," as they called the President. 
He drew out his knife and stuck it into the table, crying 
out, " This is the only treaty I will ever make with the 




Osceola 



What of his personal traits? The "Osceola Treaty" incident. 



BEGINNING OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 131 

whites." From this time Osceola was the leader of the 
Indians. 

Trouble Brewing. — When the agent reported to the 
government that the Indians were buying great quantities 
of powder, he was forbidden to sell them any more. This 
made them very angry. "Am I a negro? Am I a slave ? " 
cried Osceola. "My skin is dark, but not black, I am an 
Indian, a Seminole ! " 

About this time he came often to General Thompson's 
headquarters at Fort King, behaving so insolently that the 
general had him imprisoned in the fort until he ac- 
knowledged himself wrong, and also said he was ready to 
leave the Territory. Soon after his release, he came back 
to the fort, bringing with him seventy warriors, all of 
whom, he said, were ready to obey the "Great Father." 
Tliese warriors, after living on government rations for a 
while, disappeared into their swamps and hammocks, and 
soon news came that Osceola was on the warpath. It 
was then that Charley Emathla was killed. 

General Thompson Ambushed. — Osceola had not for- 
given General Thompson for imprisoning him, and was 
determined to revenge himself. He lay in ambush several 
days near Fort King, waiting for his opportunity. One 
pleasant afternoon when General Thompson and Lieuten- 
ant Smith, not suspecting danger, were walking out some 
distance from the fort, the opportunity came. Osceola 
and his comrades, firing, killed both the general and the 
lieutenant. Then after killing the employes at the set- 
tler's store, and burning the building, they set off to join 
their comrades in the Big Wahoo Swamp on the Withla- 
coochee. 

How was he punished for insolence? What deception was practiced 
by him ? What revenge for his imprisonment did he have ? 



132 PART II 

CHAPTER VII 
DADE MASSACRE — WITHLACOOCHEE — THE BLOCKHOUSE 

The Dade Massacre. — In the latter part of the month 
of December, 1835, Major Dade left Tampa for Fort King 
with 139 men. He had a six-pounder field piece and a 
wagon with rations for ten days. He had as guide a 
negro named Lewis. It is believed that Lewis told the 
Indians when the march would begin and what the route 
would be, for they were gathered at the Big Wahoo 
Swamp to make an attack. The Indians had burned the 
bridge on the Hillsboro River, and this delayed the expe- 
dition a few days. 

On the morning of December 28, the same day on 
which General Thompson was killed, the company was 
marching along a road near the Withlacoochee, where the 
country was covered with palmettoes. On the western 
side of the road the Indians were concealed in the pal- 
mettoes, waiting for the approach of the soldiers. A sud- 
den volley from their rifles killed half the command. 
Major Dade was one of the first that fell. The survivors 
rallied quickly and drove the Indians over a small ridge. 
Then they hastily made a small triangular breastwork of 
pine trees. In about three quarters of an hour the Indi- 
ans made another attack, and the dreadful work was soon 
done. Only two of our men escaped. When all had 
fallen, the savages rushed into the fort, stripping the 
dead of their arms and accouterments. The guide had 
escaped to his Indian friends. 

Give the direction, force, and equipment of Major Dade's command. 
How was it believed the expedition was betrayed ? Tell of the mas- 
sacre. 



THE DADE MASSACRE 133 

The whole country was shocked at the news of this 
massacre, and at first could hardly believe the dreadful 
truth. 

Volunteers Enlisted. — After the killing of Charley 
Emathla, General Clinch, in command of the United 
States troops, called for volunteers. Several companies 
under General Call joined him. As these troops were 
enlisted only for a short time, General Clinch at once 
began a march to the Withlacoochee, although he did not 
then know of the loss of Major Dade's command. 

Crossing the Withlacoochee. — On reaching the river, 
an unexpected difficulty was found. The stream was deep 




A Canoe 

and rapid, there was no bridge, and the only means of 
crossing was in a leaky canoe that would hold only four 
or five men. An effort was made to swim the horses over, 
but only two could be gotten across in that way. The 
crossing was begun at daylight, the regular soldiers going 
first, and at noon only 260 had crossed. They tried to 
make rafts, but there was no suitable wood. The men 
who could do so swam the river, and ammunition was car- 
ried over on a raft of tree logs. 

The Battle of Withlacoochee. — The regulars and a few 
of the volunteers had crossed, when the Indians began a 
severe and unexpected fire. General Call, having made 
a footbridge of logs, was trying to get his men across 

Who was then in command of the United States troops? Who 
responded to his call for volunteers? Tell of the Withlacoochee fight. 



134 



PART II 



as fast as possible when the attack began. He now left 
them with orders to cross as rapidly as they could, and 
crossed in the canoe himself while the fight was at the 
worst. As many of the volunteers as could do so crossed 
during the fight, and by tiieir gallant conduct hel[)ed 
largely to win the day, for they prevented the Indians 

from getting between the 
regular troops and the river, 
and so cutting them off. 

It was a hard fight. The 
Indians were protected by a 
hammock. They were also 
being reenforced all the time. 
They beat back two charges 
of our men, but on the third 
charge fled. On account of 
the numbers of the Indians 
and the strength of their posi- 
tion, it was thought best to 
recross the river. This was 
done successfully without the 
least confusion, although the 
war whoop was repeatedly heard from the hammock on 
the south, and our men were in momentary expectation of 
an attack. 

General Scott in Command. — Soon after these events 
General Winfield Scott was placed in command of the army 
of Florida. He did not understand the Indians or their 
way of fighting, and they were still able to find shelter 
in the hammocks and swamps. As there were no roads 
through the Territory on which wagons could carry pro- 
visions for large bodies of men, our army could not follow 

Who was next placed in command of the army in Florida? 




Indian on Warpath 



THE BLOCKHOUSE 



135 



them. From the hiding places in the swamps, war par- 
ties would come out, killing mail carriers and express 
riders, carrying away negroes, burning homes, and putting 
many families to death. Many plantations were aban- 
doned, and settlers left their homes to go into the forts 
and towns for protection. 

In the "Blockhouse." — Early in the spring Major 
McLemore was sent on an expedition to get corn for 
the troops. After getting 
the corn, he built a small 
blockhouse not very far 
from the mouth of the 
Withlacoochee, and left 
there a small force of Flor- 
ida volunteers under Cap- 
tain Halliman. General 
Scott had intended pursu- 
ing the Indians in this 
direction, but afterwards 
changed his plans and his 
line of march, and the men 
in the blockhouse were left 
to themselves. Their condition was now very serious, for 
they were not only in danger of attacks by the Indians, 
but were also threatened by starvation. 

Suffering and Danger. — Day after da}^ passed, but help 
did not come. The little band defended themselves 
bravely against almost daily attacks. The Indians set 
fire to the blockhouse and the roof was burned. After 
that the men had no shelter from sun or rain. Much 
sickness was caused, and by exposure to the weather the 

What progress was made under his command ? Relate the inci- 
dents of the blockhonse on the Withlacoochee. 




General Scott 



136 PART II 

small supply of provisions was made unfit for use. As 
the men could not go out of the blockhouse for water 
without being fired upon, they suffered much from thirst. 

The Rescue. — Finally they sent three men down the 
river to report their condition, but General Clinch, who 
was thirty-five miles away, said he could not spare a force 
large enough to rescue them. Governor Call then called 
for a volunteer force, and, under the command of Colonel 
Leigh Read, ninety-five men undertook the rescue of the 
besieged. A boat was fitted out at St. Marks. 

As the Indians were all along the banks, the ascent of 
the river was full of danger, and was made at night as 
quietly as possible. Before daylight the blockhouse was 
reached and relieved. For more than two months the 
besieged men had lived on corn and water. The logs of 
the blockhouse were almost cut to pieces and many 
bullets were found buried in tliem. 

Fight in the Big Wahoo Swamp. — General Jessup, who 
had succeeded in compelling the Creek Indians to leave 
Georgia, was next given the command of the army, but he 
left the troops for a while with General Call. General Call 
was joined by twelve hundred Tennesseeans under General 
Armstrong. In November he crossed the Withlacoochee 
and broke up an Indian encampment. He was engaged 
for several hours with a large force of Indians in the Big 
Wahoo Swamp. He said this was one of the hardest fights 
he ever had. Our men acted with great courage and 
coolness. They drove the Indians from the field and 
pursued them into the swamp until, waist deep in water, 
it was impossible for any but the Indians, wlio were at 
home in the swamp, to go any farther. 

Who succeeded Scott in command? Tell of the battle of the Big 
Wahoo Swamp. 



CAPTURE OF OSCEOLA AND COACOOCHEE 137 

Jessup takes Command. — Soon after this General Jes- 
snp received the troops. He defeated the Indians in sev- 
eral fights and made his way into the swamps where they 
were in hiding. 

CHAPTER VIII 

THE CAPTURE OF OSCEOLA AND COACOOCHEE 

A Pretended Surrender. — In the spring of 1837, a number 
of chiefs came to General Jessup and promised to go south 
of the Withlacoochee and get their people ready at once 
for removal from Florida. They were to gather at a fort 
near Tampa, and were to be sent from there to Arkansas. 
By the middle of May a great many, among them Osceola 
and Coacoochee, had come to the fort as agreed. There 
was great rejoicing among the white people, for General 
Jessup said the war was ended. Settlers began to return 
to their homes. 

Escape. — But the Indians were not ready to leave Flor- 
ida without another struggle, and had made peace only to 
get time to plant their crops. Osceola easily persuaded 
the whole party to escape with him to the Everglades. 
Of course there was great alarm when the escape was 
known. More troops were called for, and preparations 
were made for another campaign. 

King Philip's Capture. — In September the chief, King 
Philip, was captured by General Hernandez. King Philip 
sent a message to his son, Coacoochee, begging that he 
would come to see him. Coacoochee, when promised he 
should not be made a prisoner, went to the camp to see 

Relate the supposed submission of the Indians. Who led them 
away again? What important chief was captured? By whom? 



138 



PART II 



his father. He took General Hernandez friendly messages 
from Osceola and a white plume, which meant a wish for 
peace. 

Osceola Captured. — After this Osceola came to the camp 
near St. Augustine, under a flag of truce. He must have 

/^4\/A/\//^ 




Arrest of Osceola 



known that his people had no chance 
of success. After some questions 
had been asked him, he became 
silent. Turning to one of his friends, he said in a low 
voice, "I feel choked; you must speak for me." The talk 
ended. General Hernandez gave a signal to the troops, 
who closed in upon the Indians and took them as prisoners 
to St. Auofustine. Osceola was afterwards taken to Fort 



Tell of the capture of Osceola and his imprisonment. 



CAPTURE OF OSCEOLA AND COACOOCHEE 189 

Moultrie, near Charleston. His hopes were all destroyed, 
and, broken-hearted, he pined away and died. 

Coacoochee and Talmus Hadjo in Prison. — Coacoocliee 
and his friend, Talmus Hadjo, had also been captured and 
imprisoned in the old fort at St. Augustine. They were 
put in a dungeon lighted by a small window high above 
the ground. A sentinel constantly guarded the door. It 
seemed impossible to escape, but the two prisoners deter- 
mined to make the attempt. They were a long time in 
making their preparations, and then waited for a dark 
niglit. Tliey made ropes by cutting up the forage bags 
given them to sleep on. By taking certain herbs which they 
had gotten by pretending they needed them for medicine, 
they had made themselves thin enough to get through the 
little window. 

Escape of the Chiefs. — Coacoochee told the story of the 
escape: " I took the rope which we had hidden under our 
bed, and mounting upon the shoulders of Talmus Hadjo 
raised myself upon the knife, worked into the crevices of 
the stone, and succeeded in reaching the hole. Here I 
made fast the rope, that my friend might follow me, 
then passed through the hole enough of it to reach the 
ground on the outside. I had calculated the distance 
when going for roots. 

" With much difficulty I succeeded in getting my head 
through, for the sliarp stones took the skin oi^' my breast 
and back. Putting my head through first, I was obliged 
to go down head foremost until my feet were through, fear- 
ing every moment the rope Avould break. At last, safel}^ 
on the ground, I awaited the arrival of my comrade. I 
had passed another rope through the hole, which, in the 

What other cliiefs were also imprisoned ? Where? Tell the story 
of their escape. 



140 PART II 

event of discovery, Talmus Hadjo was to pull as a signal 
that he was discovered and could not come. 

" As soon as I struck the ground, I took hold of my 
signal for intelligence of my friend. The night was very 
dark. Two men passed near me talking earnestly, and I 
could see them distinctly. Soon I heard the struggle of 
my companion far above me. He had succeeded in getting 
liis head through, but his body would come no farther. 
In the lowest tone of voice I urged him to throw out his 
breath and then try. Soon after he came tumbling down 
the whole distance. For a few moments I thought him 
dead. I dragged him to some water near by, which re- 
stored him ; but his leg was so lame he was unable to walk. 

" I took him upon my shoulder. Daylight was just 
breaking; we must move rapidly. I caught a mule in 
a field, and making a bridle out of my sash, mounted my 
companion, and started for the St. Johns. We used the 
mule one day, but feared the whites would track us, and 
thought it safer to go on foot through the hammocks, 
though we must go more slowly. 

" Thus we continued our journey five days, eating roots 
and berries, when I reached my band at the head waters 
of the Tomoka River, near the Atlantic coast." 

He said tliat when he was taken prisoner, his men were 
ready to leave the country, but now they said they would 
all die in Florida. 

Their indignation was so great when they learned from 
him of the treatment he had received, that they determined 
to fight the fight out to the last rather than trust again to 
the white man's promises. Yet they must have known 
the fight to be a losing one. 

What effect did Coacoochee say the capture had had upon the In- 
dian tribes ? 



END OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 



141 



CHAPTER IX 



END OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 



»;'!?':'"'i«v;i;*;iSi;;r,! 



Battle of Okechobee. — In December, 1837, General 
Taylor, who had been ordered to find the enemy wherever 
he could, set out in the direction of Sam Jones's camp with 
eleven liundred men. Among them were some Delaware 
and Shawnee Indians. He met 
a large force of Seminoles in a 
dense hammock near Okeclio- 
bee. As they were protected 
in front by a swamp, our men 
were at a disadvantage, but 
after three hours' hard fight- 
ing, the Seminoles were driven 
from the field. But the loss 
was very heavy. This was the 
last standing battle of the war. 

Jumper and Followers Sur- 
render. — While General Tay- 
lor was on his march Jumper 

and a few families of Indians had come to Tampa and 
said they were ready to leave Florida. After this from 
time to time, small bands would come in, or were cap- 
tured, and in the spring a party of more than twelve 
hundred Indians were sent to Arkansas. A few weeks 
later three hundred more were sent. They were very 
unhappy. No lands had been set apart for tliem, for it 




General Taylor 



Who now marched against the Indians? With what force? 
Toward what place did he march? Where was a battle fought? 
Tell of the deportation of some of the Indians. What disappoint- 
ments awaited themV 



142 



PART II 



was intended they should join their old enemies, the 
Creeks. This they were not willing to do. The Cherokees 
offered them a home on their reservation until lands were 
set apart for them. 

Taylor's New Plan of War. — General Taylor was now 
in command of the army. Soon after his appointment he 
removed to Arkansas about two hundred Indians from 

West Florida. He made 
a new plan for the war. 
The Indians would no 
longer give open battle, 
but in small bands 
would appear where 
least expected, attack 
undefended settlements, 
and put to death entire 
families. Taylor divided 
the Territory into small 
squares, each with a 
blockhouse, and every 
square was to be pa- 
trolled every third day by a squad of infantry and mounted 
men. 

Macomb *s Treaty. — Before this plan could be carried 
out. General Macomb was sent from Washington to make 
an agreement with the Indians. He agreed that they 
should be allowed to remain below Peace River and Lake 
Okechobee, and the war was declared ended. However, 
General Taylor was left in command of the army in Florida. 
But it is evident that the Washington authorities did not 
fully realize the state of affairs in the troubled territory. 

What was Taylor's new plan of conquering the Territory ? What 
was the Macomb Treaty? 




Moving the Southern 
Indians 



END OF THE SEMINOLE WAR 143 

This arrangement did more harm than good, for at the 
very time the army was ordered to cease fighting, the 
Indians were continuing to destroy life and property, and 
soon there were more attacks than before in all parts of 
the Territory. The war was not yet ended. 

Changes of Command. — When General Taylor had held 
command of the army two years, he asked to be relieved, 
and General Armistead was appointed in his place. After 
a year, during which time he had captured 450 Indians, 
General Armistead asked to be relieved, and the command 
was given to General Worth. 

General Worth. — General Worth took command in May, 
1841, and at once sent parties into every swamp and ham- 
mock where the Indians might be found. The Indians 
had scarcely a hope left, but still made their fight, and 
said they would kill any messenger who came to talk to 
them about surrender. 

Coacoochee Deported. — A few months before General 
Worth had received command of the army, he had sent 
for Coacoochee to come and have a talk with him. Coa- 
coochee came. He was dressed in a gay costume that he 
had gotten from a company of traveling actors attacked 
near St. Augustine some time before. He promised to 
bring in his band for emigration, but afterwards said they 
were scattered and he could not collect them as soon as 
he had promised. He came to the camp several times 
afterwards, but said he could not get his band together. 
Finally Major Childs, believing he did not intend to keep 
his word, had Coacoochee and the few who were with him, 
arrested and sent to Arkansas. 

How was it observed ? Who succeeded General Taylor, and when? 
What did Armistead accomplish ? How did General Worth prosecute 
the war? What shows the desperation of the Indians? 



144 PART II 

His Return. — As soon as General Worth learned what 
had been done, he sent a messenger to bring Coacoochee 
and his companions back to Tampa. Coacoochee was 
delighted when told he was to return to Florida, and 
promised to do all he could to persuade his men to sur- 
render, but he was mortified when told he was still to be 
kept in irons. 

General Worth's Interview. — General Worth and his 
staff were at Tampa to meet the returning ship, and on 
the morning of the 4th of July, came on board for an 
interview. Coacoochee was very calm and dignified. 
General Worth taking him b}^ the hand, told him he was 
a brave man who had fought long for his country with a 
strong, true heart. Bat he must see now the whites were 
too strong for the Indians and must conquer at last. It 
was time for the war to end, and Coacoochee must end it. 
There was no use shedding any more blood. The ground 
was red with it. He must select a few of his men to carry 
a " talk " to his friends. If the band did not surrender 
by a certain time, Coacoochee and the men with him 
should be hung from the yard arm of the vessel. 

The Indians' Side of the Question. — Coacoochee rose, 
trembling with excitement. He said, " When I was a 
boy, I saw the white man afar off, and was told that he 
was my enemy. I could not shoot him as I would a wolf 
or bear, yet like those he came upon me. Horses, cattle, 
fields he took from me. He said he was my friend. . . . 
He gave us his hand in friendship ; we took it. He had 
a snake in the other ; his tongue was forked ; he lied and 
stung us. I asked for but a small piece of these lands, 
enough to plant and live upon far south — a spot where I 

Tell of the conferences with Coacoochee, his deportation, return, 
and complaint. 



END OF THE SEMIxXOLE WAR 145 

could place the ashes of my kindred — a place where 
my wife and child could live. This was not granted 
me." 

Submission of the Indians. — He said that he wanted to 
end the war, but he could not go to his warriors in irons 
for they would say liis heart was weak, and would not 
obey him. When told that he could not go himself, but 
must send the ''talk," he selected five men, and told them 
what to say. After giving the message to his band, he 
tried to give a message to his wife and child, but could 
not speak then, and turned away his face to hide the tears 
streaming from his eyes. As the messengers, released 
from their chains, passed Coacoochee, each silently took 
him by the hand. To one of them he gave a brooch 
and handkerchief, saying, " Give these to my wife and 
child." 

The Departure. — The messengers were successful. In 
ten days a party of six warriors and some women and 
children came in. From day to day others came, and by 
the appointed time the whole band had surrendered. 

Now Coacoochee's irons were taken off, and he was 
allowed to go before his band. He was very gayly 
dressed for the occasion. A red silk girdle fastened his 
colored frock ; he wore bright red leggings and ornamented 
moccasins ; silver ornaments covered his breast ; and 
ostrich plumes waved from his crimson silk turban. With 
his scalping knife in his girdle, he felt that he appeared 
as a chief should. 

He talked to his people. He told them the rifle was 
hidden, and the white and red men were friends. He 
sent messages to other chieftains, urging them to make 

How were the tribes reached? Tell of Coacoochee's ideas of a 
dignified appearance. What was his advice to the tribes? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 10 



146 PART II 

peace. He said they must throw away their rifles and 
take the word of the wliite men. 

At last all was ready foi- migration. When he bade 
General Worth good-by, Coacoochee said that in leaving 
Florida forever he had done nothing to disgrace it. ''It 
was my home," he said ; " 1 loved it, and to leave it is like 
burying my wife and child. I have thrown away my 
rifle, have taken the hand of the white man, and now say 
Hake care of me.' " 

End of the War. — After this, other bands surrendered 
or were captured, and in the spring of 1842, General 
Worth informed the government that only about three 
hundred Indians remained in the Territory. He advised 
that these should be allowed to live below Peace River. 
This was agreed to, and the war was at last ended. 

The war had lasted seven years, and had cost the lives 
of more than fourteen hundred American soldiers. The 
army employed had numbered at one time nearly nine 
thousand men against hardly two thousand warriors. 

Two of the generals, Scott and Taylor, were afterwards 
distinguished in the Mexican War. General Taylor, after 
the close of the war, was elected President of the United 
States, and was called by the red men " Great Father." 

CHAPTER X 

GOVERNOR CALL 

With Jackson in the Creek War. — General Richard 
Keith Call was appointed governor of Florida in 1835. 

Repeat Coacoochee's submissive, farewell plea. How was the war 
closed? How long had it lasted? How many American lives had it 
cost? How many men had been engaged at one time? How many 
warriors? Tell of the two celebrated generals of this war. 



GOVERNOR CALL 



147 



He was a native of Virginia, where his father, Major 
William Call, had served in the Revolutionary War, 
but while still a child had removed with his widowed 
mother to Kentucky. 

When seventeen years old, he volunteered in a company, 
of which he was elected lieutenant, to go under Jackson 
against the Creeks. It was a very hard campaign. A 
day's march was a 
day's fight with a fierce 
and determined foe. 
The soldiers became 
discontented, saying 
that they were march- 
ing to certain death, 
for if they escaped 
the rifle and scalping 
knife, starvation 
awaited them. Things 
grew worse instead of 
better, and when their 
short term of enlist- 
ment was ended, every 
officer and man in the company except Lieutenant Call 
himself, returned home. The young lieutenant saw the 
last one go, then put away his sword and presented him- 
self to General Jackson for duty in the ranks. 

The general was much moved. Clasping his hand he 
said, "My son, I knew you would be here." Then, turn- 
ing to his officers, he exclaimed, " If I had only a regiment 
of such boys, I would drive the last Indian out of the 
country ! " 

Outline General Call's early personal history. What act specially 
endeared him to General Jackson? 




Governor Call 



148 



PART II 



Later Experience. — The young soldier served in the 
ranks for the rest of the campaign, but at the end of it 
received a letter of praise from his general that he valued 
more than any honor' or commission of after years. He 
was with Jackson through the rest of his military career, 
with one exception being with him in every battle. Be- 



i'^.- 
'^^ 



lai 




^m^^^ 

wS^ 




^■^"P 



Governor Call's Home 

fore the opening of the next campaign he was made 
lieutenant. With the gallant General Butler he was 
Jackson's aid at the battle of New Orleans and was ad- 
vanced in rank for gallant conduct. 

Practices Law. — He came to Florida with Jackson, and 
when Jackson returned to Tennessee, he remained in the 
new Territory. Giving up his commission, he studied law 
and practiced for a while in Pensacola, but was among 
the first to move to Tallahassee — his home from that 
What were Call's occupations in Florida? 



GOVERNOR CALL 149 

time. Both he and (xeneral Butler had plantations on 
the beautiful lake a few miles north of Tallahassee, which 
they named for their former commander, Jackson. 

First Congressional Delegate. — He was sent to Cuba to 
secure important papers, was a member of the Florida 
Council, and was the first delegate from Florida to Con- 
gress. While in Congress he secured the making of im- 
portant roads through the Territory^ especially the road 
from Pensacola to St. Augustine. He tried hard to get 
the government to cut a canal to unite the waters of the 
Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean, but did not suc- 
ceed in those efforts. 

Indian Fighting. — In 1835 he was appointed governor, 
and during the greater part of his term of office was in 
the field against the Indians. He not only went himself 
against the enemy but when money was needed to raise 
and equip forces to protect the people, he advanced what 
was necessary from liis own purse, at one time keeping up 
at his own expense a line of posts from the Suwanee to 
the Eucheeanna. 

Removal and Reappointment. — He did not feel that the 
government was protecting the people of Florida as they 
should be protected, and he believed many mistakes had 
been made in carrying on the war. He wrote letter after 
letter to President Van Bi,iren on the subject of the Avar. 
These frequent letters displeased the President. Governor 
Call had for the sake of the people of Florida met trial, 
danger, and privation, and risked both fortune and life. 

What important public trusts were conferred upon him ? What 
pubUc improvements did he champion, and with what success? When 
did he become governor ? How long did he serve ? Tell of the in- 
terruption in his administration. How was he largely occupied during 
his governorship? 



150 



PART II 



but he was removed from office, and Judge Robert Ray- 
mond Reid was appointed in his place. 

Governor Reid held the office of governor only a year. 
When Harrison became President, he reappointed Call, 




t^/". 'jttc 



^4»0^S: 



Cotton Bales 

who remained governor until 1844, serving in all, eight 
years. 

Built St. Marks Railroad. — Governor Call took interest 
in all that concerned the welfare of Florida. He built 
the first railroad in the State from Tallahassee to St. 
Marks. St. Marks was then an important port. All the 
cotton raised in middle Florida and that part of Georgia 
and Alabama on the north was carried to port over the 
little St. Marks railroad. 

Who was governor in the year between his two administrations? 
What important industrial achievement did he accomplish ? 



TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. Treaty with the Indians for their removal. 

2. Efforts to remove the Tallahassees. 

3. The causes and events leading to the Seminole AVar. 



GOVERNOR CALL 151 

4. Write a sketch of Governor Eaton. 

5. Tell of Osceola, his parentage, life, and character. " Osceola's 
Treaty." 

6. Osceola and General Thompson. 

7. What date is memorable in this war, and for what two events? 

8. Tell the stories of the Dade Massacre, the battle of the' With- 
lacoochee, and the blockhouse siege and rescue. 

9. Tell of the several successive commanders in this war and 
what of importance was done by each. 

10. Relate the story of the celebrated Indian captives and their 
escape from Fort Marion. 

IL Tell of the deceptions practiced by the whites and Ijy the 
Indians. 

12. Describe Taylor's operations against the Indians. 

13. Tell of the successive deportations to the West, and of the 
several supposed endings of the war. 

14. Coacoochee, his deportation and his negotiations with his fol- 
lowers. 

15. Summary of the war. 

16. Write a sketch of Governor Call's career. 

17. What were the important public improvements for which he 
labored ? 

18. Describe his public services. 

THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. Governor Duval's official letters and reports of his travels 
among the Indians, as superintendent of Indian affairs, give informa- 
tion of great interest and value. 

2. AVhat is indicated in these chapters as to his character, force, 
his knowledge of the Indians and his influence over them ? 

3. Locate the South Florida reservations assigned to the Indians. 

4. AVhat fame did General Winfield Scott win outside his opera- 
tions in Florida ? 

5. For what was General Taylor most famous ? 

6. Mow were the services of General Jessup in Georgia honored? 

7. How has the memory of each of the following been perpetuated 
in Florida, — Duval, Osceola, Dade, Taylor, Worth? 

8. What seemed the general source of trouble between the whites 
and Indians? Were the whites also responsible for the trouble? 



152 PART II 

9. Do you think the deceptions practiced by Osceola, or the dan- 
ger of having him at large, could justify the desecration of the flag of 
truce ? 

10. How many Indians were taken to the western reservations 
during this war ? 

11. Account for the great difficulties and slow progress of the war. 

12. Tell of the present condition of the remnant of the Indians 
remaining in the State. 

13. By what different Presidents was Governor Call appointed? 
Were they of the same political party ? 

14. What governors have been Indian fighters ? 

15. How did Governor Call serve his Territory even more worthily 
than by his splendid military service ? 

CHAPTER XI 

HOW FLORIDA BECAME A STATE, AND HOW SHE WITH- 
DREW FROM THE UNION 

Admitted as a State. — After the end of the Indian war, 
many persons came to make their homes in Florida, towns 
grew, and people began to think that it was time for the 
Territory to become a State. They wanted to be able to 
elect their governor, to send senators and representatives 
to Congress, to take part in electing the President, and to 
enjoy many other privileges not allowed a Territory. 
Some thought Florida should be divided into two States, 
East Florida and West Florida, while others thought it 
should not be divided. Finally Congress agreed that 
Florida should come into the Union as one State, and 
the bill was signed by President Tyler, March 3, 1845. 

Governor John Branch. — The governor of Florida at 
that time was John Branch of North Carolina. P^ew men 

What occasion marked a great impetus in the growth of Florida ? 
What proposition was agitated preliminary to seeking admission as a 
State ? How and when was Florida admitted ? 



HOW FLORIDA BECAME A STATE 



153 



have held more responsible positions or have been more 
esteemed than he. For six years he was a member of the 
Senate of North Carolina, and was afterwards made gov- 
ernor of that State. After serving as governor, he was 
sent to the United States Senate, and just after he had 
been elected a second time, Jackson made him secretary of 
the navy in his Cabinet. 
Later he was elected 
member of Congress, 
then again a member of 
the State Senate, and 
was appointed governor 
of Florida in 1844. 

First Election, 1845. 
— Governor Brancli 
fixed the 26th of May, 
1845, as the date for 
electing a governor and 
other State officers. 
When the votes were 
counted, it was found 
that William D. Mose- 
ley was elected, and so 
he became the first governor of the State of Florida. 

In 1838 a convention had met at St. Joseph, which was 
then one of the most important towns of the State, but 
has now entirely disappeared, and had framed a constitu- 
tion for the Territory. This was adopted as the State 
constitution, and was the basic law of the State until 
1861. 

Who was then governor? Tell of his former distinctions. In what 
year did he become governor? When was the first election held for 
the State of Florida? Who was elected governor? 




Governor Branch 



154 PART II 

Governor Moseley. — Like Eaton and Branch the new 
governor was a native of North Carolina and had been 
educated at Chapel Hill, where he graduated in the class 
with James K. Polk. Before he came to Florida, he had 
been a member of the Senate of North Carolina for nine 
years. 

Progress — Completion of Capitol. — While he was gov- 
ernor, much public land was sold, and many persons 

came to make their homes 
in the State. Much in- 
terest seems to have been 
felt in education, and the 
governor in his message 
to the Legislature, urged 
the establishment of 
schools and seminaries, 
especially the common 
schools '' that should 
bring instruction to every 
man's door. " It was in 
1845 that the capitol, the 
corner stone of which was 
laid twenty years before, 
Governor Moseley ^^^ completed. 

Indian Outbreak. — There were now several hundred In- 
dians in the State, one hundred and fifty of whom could 
bear arms. Though so few in numbers, it was remem- 
bered that in the Seminole War great harm had been 
done by small bands when our forces were in the field. 
People, especially those near the reservation, did not feel 
that life or property was safe, for the Indians did not con- 
fine themselves to their limits, but would make excursions 
What were the important features of Gov. Moseley's administration? 




HOW FLORIDA BECAME A STATE 155 

into the neighboring country, sometimes as far as a hun- 
dred miles. In 1849 and 1857 there were Indian out- 
breaks, but tliey were soon put down by the State troops. 

Governor Brown. — Our next governor Avas Thomas 
Brown. He was a native of Virginia, but had lived in 
Florida for many years, his upright life and kind heart 
winning for him many friends in private and public life. 
He was much interested in the establishment of schools, 
and while he was governor complained that Florida was 
making slow progress. 

Governor Broome. — At the next election James E. 
Broome was chosen governor. In Broome's administration 
there was another Indian outbreak, more serious than the 
last, but this too was quelled by the State troops. 

Governor Broome was succeeded by Madison Starke 
Perry, the latter part of whose term was filled with politi- 
cal excitement. 

The Rupture of the Nation. — When our government was 
formed after the Revolution, it was generally believed that 
any State had the right to withdraw from the Union as 
freely as it had entered. The New England States had 
threatened more than once to use this right. The people 
of the South still believed that this right was their only 
protection against injustice. They felt that they had 
been treated unjustly by the government in not being al- 
lowed to take their slaves into new Territories, and wlien 
Lincoln, who had declared that the Union could not 
exist '^half slave and half free," was elected President, 
they believed that the time had come to separate their 
Union and form their own government. 

What trouble was there in 1849? Who succeeded Moseley ? Who 
was the third State governor? What was the chief event in Broome's 
administration ? What was the general belief regarding States' rights ? 



156 



PART II 




Secession Convention. — This was not an unexpected 
trouble, but had been long foreseen. Governor Moseley 
had years before spoken of " the clouds over the Southern 
horizon," and had said that dear as the Union was, the 
people of Florida ought never to give up tlieir rights. In 
1859 the Legislature declared that Florida would stand by 
the other Southern States if their rights were in danger. 

In November of the next year 
Governor Perry recommended 
to the Legislature the with- 
drawal of the State from the 
Union, and called a convention 
for that purpose to meet at 
Tallahassee, January 3, 1861. 

Ordinance Adopted. — Li this 
convention were many whose 
names afterwards became dis- 
tinguished. There were Davis, Ward, Lamar, Patton, 
Anderson, Finegan, Daniel, and others of great zeal and 
talent. Bishop Rutledge opened the convention with 
prayer. There was the greatest interest, and the capital 
was crowded every hour the convention was in session. 
On January 10 the vote was taken and the ordinance of 
secession was passed. It declared that Florida withdrew 
herself from the Union and was an independent nation. 

Excitement. — There was the wildest excitement. Amid 
shouts and cheers men embraced each other and cried that 
the day of liberty had come. When the Declaration of 
Independence was signed, the Liberty Bell was rung. 

What was one of the causes of the resort to secession? What 
shows that this action had been expected for son)e years ? Give the 
date of the convention and some of the representative names on its 
membership roll. 



EVENTS OF THE WAR AT PENSACOLA 157 

Florida had no liberty bell, but Madame Murat was in- 
vited to fire the cannon in honor of the occasion. 

There were some, however, who felt no gladness ; some 
still loved the Union and honored the old flag, and their 
hearts were sad, and tears filled their eyes. 



CHAPTER XII 
EVENTS OF THE WAR AT PENSACOLA 

Secession and the Confederacy. — Alabama withdrew 
from the Union one day after Florida, South Carolina and 
Mississippi having already done so. The other Southern 
States followed their 
example. A convention 
of delegates from these 

States met at Mont- . jjIl' ^ ^. 

gomery on February 4, - 

1861, to form a new 
government, and on 
February 17, Florida 
became one of the Con- 
federate States of Amer- 
ica. The President of 
the new government 
was Jefferson Davis ; 
the Vice President, 
Alexander H. Stephens. 

Governor John Milton. 
— In November John 



-y"U^^ Wi 




Governor Milton 



Was there unanimity as to secession? Name the first four States 
to secede. When and where was the Confederacy formed? 



158 PART II 

Milton was elected governor of Florida. Serving until 
his death, April 1, 1865, his term was filled with the 
events of the four years of war that followed the with- 
drawal of the Southern States from the Union. 

State Troops seize Arsenal and Forts. — A few days be- 
fore Florida seceded, the Quincy Guards seized the United 
States arsenal on the Apalachicola, with a good supply of 
arms and ammunition. On the next day Fort Marion at St. 
Augustine surrendered to the State troops without making 
any resistance. About the same time the navy yard, Fort 
Barrancas, and Fort McRae near Pensacola were seized. 
But Fort Pickens on Santa Rosa Island, commanding the 
harbor of Pensacola, was still held by the United States 
troops ; also the forts at Key West and the Tortugas. 

Call for Volunteers. — Governor Perry began prepara- 
tions for the war by ordering volunteer companies to organ- 
ize into battalions and regiments, and all citizens subject 
to military duty to be read}^ for the defense of the State. 
From all over the State men answered the call eagerly, 
and on April 5 the first regiment, under Colonel Patton 
Anderson, was sent to Pensacola. 

General Bragg at Pensacola. — General Bragg was in 
command at Pensacola, with a force of about 7000 men 
from Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Flor- 
ida. Fort Pickens, though having only a small garrison, 
was not captured. General Bragg thinking best to prepare 
for a siege, build batteries, and strengthen the forts. In 
the meantime Fort Pickens was reenforced by the Union 
army, and became their headquarters in the State. 

Who was elected governor at this time? How long did he serve? 
What hostiHties occurred before the State seceded? How were troops 
secured? What commander and what force occupied Pensacola? 
Where were the Federal headquarters ? 



EVENTS OF THE WAR AT PENSACOLA 159 

Pensacola Blockaded. — Pensacola was now blockaded, 
and by the end of the summer all im})ortant ports on the 
coast were closed. 

The Judah Burned. — Early on the morning of Se[)tem- 
ber 14 the Confederate schooner, Judah, moored to the 
wharf at the navy yard, was burned by the Federals. 
The guard and crew made a desperate resistance, but were 
finally driven to the wharf. 
The schooner burned to the 
water's edge and sank. 
Three of the attacking 
party were killed and thir- 
teen were wounded. This 
was the first encounter in 
the State in which there was 
loss of life. 

Attack on Santa Rosa 
Island. — Two batteries had 
been erected by the Federals 
on Santa Rosa Island and 
a company of Zouaves, 
known as - Uncle Sam's Pet ^'''''^' ^'^^^ 

Lambs," was encamped less than a mile farther. General 
Bragg planned an attack upon this camp. About a 
thousand men under General R. H. Anderson reached 
the island at two o'clock on the morning of October 9. 

The men were ordered to form in companies and march 
silently, to take the camp by surprise. Part of the force 
came upon a sentinel, who immediately fired and was shot 
down. This gave the alarm, and when the camp was 

Describe the first fatal encounter in this State. Where were the 
Union forces stationed ? 




160 PART II 

reached, after some skirmishing, it was almost deserted. 
The torch was used to destroy tents, stores, clothing, 
arms, and ammunition. As day broke and it was no 
longer possible to destroy the batteries, the signal for 
retiring was given and the troops were ordered to the 
boats. Before the boats were reached, however, there was 
an encounter with two companies of Federal troops, and 
by an accident to one of the steamers, delay was caused 
and the men on deck were exposed to the enemy's fire 
from the shore. 

The Losses. — One hundred men from the Florida regi- 
ment took part in this expedition. Six of them were 
killed, eight wounded, and twelve were taken prisoners. 
In all there were eighteen killed, thirty-nine wounded, 
and thirty missing. Colonel Anderson wrote Governor 
Milton that while the object of the expedition was fully 
gained, it did not compensate for the loss of the brave 
men who fell. 

Artillery Battle. — On the morning of November 22, 
Fort Pickens opened fire upon the navy yard and Fort 
McRae, the Confederate guns returning the fire. Fort 
Pickens was assisted by the Federal men-of-war, Niagara 
and Richmond. The battle lasted more tlian eight hours, 
the chief damage being done to Fort McRae. This fort 
was used only for defensive purposes, and many women 
and children had taken refuge there. The fight was re- 
newed next day, when much damage was done to the 
villages of Warrington and Woolsey by the Federal guns. 
There was small loss of life on either side, and the only 

Describe the attack on the Union forces. The result of the en- 
counter? The cost in killed, wounded, and prisoners? Describe 
the battle between the batteries and forts on November 22, and again 
January 1. 



EVENTS OF THE WAR AT PENSACOLA 



161 



decisive result was to show that the coast batteries could 
do little more than defend themselves against attack. . 

New Year's Battle. — Pensacola remained quiet until 
the afternoon of New Year's Day, when the Federals 
opened fire upon a small steamer that had run to the navy 
yard. The Confederate batteries returned the fire, and 

there was cannonading until dark. Some 

houses at Woolsey and a 

storehouse at the navy 

yard were burned. 
Pensacola Evacuated. 

— In February General 

Bragg was transferred 

to Mobile and General 

Samuel Jones was placed 

in command at Pensa- 
cola. General Jones 

was ordered to evacuate 

Pensacola — that is, to 

withdraw his troops — 

as soon as possible. He 

was to move the heavy 
guns and ammunition to Mobile and other supplies to 
Montgomery ; also to destroy, if necessary, gunboats 
and other boats, all machinery, public and private, that 
might be useful to the Federals, and especially to destroy 
the sawmills and lumber about the bay. The railroad 
from Pensacola to the junction was to be broken up. 

These orders were carried out, but, with bad roads and 
the need of secrecy, it was slow work. On May 8 the 
sick were sent out and the baggage. The next night 

What change was made in the Confederate commander? What 
important movement immediately followed? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA — 11 





Confederate Soldier 



Union Soldier 



162 PART II 

all the troops marched out except several cavalry com- 
panies left to begin the destruction that had been or- 
dered. The signal was given, and soon the flames from 
the navy yard to Fort McRae lighted the whole bay. At 
Pensacola an oil factory, storehouses, and some small 
boats and steamers were burned. The inhabitants of 
Pensacola fled to the interior of the State for safety. On 
the next day the Federal troops took possession of Pen- 
sacola. 

Fernandina and St. Augustine Evacuated. — The Fed- 
eral forces were now in practical control of the Florida 
coast. Fernandina had been evacuated in March, and a 
few days later in the same month St. Augustine sur- 
rendered. 

CHAPTER XTII 

JACKSONVILLE-OLUSTEE 

Floridians Eager to Enlist. — While the events told of 
in the last chapter were taking place, enlistments were 
still going on, and regiments were organized to meet calls 
from the War Department. So eagerly did men enlist 
that Florida furnished more troops in proportion to her 
population than did any other State in the Confederacy. 
Besides the regiments called for by the War Depart- 
ment, there were independent companies and battalions 
for duty in the State. With the long, unprotected coast 
line, the work of these forces was very important. 

Captain Dickison. — Captain Dickison in command of 
one of these companies did gallant service. His unex- 

What foothold did the Federals now have ? What can be said of 
Florida's enlistment? 



JACKSONVILLE-OLUSTEE 163 

pected attacks and successful skirmishes were accom- 
plished with great daring and skill. He was chiefly en- 
gaged in East Florida, where his name was '^ a terror to 
the foe." 

Jacksonville. — The Union army had occupied Jackson- 
ville for nearly a month in the spring of 1862, and again 
for a short while in October of the same year. In the 
early days of March, 1863, Colonels Higginson and Mont- 
gomery, in commajid of two regiments of negro troops, 
made their headquarters at Jacksonville. General Fine- 
gan called upon every man who could to come to assist his 
little army in driving out these invaders, and on March 10, 
with all the forces at his command, marched against them. 
He arranged for his troops to enter the city at different 
points and engage the Federals at two places at the same 
time. 

Negro Troops Routed. — After a few rounds the Confed- 
erates charged in double quick. The negro troops broke 
and fled for safety to their gunboats and transports at the 
wharf. As General Finegan had no means of attacking 
the vessels, he withdrew his men to a camp beyond reach 
of the shells thrown from the boats. 

Fight at the " Brick Church." — On March 17 the Union 
artillery commenced a cross fire from their intrenchments 
upon a portion of Major Brevard's battalion at the '^ Brick 
Church." The Confederates held their position for about 
two hours, when the Federals appeared in force. A sharp 
engagement followed, and the Federals were driven back. 

Federals evacuate and burn the City. — These engage- 
ments were followed by occasional skirmishes, the captur- 
ing of pickets, and even the throwing of shots into the 

What of Captain Dickison's service ? Who occupied Jacksonville ? 
What Confederate general planned to expel them ? 



164 PART II 

Federal camp. The perseverance of the Confederates 
was at last rewarded, and on Sunday, March 29, the 
Federals left Jacksonville. Before leaving, however, some 
of them set hre to a number of Avooden buildings, and, as 
a high wind was blowing, the whole city was soon in 
tlames. It is said that this was done without official 
sanction. 

Salt Works Destroyed. — The Confederate government 
liid valuable salt works at St. Andrews Bay, as had also 
many private persons. As the works 
were not guarded, the Federals found 
it an easy matter to destroy them 
and burn the buildings. The prop- 
erty destroyed by the Federals on 
St. Andrews Bay was valued at 
about three million dollars. 

Danger from Deserters. — During 
Confederate Flag ^^ggg j^^.^^ numbers of deserters, 

and other men who wanted to escape serving in the 
Confederate army, gathered in the woods of middle and 
western Florida. These men were a cause of terror to 
the inhabitants. During the latter part of this year, 
Florida was almost defenseless. The few Confederate 
troops in the State were so scattered that it seemed im- 
possible for them to oppose a large invading party. The 
Federal government decided to take advantage of the 
state of affairs to send an expedition for the purpose of 
bringing Florida back into the Union, to raise a regiment of 

Tell of the battles at Jacksonville. What was the result ? Where 
were the Confederate salt ^Yorks ? What was the loss in their destruc- 
tion ? What class of men became a menace to the defenseless people 
at home? How were the troops in the State situated? What did the 
Federals propose to gain by this condition ? 




JACKSONVILLE-OLUSTEE 



white troops as well as negro regiments, and to cut off the 
supplies that the State was furnishing to the Confederacy. 

Federal Invasion. — On February T, 1864, the invading 
force, six thousand men under General Seymour, began 
their march from Jacksonville to Tallahassee. On tlie 
first day's march Camp Finegan was surprised. The 
Confederates escaped capture, but everything in the camp 
fell into the hands 
of the Union army. 
At Sanderson the 
Confederates with- 
drew without giv- 
ing battle. At Lake 
City General Fine- 
gan was intrenched 
with a small force, 
and the Union army, 
supposing this force 
to be larger than it 
was, retreated to 
Sanderson. 

General Finegan 
Reenforced. — As 
soon as General 
Finegan received reenforcements, he moved to Olustee. 
There he was joined on February 13 by troops from 
Charleston under General Colquitt and Colonel Harri- 
son. The Confederates at Olustee now numbered 4600 
infantry and 600 cavalry. They were encamped between 
Ocean Pond and a cypress pond, and to approach their 




Negro Soldiers 



When, by what force, and under whom was an invasion made ? 
Tell of Camp Finegan, Sanderson, and Lake City. 



166 



PART II 



works the Union army would have to advance over an 
open field. 

Victory at Olustee. — Early on the morning of February 
20, the Union army approached in two columns, one by 
the railroad, the other by the Lake City and Jacksonville 
road. When the approach was discovered. General Col- 
quitt advanced to 
the front, and within 
an hour the whole 
Confederate force 
was on the field. 
The battle lasted 
more than four 
hours, and at the 
end the Union army 
gave way. General 
Finegan ordered a 
pursuit, which was 
continued until dark. 
Results of the Battle. — In this battle the Confederates 
won a complete victory over a much larger force than 
their own. The State was saved from invasion, and valu- 
able supplies of cotton, lumber, and provisions were pre- 
served for the Confederacy. Several cannon and 1600 
stand of small arms were captured by the Confederates. 
They took a very large number of prisoners. The Union 
loss was 203 killed, 1152 wounded, 506 missing. The 
Confederates lost 93 killed, 847 were wounded, and 6 




Confederate Capitol 



missing. 

Holding the Federals in Jacksonville. 



After the hastv 



What reenforcemeiits were received? What was now the Con- 
federate strength? Where did they prepare for battle? Tell of the 
battle and its results. 



JACKSONVILLE — OLU8TEE 



167 



retreat from Olustee to Jacksonville, most of the invading 
party sailed away to South Carolina, but still some Fed- 
eral troops were at Jacksonville. The Confederates were 
not strong enough to attack them there, but were deter- 
mined to prevent them going farther into the interior or 





Arms used in Civil War 



into the lower part of the State. A battery was placed 
a few miles above Jacksonville, and detachments were 
ordered to prevent injury to the railroads to Cedar Keys 
and to middle Florida. 

For greater efficiency General Beauregard organized the 
troops under Anderson into three brigades with Finegan, 
Colquitt, and Harrison commanding; the cavalry into a 
brigade under Robert H.. Anderson, and two batteries 
under Major G. L. Buist. 

What precautions were taken against further invasion ? 



168 



PART n 



CHAPTER XIV 



MARIANNA 

West Florida ; the First Raid. — Many citizens of Jack- 
son and adjoining counties liad opposed secession, but 
wiien tlie war began, they volunteered as readily as the 
men of other parts of the State. No part of Florida suf- 
fered as much as this 
from Federal raiders. 
During the summer 
of 1862 the first raid- 
ing party from Pensa- 
cola visited Milton, 
and from that time 
to the end of the 
war there was little 
safety. General As- 
both especially made 
his name dreaded 
throughout that part 
of the State. 

Eucheeanna Looted. 
— In September, 
1864, General Asboth 
with several com- 
];)anies of cavalry, two 
companies of negroes, 




Jefferson Davis 

and a larsre number of deserters from the Confederate 



What was the position of many citizens of West Florida ? When 
and where was the first raid into that section? Name the Federal 
general who raided West Florida in 1864. Of what did his force 
consist ? 



MARIANNA 169 

army, came as far east as Marian na. They committed 
such outrages that one is glad to know that the leader 
of the expedition was not a native American. 

At Eucheeanna, Asboth had all the old men arrested. 
Only old men could be found, as others were in the army. 
He locked these prisoners up in the old jail. Here they 
were kept without food a night and a day and part of a 
second day. To their other sufferings was added great 
anxiety for their families and homes. When the town 
had been robbed of all worth having, the prisoners were 
released, and the general and his men rode on to Mari- 
anna. All were mounted on horses taken in the neigh- 
borhood. 

McKinnon and the Raiders. — It is impossible to tell all 
about the raid, but one incident may be mentioned. Some 
of the party were at the home of Colonel McKinnon, one 
of the old pioneers of Walton County. Now he was an 
old man of eighty years. One of the officers seized from 
the wall a sword that the old gentleman had carried 
through the Seminole War and valued now above all other 
possessions. " You shall not touch that sword ! " cried 
the old hero with trembling voice. " It has never been 
drawn except in defense of my country. You have taken 
everything else, but that sword you shall not take ; I 
have never permitted it to be used against the Union." 
" Why, Colonel," said the officer, " we did hear that you 
were a Union man, but since coming here learn that you 
have six sons in the rebel army." Colonel McKinnon's 
eyes flashed as he answered, " Yes, and this violence of 
yours and robbery of yours will drive more men into that 
army." 

Describe the actions of the Union forces at Eucheeanna. Tell the 
story of Colonel McKinnon. 



170 PART II 

Marianna's Exposed Condition. — Marianna was in a 
defenseless condition. Pensacola on the west was held by 
the Federals. Quincy, fifty miles east, was the nearest 
railway station. About the same distance south was St. 
Andrews Bay, blocked by Federal gunboats. The Con- 
federates had one cavalry company at Marianna, another 
company was twenty miles west, and a third twenty-five 
miles in another direction. These companies were under 
command of Colonel Montgomery. When he learned that 
the Federals were approaching, he sent couriers in hot 
haste to his scattered forces with orders to report at 
Marianna. Church bells were rung to give notice of 
danger, and all men who could bear arms hastily gathered 
together. A few soldiers at home on sick leave, white- 
haired old men and boys under sixteen, some mounted, but 
most of them on foot, formed themselves into a company 
and reported to the colonel for duty. 

Defense of Marianna. — Two roads led into Marianna 
from the west, and Colonel Montgomery did not know by 
which of them the Federals would approach Marianna. 
He barricaded the street Avhere the roads met in the center 
of the town. A church was on the left, a large boarding 
house on the right. Here the Confederates took their 
stand. 

The Battle. — Early in the afternoon the advance pickets 
of the Fedei'als appeared, but retreated on meeting the 
Confederate fire. In a little while the m.ain body appeared, 
advancing directly toward the church. A part of the 
command flanked the town. For half an hour there was 
the fiercest fighting. General Asboth ordered the church 

Enumerate and locate the forces upon which Marianna was depend- 
ent for protection. What steps were taken to defend Marianna? 
Describe Montgomery's preparations. 



MARIANNA 171 

and boarding house and a private house opposite to be 
burned, yet the heroic little band of Confederates still 
held their ground. But when the flanking party in the 
rear began their work, the Confederates could do no more 
against such odds, and began to retreat to the Chipola 
River on the east of the town. They Avere pursued with 
steady firing by the cavalry, and only about fifty succeeded 
in crossing the river. These destroyed the bridge. Some 
others, by scattering in every direction, escaped capture, 
but about one hundred, among them Colonel Montgomery, 
were made prisoners. In this fight the Confederates lost 
sixty killed and wounded. The Federals had twelve 
killed and twenty-five wounded. General Asboth was 
among the wounded. 

Reenforcements arrived too late. — Although in complete 
possession of the town, the Federals decided to return to 
Pensacola, and left Marianna in the night. Asboth was 
taken in a carriage. The other wounded were left and were 
cared for at the Confederate hospital. The prisoners were 
sent to Northern prisons. Only about forty of them lived 
to return home, and they were so enfeebled by the hard- 
ships and privations they had suffered that most of them 
died within a few months after reaching home. 

The battle was over when the companies Colonel Mont- 
gomery had sent for arrived on the east side of the river. 
They expected to renew the fight next morning, but 
learned that the Federals had left the town. Colonel 
Scott arrived with his battalion next day, and attempted 
a pursuit, but the Federals were too far on their way 
to Pensacola to be overtaken. 

Describe the battle and its results. What maneuver forced the 
Confederates to give way? "What did the Federal forces do after 
the battle? When did reenforcements arrive for the Confederates? 



172 



PART II 



CHAPTER XV 

NATURAL BRIDGE 

Scarcity of Commodities. — Early in the war all Florida 
ports were blockaded, as, indeed, were all Southern ports. 
Sometimes vessels would make their way into port with- 
out being captured by the blockading vessels. Only in 




Blockade Runners 

this way could goods be brought into the country. On 
account of the difficulty and danger of getting these 
goods, they were very costly, and many articles could not 
be procured for any price. During the last year of the 
war, coarse flannel cost $25 a yard, calico -flO, and a spool 
of cotton thread |2 or |3. Sixty dollars was considered 

Why were goods very expensive in the South during the war? 



NATURAL BRIDGE 173 

a reasonable price for a pound of tea, and coffee was cheap 
at 840 a pound. 

But coffee, tea, white sugar, and flour were luxuries, 
hard to get at any price, and not to be thought of for every- 
day use. Parched sweet potatoes or rye was used as a 
substitute for coffee, with sometimes a few grains of the 




Pine Forest in Florida 

real article added to give flavor. The people from Georgia 
would sometimes bring flour into Florida and exchange it 
for salt and salted fish. Although the government salt 
works on the coast had been broken up by Federal gun- 
boats, there were still sheltered bays where salt could 
be procured. 

• Give some illustrations of the prices prevailing. What was a substi- 
tute for coffee and how was flour secured? 



174 



PART II 



On the undisturbed plantations of middle Florida, the 
necessaries of life were produced. There was corn and 
rice, sugar and sirup, cured and fresh meat. Farther 
south the pine forests yielded valuable products, and there 
were vast herds of cattle. These supplies were valuable 
not only in Florida, but to the Confederacy. 





Spinning Wheel and Loom 

Much cotton had accumulated on the plantations, for it 
could not be sold. Spinning wheels and looms were busy, 
and people were glad enough to have garments of that 
strong homespun cloth that was woven. Hats were made 
of palmetto and corn " shucks," and shoes were made by 
the plantation shoemakers of home-tanned leather. Every- 
body used homemade soap, homemade candles, and even 
homemade ink. 

Attempted Invasion of Middle Florida. — The Union 
army liad more than once attempted to reach the interior 
of the State. In February, 1865, a party of 700 men 

What products M^ere there in middle Florida ? Tell of some of the 
substitutes the people used in place of common necessities. 



NATURAL BRIDGE 175 

started from Cedar Keys, but was repulsed by Captain 
Dickisou. Another expedition was planned for the pur- 
pose of taking Tallahassee and cutting off from the Con- 
federacy the supplies from middle Florida. General 
Newton was in charge of this expedition. He had a large 
force and every reason to expect success. His plan was 
to sail from Cedar Keys to St. Marks and ascend the 
river. 

The Defenders of the Capital. — On March 4 Colonel 
Scott discovered the approach of the Union transports and 
men-of-war, and immediately reported the fact at head- 
quarters in Tallahassee. It was plain that the Federals 
^vould try to cross the St. Marks River at Newport, so all 
the Confederate troops were ordered to concentrate at that 
place. There was a small force of regular troops, and they 
were aided by the militia. Farmers left their fields and 
clerks their counters. Old men formed themselves into a 
company. The cadets of the West Florida Seminary with 
the teacher in command, shouldered their rifles, and with 
brave hearts marched proudly away to their first battle. 
The little boys of the school, too young to keep up on the 
march, were left in Tallahassee to guard the fortifications 
and defend the city from attack. They Avere bitterly dis- 
appointed at being left, and some cried, thinking it hard 
they should have no part in the danger and glory of the 
day. 

Landing and March of the Invaders. — Meanwhile the 
Federals had anchored at Spanish Hole, and the men 
landed at the lighthouse had begun their march inland. 

Tell of the invasion attempted by way of Cedar Keys. Give 
the purpose, commander, and place of another expedition. Describe 
the forces which met Xevvton. What school contributed to the 
defense of Tallahassee? Where did the Federals land ? 



176 PART II 

They reached Newport on the morning of the 5th, but 
coukl not cross the river, for the Confederates, under Gen- 
eral Miller's command, had burned the bridge. Now they 
determined to cross at Natural Bridge, eighteen miles from 
Tallahassee, and leaving a small detachment at Newj)ort 
to keep up the appearance of trying to cross there, the 
main force moved hurriedly up the river. 

The Conflict at Natural Bridge. — General Miller at once 
sent Colonel Scott with a small body of cavalry to Natural 
Bridge. Then, leaving behind the fortifications at New- 
port two pieces of artillery and a small infantry force, fol- 
lowed with his remaining troops. He also ordered the 
reenforcements now on their way to meet him there. They 
arrived before day, and formed across the river in front of 
the bridge. The Federals had formed under cover of a 
thick hammock, and about daybreak made their charge. 
Driven back by a heavy fire from the Confederates, they 
reformed and charged again, but were again driven back. 

Losses. — In the early afternoon General Newton ordered 
an advance along his whole line, and a desperate attempt 
was made to force the passage. Again the Federals were 
driven back with heavy loss, and they began a retreat. 
As soon as they were out of the hammock. General Miller 
ordered pursuit. The Federals had cut down a great deal 
of timber in the hammock, which had to be removed before 
the artillery or cavalry could be gotten through. This 
caused loss of time to the pursuing troops, who, after 
following the Federals until late at night, found it impos- 
sible to overtake them. 

What river had they to cross? How were they prevented from 
crossing? What was their next attempt? Describe the several 
charges and repulses at Natural Bridge. Tell of the results, losses, 
and the importance of this battle. 



END OF THE WAR 177 

Importance of this Battle. — In this battle three Confed- 
erates were killed and twenty-two were wounded. The 
Federal loss was very heavy. 

The small Confederate force had fought with greatest gal- 
lantry, and we cannot too liighly honor them and their com- 
mander. By this battle the interior of the State was again 
saved from invasion and its capital from seizure. Florida 
is the only Southern State east of the Mississippi whose 
capital was not reached and occupied by the Union army. 

The Return. — There was great rejoicing when couriers 
brought the news of the victory, and a hearty welcome 
from grateful hearts was given to the victors when they 
reached Tallahassee next day. The little band of cadets 
was not forgotten. The ladies of Belleair, who had come 
out to meet them on the return march, singing a little 
song of triumph one had hastily composed, presented the 
young victors with crowns of wild olive. 

CHAPTER XVI 

END OF THE WAR 

Death of Governor Milton. — On April 1, 1865, less than 
a month after the battle of Natural Bridge, Governor Mil- 
ton died. Kind and sympathetic, he had made friends in 
all parts of the State. As governor during the war, he 
had heavy responsibilities and much anxiety. This re- 
sponsibility and anxiety, with the untiring efforts to relieve 
suffering caused by the war, all proved too great for his 
strength. At his death, the president of the Senate, A. 
K. Allison, became governor. 

What distinction was thus won for the Florida capital? Tell of the 
death of Governor INIilton. Who succeeded him? 

HIST. OF FLORIDA — 12 



178 



TART II 



Effect of the War. — The war had lasted four years. All 
the ports of the coast were blockaded. One town after 
another had fallen into the hands of the Union army. 
The country was laid waste. The treasury was empty. 
There was only the remnant of a Confederate army, and 
that remnant was ragged and half starved. A braver 
fight can never be made than that made by the Confed- 




Surrender of Lee 



eracy ; but now all was done that brave men could do. 
We honor the memory of the men of that army not only 
because they were brave, but because they counted no sac- 
rifice too great to be made for their State and no loss too 
heavy to be borne for her. 

Describe the condition of the Confederacy at this time. How did 
the Confederates prove their devotion to the cause for which they 
fought? 



END OF THE WAR 



179 



Surrender. — On April 9, General Lee surrendered his 
army. General Johnston's surrender took place soon 
after ; and on May 17 the troops in Florida surrendered. 

Return of the Confederates. — Now the Confederate 
soldiers began to return to their homes. Few were left 
of the many who had so eagerly answered the call for vol- 
unteers. Some had been killed in battle, some had died 
of disease in camp or 
hospital, some in North- 
ern prisons. Of one full 
company that had en- 
listed in answer to the 
governor's first call, 
only seven stacked arms 
at the surrender. 

Bravery of Florida 
Troops. — In this book 
it is impossible to do 
more than briefly men- 
tion the work of Florida 
troops outside the State. 
In every important bat- 
tle after the first battle 
of Manassas to the end 
of the war Florida 
troops took part. The honor of the State was safe in 
their keeping. Troops never before under fire went into 
action like veterans. Officers and men never wavered in 
courage and were distinguished for their steadfast endur- 
ance in long, fatiguing marches and watching as well as 
for their gallantry in battle. 

When were the Florida troops surrendered ? How did the Florida 
troops bear themselves in the war? 




General Johnston 



180 PART II 

Regiments in the West. — We have seen how the First 
Florida Regiment went to Pensacola. Afterward it went 
to Mississippi, taking part in the battle of Shiloh and 
other important battles in the West. Few that fought at 




General Lee 

Shiloh were left to take part in the desperate battles at 
Nashville and Columbia, Tennessee. Fewer still were left 
after those battles ; but the spirit of courage never failed. 
The Third, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Regiments 

Where did the First Regiment serve ? 



END OF THE WAR 



181 



of Infantry, with the First Cavalry and one battery, also 
served with honor in the West. 

In the East. — The Second Florida Regiment was the 
first ordered to Virginia. At the battle of Williamsburg 
this regiment suffered the loss of Colonel Ward, "as 
true a gentleman and as gallant a soldier," said General 




Battle of Shiloh 

Early, "as has drawn sword in this war." At Seven 
Pines the Second Florida won for itself a lasting name, 
charging up to the Federal guns under the heaviest fire. 
The loss was terrible. Four captains were killed and six 
wounded. The Fifth, Eighth, Ninth, Tenth, and Eleventh, 



What other regiments served in the West? What officer of the 
Second Regiment was praised by General Early? Tell of the dis- 
tinguished service of this regiment. What other regiments served 
in Virginia? 



182 PART II 

also in Virginia, were not behind in brave deeds and hon- 
orable condact. You will learn in larger books of all 
their heroic daring and steadfast endurance from York- 
town to the last hard fighting around Richmond and 
Petersburg. Always the men of Florida did their part 
nobl}^, whether that part was in the defense of the State 
or on the hard-fousfht fields of Virs^inia and the West. 

Officers of High Rank. — Our State gave to the higher 
ranks of the service three major generals, Loring, Ander- 
son, and Smith ; and the brigadier generals, Walker, Bre- 
vard, Bullock, Finegan, Miller, Davis, Finley, Perry, and 
Shoup. Florida was represented in the Confederate Cabi- 
net by Stephen ^. Mallory, secretary of the navy. 

The Women of Florida. — The women of Florida did 
good work in caring for the sick and wounded in the hos- 
pitals, often taking them into their own homes. They 
also did what they could to relieve the needs of the sol- 
diers in the field, denying themselves comfort to do so. 
A name widely and gratefully known in this work is that 
of Mrs. Reid, widow of Governor Robert Raymond Reid. 

Name the major generals furnished by the State. Name the 
brigadier generals. What distinguished representative did Florida 
have in the Confederate government? Tell how the women of 
Florida aided in the struggle. 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. What was the effect on the State of the closing of the Indian 
W^ar? 

2. What old question arose as to the Territory in connection with 
that of admission into the Union ? 

3. Name all the territorial governors in order, giving date and 
important events of the administration of each. 

4. Name the first four State governors, with the same information. 

5. Tell of the Secession and the Confederation. 



END OF THE WAR 183 

6. Relate the activity and accomplishments of the State troops 
before the Secession. 

7. The call for troops and the response. 

8. Operations at Pensacola. 

9. The taking of Jacksonville. 

10. The salt works of St. Andrews Bay. 

11. Unprotected condition of the coast and interior of the State. 

12. Invasion from the east and the battle of Olustee. 

13. Forces engaged on each side and the losses. ' Importance of 
the battle. 

14. The first raiding party in West Florida. 

15. The Marian na raid. The commander, force, date, conduct, at 
Eucheeanna, Colonel McKinnou, condition of Marianna, defense, the 
battle, results. 

16. Blockade of the Southei-n ports and its results. 

17. Condition and products of middle Florida. 

18. Cedar Key expedition. 

19. Natural Bridge. Union commander, force, and plan of inva- 
sion. The defenders, battle, and the results. 

20. Death of Governor Milton. His successor. 

21. Tell of the condition of the South at the close of the war. 

22. Tell what battles the First Florida Regiment served in. What 
other regiments served in the West ? Where did the Second see ser- 
vice ? Which others served in the East ? 

23. Name the generals w^hich Florida gave to the service. 

24. How did the women serve their State ? 

THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. Under what presidential administration was Governor Branch 
appointed ? 

2. What States were in advance of Florida in passing ordinances 
of secession ? 

3. Enumerate the several causes leading to secession, 

4. How many States seceded? Name them in the order of their 
secession. 

5. For what was General Bragg afterward famous? 

6. What does a blockade consist of ? 

7. AVhat operations in other States were simultaneous with each 
of these described in Florida? 



184 PART II 

8. How was Florida peculiarly exposed? 

9. Name some distinguished Confederate generals whose attitude 
regarding secession was the same as that of some of the Floridians 
mentioned. 

10. Is it unusual for the death rate to be greater in camp and 
prison than in battle ? 

11. Inquire among the older people of your community as to what 
substitutes they used for the various commodities which could not be 
procured during the war. Make a list of them, and M^rite a description 
of relics of the war which you have seen or can see. Also write out 
any stories of war times that may come to your attention. 

12. How did the prosperity of middle Florida during the war com- 
pare with that of the present time ? 

13. Who was Captain J. J. Dickison? (See Mrs. Dickison's 
" Dickison and his Men.") 

14. Who commanded the Union expedition from Cedar Keys? 

15. Describe the formation known as the Natural Bridge. There 
are several of these in the limestone regions of Florida. 

16. When was the West Florida Seminary founded? 

17. What were the circumstances of the death of Governor Milton ? 

18. Make a list of the Florida towns that had fallen into the hands 
of the Federals. 

19. How did the battles in which the Florida regiments partici- 
pated rank in importance among the great battles of the war? How 
do the battles fought in the State rank ? 

20. Which of the generals named afterward became prominent in 
State affairs? Tell of the public positions filled by each. 



CHAPTER XVII 

FLORIDA AGAIN IN THE UNION 

After the War. — The really great are great at all times. 
Prosperity does not make them careless, and misfortune 
does not crush them. The Confederate soldiers returned 
home to find their slaves free, money of no value, planta- 
tions neglected, and bnsiness ruined. The United States 



FLORIDA AGAIN IN THE UNION 



185 



required the repudiation of all Confederate war debts, but 
the State treasury was empty and there was an ante-bellum 
debt to be paid. All this was enough to discourage any 
people. But the Floridians and other Southerners would 
not allow themselves to 
be discouraged. They 
faced their troubles 
bravely, and went to 
work with a will to 
better their condition. 

Governor Marvin and 
the Convention of 1865. 
— The State was placed 
under military rule, and 
in July, 1865, William 
Marvin was appointed 
governor until there 
should be an election. 
A convention was called 
to meet at Tallahassee 
to make a new con- 
stitution for Florida. 
This convention de- 
clared slavery abolished 

and secession unlawful, but the government at Wash- 
ington declared Florida still out of the Union, and Avould 
not allow the senators to take their seats. 

Governor D. S. Walker. — However, the people were 
allowed to elect a governor, and they chose for that office 

What discouraging conditions faced the returned soldiers? How 
were they met? Was the State responsible for any Confederate war 
debts ? What temporary government was established ? Who was gov- 
ernor? Tell of the first attempt to reestablish the State government. 




Governor Walker 



186 



PART II 



David S. Walker. He was inaugurated in January. 
1866. Governor Walker had come from Kentucky to 
Florida in territorial days, and had begun the practice 
of law at Tallahassee. He was a senator in the first 
State Legislature, representing Leon and Wakulla coun- 
ties. Afterward he held other positions of honor and 

dignity. 

Convention of 1868. — 
During his short term as 
governor, the State was 
still under military rule. 
United States soldiers, 
some of them negroes, 
were stationed through- 
out the State. The con- 
stitution adopted just 
after the close of the war 
did not satisfy the gov- 
ernment authorities, and 
an election for another 
constitutional convention 
was ordered. This con- 
vention met, drew up a constitution, and nominated a 
governor and other State officers. Seventeen of the dele- 
gates to the convention were negroes, quite ignorant and 
unfit for the duties of citizenship. 

Harrison Reed. — The officers nominated were elected, 
and the new government went into effect on the 4th of 
July, 1868. Harrison Reed was governor. 




Governor Reed 



Who was elected governor under the constitution of 1865? Tell of 
Walker's public service. Why was another convention necessary ? 
What was done by this convention ? Who was the governor and when 
did he assume the office ? 



FLORIDA ACrAIN IN THE UNION 



18^ 



Negroes Franchised ; Whites Disfranchised. — By the 

new constitution the negroes were allowed to vote, while 
few of their former masters were allowed to do so. In 
the first Legislature that met after this constitution was 
formed there were many negroes who could neither read 
nor write. But Congress was satisfied with the laws 




passed by this Legislature, and Florida was readmitted 
to tlie Union. 

Hart and Stearns. — Harrison Reed w^as governor until 
1873. Three attempts were made to impeach him, and 
remove him from office, but they were unsuccessful. He 
was succeeded by Ossian B. Hart. Governor Hart died 



What was the rnost remarkable feature of the first session 
of the Legislature? Why was it important to the State? How 
long was Reed governor? What attempts were made to remove 
him? 



188 PART II 

in 1874, and the lieutenant governor Stearns served the 
remainder of his term. 

During these administrations Florida suffered greatly 
from high taxation and the dishonesty of many public 
officers. The white people grew poorer and poorer. In 
many cases their property was sold to pay the heavy 
taxes. The negroes were so excited by politics that few 
were willing to make a living by regular work. They 
were not satisfied to work in the fields when they thought 
they might go to the Legislature or perhaps to Congress. 
The men who did prosper above all others were the 
"carpetbaggers." They were Northern men who did 
not, as a rule, hold property or pay taxes in Florida, but 
who had control of the government of the State at this 
time. They held most of the offices, the rest being filled 
by negroes. 

Drew and the Electoral Commission. — Stearns was a 
candidate for governor in 1876 when George F. Drew was 
the Democratic candidate. At the same time Rutherford 
B. Hayes was Republican candidate for President, and 
Samuel J. Tilden the Democratic candidate. The presi- 
dential contest was very close, and depended on the vote 
of a few States, of which Florida was one. Both parties 
claimed the election, and each declared that the votes of 
the other party had not been fairly cast or counted. A 
board was appointed to decide the matter of the election. 
The board met at Tallahassee and declared that the votes 
of Florida had been given to the Republican candidates. 
But the Supreme Court ordered another count, and this 
count gave the majority to the Democrats. The count 
was then referred to the celebrated Electoral Commission 

Tell of Reed's successors. Describe these administrations. Who 
were the " carpetbaggers " ? 



DREW, BLOXHAM, PERRY, FLEMING, MITCHELL 189 

appointed by Congress. The commission consisted of 
eight Republicans and seven Democrats, and gave the 
votes of the doubtful States to Hayes. 

The Republicans in Florida had claimed the election 
of Stearns, but the count ordered by the Supreme Court 
showed that the Democratic governor, Drew, was elected. 
Two Democratic congressmen were also elected. 



CHAPTER XVin 



DREW, BLOXHAM, PERRY, FLEMING, MITCHELL 



Taxes reduced, 1876. 
— When Drew became 
governor, much was done 
to lessen the State's ex- 
penses and reduce the 
taxes. Until this was 
done there could be no 
prosperity for the State 
or the people. Drew was 
a man of large affairs in 
the lumber business, and 
inaugurated at once the 
policy of business econ- 
omy and progress. He 
began negotiations for 
recovering a large amount 
due the State from the 
government on account of 
the "Indian War Claims." 

How was the election of 1876 decided? 
prove under Drew's administration ? 




Governor Drew 



How did conditions im- 



190 PART II 

William D. Bloxham. — No better man could have been 
elected to succeed Drew than William D. Bloxham. Able 
and honest, he had the respect and contidence of the entire 
State. He was personally so popular and had so much tact 
that he could carry out his wise plans as, perhaps, no other 
man could have done. His administration was the begin- 
ning of great prosperity for Florida. Progress was made 
in every direction. 

Complications of the Internal Improvement Fund. — Flor- 
ida's Internal Improvement Fund, consisting at that time 
of something over thirteen million acres of land, mostly 
designated as " swamp or overflowed," was granted by the 
Legislature to encourage the building of railroads, canals, 
and other means of transportation. Prior to the Civil 
War, it had been pledged to guarantee the seven per cent 
interest on $3,597,000 of bonds issued for the building of 
railroads and canals. That war rendered it impossible for 
the railroads to pay the interest due and they were seized 
and sold, but not bringing enough in the sale to liquidate 
the debt, there was a larger and increasing interest account 
left as a permanent charge against the Internal Improve- 
ment Fund. The recognized mismanagement of the fund 
immediately after the war added to the embarrassments, 
and the creditors, during Governor Reed's administration, 
appealed to the United States court. 

The fund now seemed hopelessly involved in litigation, 
in the expenses of which all the proceeds of the sales of 
lands were consumed, so that nothing was left to pay on 
the steadily increasing interest debt. This now amounted 
to about a million dollars, and the entire fund was respon- 

Who succeeded Drew? Of what did the Internal Improvement 
Fund consist? For what was it granted? How did it become in- 
volved ? To what extent ? 



DREW, BLOXHAM, PERRY, FLEMING, MITCHELL 191 

sible for it. The management of tlie fund was taken 
fi-om the State officials and was controlled by the United 
States court. 

Effect on the State. — Florida stood stagnant. For 
many years her taxable property was assessed at about 
'f31, 000,000. The constitution forbade the issuing of 
bonds or paying the debt. The State was helpless, and 
growth had ceased. While the Legislature granted lands 
to aid in building railroads, the judgment which stood in 
the United States court against these lands prevented a 
good title being given, and capitalists would not invest. 
The State could not develop without transportation facil- 
ities, and progress seemed at an end. 

Disston Sale. — It was then that the sale of 4,000,000 
acres of " swamp and overflowed " lands to Hamilton Diss- 
ton and associates of Philadelphia practically paid off the 
debt, released the fund from the control of the United 
States court, and placed it again under the management 
of the designated State officials to carry out legislative 
direction as to land grants. 

Wonderful Growth. — Immediately the State felt the 
beneficent effects. Large sums of money were invested 
within her borders. Her taxable resources showed the 
remarkable increase of more than one hundred per cent in 
about four years. For several years after the Disston sale 
more miles of railroad were built in Florida, according to 
population and wealth, than in any State of the Union. 
Her population for those years increased faster than in 
any period of her history, and the percentage of increase 
surpassed that of any State in the Union. Large areas 

What was the effect on the State? How was rehef found? What 
were the effects of the Disston sale, (a) upon taxable resources, (b) rail- 
roads, (c) population, (d) drainage, (e) investment of capital ? 



192 



PART 11 



of her overflowed lands were drained, and their value 
tested by actual cultivation, which demonstrated their 
great fertility. Orange and vegetable culture caused the 
investment of much capital, and the State's resources were 




Florida Swamps 

brought to public notice both in this country and in 
Europe. 

Education. — Attention was given to education, and there 
was great improvement in the schools. Schools and col- 
leges were established, including the Agricultural College 
at Lake City and the School for the Deaf and Blind at St. 
Augustine. 

Constitutional Convention of 1885. — During the last year 

Wliat educational institutions were established at this time? 



DREW, BLOXHAM, PERRY, FLEMING, MITCHELL 193 

of Bloxham's term, a convention was called to frame a new 
constitution for the State. The constitution then formed 
is now in force. 

Governor E. A. Perry. — Governor Bloxham was followed 
in 1885 by Edward A. Perry. Governor Perry was a na- 
tive of Massachusetts, but from his youth had made Pen- 
sacola his home. At the beginning of the war between 
the States he raised a company that formed part of the 
Second Florida Regiment. He was elected colonel of the 
regiment, and in 1862 was made brigadier general. He 
soon won a well-deserved reputation for gallantry and skill, 
and his command was distinguished on many battlefields. 
On two occasions General Perry was severely wounded, 
but, fortunately for Florida, lived to serve his adopted 
State in peace as he had done in war. 

When he was inaugurated, every old Confederate soldier 
felt that the governor was his personal friend, and all who 
could do so came to Tallahassee. It was touching to see 
them press through the crowd to shake hands with him. 
Many were old and many were poor, while sometimes an 
empty sleeve or a wooden leg told of the sacrifice some 
brave man had made for his country. But the general re- 
membered all, and greeted all by name. Now and then one 
heard whispered in the crowd some little story of such 
thoughtful kindness on the part of the commander that no 
one could wonder at the devotion of his men for him. 

Continued Prosperity. — The prosperity already begun 
continued. New towns sprang up, and railroads were 
built. Beautiful hotels, among them the Ponce de Leon, 
made the State more than ever popular to winter tourists 
seeking pleasure or health. 

When was the present constitution formed ? Who succeeded 
Bloxham ? Mention other marks of the State's prosperity and growth. 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 13 



194 



PART II 



Yellow Fever Epidemic. — Yet the summer of 1888 
brought sad news with it. Yellow fever, breaking out in 
Tampa, spread to Jacksonville, and from there to some 
smaller places. Jacksonville especially suffered. The 
fever raged there several months, and many citizens 
died. Sympathy and generous help from the rest of the 
State, and from other States, did all that could be done to 
relieve the suffering. From all over the country phy si- 




Hotel Ponce de Leon 



cians and nurses volunteered their services and nobly used 
their science and skill to save the lives of the fever- 
stricken. Clergymen also worked side by side with them, 
some giving their own lives in the work of saving others. 
Since that time the efficiency of the State Board of Health, 
under the vigorous direction of Dr. J. Y. Porter, has made 
an epidemic of yellow fever, anywhere in Florida, prac- 
tically impossible. The recent sanitation of Havana, 
under the American administration, having also removed 

Describe the epidemic of 1888. 



DREW, BLOXHAM, PERRY, FLEMING, MITCHELL 195 



the origin of this disease, the whole South is freed from 
this danger. 

Governor F. P. Fleming. — Governor Perry's successor 
was another Ex-confederate veteran, Francis P. Fleming, 
of Jacksonville. He 
served through the war 
with the same courage 
and conscientious dis- 
charge of duty that he 
has since shown m civil 
and political life. After 
the war he practiced law 
in Jacksonville, soon ris- 
ing to the first rank in 
his profession. Florida 
had in him a wise, just 
governor, who never 
thought of his personal 
interests when they con- 
flicted with the interests 
of the State. 

Phosphate Discovery. 
— During Fleming's ad- 
ministration phosphate 
was discovered in Marion County, and afterward in other 
counties. This discovery proved a source of great 
wealth. 

Governor H. L. MitchelL — In 1893 Governor Fleming 
was followed by Henry L. Mitchell, of Tampa. He also 
had served in the Confederate army, and had afterward 
practiced law. 

Who succeeded Perry? What mineral discovery was made about 
this time ? Who succeeded Fleming ? 




Governor F. P. Fleming 



196 PART II 

Freeze of 1894 and Storm of 1896. — December 29, 1894, 
will be remembered as the coldest day ever known in 
Florida. The orange crop was destroyed and many groves 
were killed. Many fruit growers and gardeners lost their 
entire income. Another disaster was the hurricane of 
September 29, 1896. It swept across the State, causing 
serious loss of property. 

Superintendent W. N. Sheats. — It was a good day for 
education in Florida when William N. Sheats was made, 
in 1893, Superintendent of Public Instruction. The confi- 
dence of the people and their appreciation of his services 
to the cause of education are shown by their having twice 
reelected him to the office. 



CHAPTER XIX 

BLOXHAM — JENNINGS 

Bloxham's Second Term. — In 1897 William D. Blox- 
ham was a second time inaugurated governor of Florida. 

It was a period of great business depression caused by 
the financial panic that swept over the entire country. 
Notwithstanding this, some f 200,000 borrowed some ten 
years prior to that time, was paid. All of the bonds of 
1871 were absorbed by the educational funds, and only 
#260,600 of the bonded debt of the State was left out- 
standing in the hands of other creditors. A surplus 
was in the Treasury, the State tax proper was reduced 
to two and a half mills, the lowest in the history of the 

What two disasters occurred to the State during this administra- 
tion ? What Cabinet officer has contributed very largely to the prog- 
ress of the State ? What governor succeeded Mitchell ? 



BLOXH AM — JENNINGS 



197 



State to that time, and Florida's financial rating was un- 
surpassed by that of any State in the Union. 

Sympathy for Cubans. — Much sympathy was felt for 
the Cubans in the struggle they were making for in- 
dependence. Hundreds of Cubans were employed in 
the cigar factories of 
Florida. Their accounts 
of the sufferings of their 
countrymen at home in- 
creased the interest felt 
in them. Although gov- 
ernment officers were 
watchful, and revenue 
cutters were ready to 
give chase, many vessels 
laden with arms for the 
insurgents made their 
way from Florida to 
Cuba. One of these 
vessels was the Tlu^ee 
Friejids.^ Though the 
object of especial watch- 
fulness, again and again 
it made daring, filibuster- 
ing voyages. 

Cuba declared Independent. — There was great indigna- 
tion throughout the United States at the sufferings 
of the Cubans, and on April 11, 1898, President McKinley 
sent a message to Congress asking for authority to put 

What was now the financial condition of the State? Why was 
Florida especially interested in the Cuban troubles? 

1 Captain Napoleon Broward of the Three Friends has recently been 
nominated by the Democrats for the governorship of the State. 




Governor Bloxham 



198 PART II 

a stop to the Cuban War, and secure proper govern- 
ment for the Cubans. This was asked ''in the name of 
humanity and of civilization, and in behalf of endangered 
American interests." Congress declared the independ- 
ence of Cuba and demanded that Spain should withdraw 
from the island. Congress declared that the United 
States had no idea of acquiring Cuba, but would leave the 
island to itself when peace was secured. 

The Spanish War. — Already an increase in the regular 
army had been decided upon and a large sum of money 
set aside for the public defense. As Spain paid no atten- 
tion to the demands made upon her, preparations for war 
were hastened. The President called for one hundred 
and twenty-five thousand volunteers, and the call was 
promptly answered from all parts of the country. 

Florida's Volunteers. — Florida was called upon for one 
regiment, and more companies offered themselves than 
could be accepted. Some of our men also enlisted in the 
regular army and some in one of the " immune " regiments. 

Greatly to the disappointment of officers and men, the 
Florida regiment, under Colonel Lovell, did not see active 
service. Indeed, none of the Southern regiments except 
one of immunes saw active service in Cuba during the war, 
having been reserved for the harder fighting which was 
expected to occur about Havana. After spending some 
months in camp at Tampa, Fernandina, and Huntsville, 
Alabama, the regiment was brought to Tallahassee, after 
peace was declared, and mustered out about the beginning 
of December. Though they had no part in the famous 

What steps were taken by the President in behalf of the Cubans? 
What did Congress do ? How did Florida respond to the President's 
call for volunteers ? Why did not the Southern troops see active 
service in Cuba? 



BLOXHAM — JENNINGS 



199 



battles of the war, by their ready volunteering the soldiers 
had shown themselves as patriotic and as quick to resist 
wrong as Floridians have always been. 

Encampments in Florida. — On account of its near- 
ness to Cuba, our State was the scene of important 
movements and gatherings during the war. The famous 
South Atlantic Squadron was anchored at Key West, 
and sailed from there to Cuba. Army transports sailed 
from Tampa. In large 
camps at Tampa, Jack- 
sonville, and Fernan- 
dina many regiments 
were gathered await- 
ing orders. 

Governor W. S. Jen- 
nings. — In January, 
1901, William Sherman 
Jennings of Brooks- 
ville was inaugurated 
governor of the State. 
He had been prominent 
for some years as lawyer 
and legislator. During 
his administration he 
has been quick to see 
the needs of the State 




and active in working" 



Governor Jennings 



for its interests. 

Jacksonville Fire. — On May 3, 1901, the city of Jack- 
sonville was almost entirely destroyed by fire. Such a 
disaster had never before befallen our State. Thousands 



Who was inaugurated governor in 1901 ? 
disaster of 1901. 



Tell of the Jacksonville 



200 PART II 

of people were made homeless and destitute and the de- 
struction of stores, factories, and offices deprived business 
men and women of the means of making a living. The 
State and the whole country were united in sympathy for 
the suffering city. Kind messages and offers of help 
flashed over the wires while the fire was still raging. 
Money was freely contributed for the relief of the suffer- 
ers, rich and poor giving according to their means. The 
Legislature was then in session, and provided instantly a 
liberal relief fund. Provisions and clothing were sent, 
and all that generous hearts and willing hands could do 
was done. The citizens went to work at once with 
energy to rebuild the city. Much has been done, and in 
a short while a new Jacksonville, more beautiful and sub- 
stantial even than the old, has arisen from the ashes. 

Capital Removal Agitation. — A leading issue in the 
political campaign of 1900 was the proposition to remove 
the capital from Tallahassee to some place more centrally 
situated. The vote was decisively in favor of its remain- 
ing at the historic spot. The decision encouraged the 
Legislature to make appropriation for enlarging and im- 
proving the capitol building, which had become inadequate 
for the greatly increased volume of the State's business. 
During the next year extensive changes were made. The 
dome, the north and south wings, and the stone steps were 
added, and extensive interior and exterior improvements 
were made. 

The "Primary System." — The adoption of the primary 
election system of nominating officers put an end to the 



How has Jacksonville recovered from the blaze ? What was an in- 
teresting issue of the 1900 campaign? What was the decision, and 
what changes in the capitol building resulted? 



BLOXHAM —JENNINGS 201 

interesting though often very objectionable political con- 
ventions. 

Improvements in Finances. — The administration of 
Governor Jennings has been especially marked by the 
great economies effected and the notable improvements 
made in State institutions. The State's bonded debt has 
been reduced from ^1,032,500 to 1601,667, and the inter- 
est payments on the debt reduced 140,000 per annum. All 
State bonds now outstanding are held by the educational 
funds of the State. In the settlement of the Indian War 
claims the State paid off, in addition to the above reduc- 
tion, 1132,000 of State bonds issued in 1857 and held by 
the United States in the Indian Trust Fund, with interest 
thereon for twenty-nine years, amounting in all to $396,- 
212.66. 

State Prisoners. — The proceeds from the hire of State 
prisoners has increased from $21,000 to more than $160,- 
000 per annum — about 800 per cent. The improvement 
in the moral and physical conditions of the convicts and 
convict camps has been notable. Under the law all 
prisoners should receive humane treatment under the con- 
stant supervision of the administrative authorities. Strict 
regulations have been prescribed for the observance of the 
lessees, and a central hospital and farm has been estab- 
lished for the sick, aged, and infirm. 

Increase of Revenues. — During the first two years of 
Governor Jennings's term, the receipts in the State Treas- 
ury from other sources than direct taxation — from such 

What system of nominations was established? What large amount 
of money was received? What has been the characteristic feature of 
the Jennings administration? By whom are all State bonds now 
held? What is their total amount? What improvements have been 
made in the lease of convicts ? 



202 PART II 

sources as the general license tax, insurance company 
taxes, interest on deposits of State moneys in banks, sale 
of fertilizer stamps, corporation charter taxes, sale and re- 
demption of tax sale certificates, sale of public lands, and 
hire of State prisoners — increased more than f 500,000, or 
about 100 per cent. 

Appropriations for Education. — The appropriation by 
the State for institutions of higher education during this 
administration has amounted to more than half a million 
dollars and equaled the total State appropriations for these 
institutions for all the preceding twenty-five years. For 
the encouragement of high schools and rural graded 
schools in the various counties, 150,000 per annum was 
appropriated in 1903. 

Increase in Judiciary. — The number of justices of the 
State Supreme Court was increased in 1902 from three to 
six, and the number of circuit judges and State attorneys 
from seven to eight. For the first time in fifteen years 
final decisions from the State courts can now be had with- 
out damaging delays. 

State Troops. — The efficiency of the Florida State troops 
has been gradually improved and the appropriations for 
encampments are very liberal. 

Indian War Claims. — After many years of effort on the 
part of the various congressional delegations, an act was 
passed by Congress in 1902 authorizing the payment of 
the long-standing '' Indian War Claims," arising out of 
claims by the State against the United States for expenses 
incurred in the Indian War. The claims amounted to 
more than a million dollars, including 1188,000 principal 

What other improvements have there been in the receipts and 
appropriations of public money? What changes have been made in 
the judiciary and militia? 



BLOXH AM — JENNINGS 203 

and interest due the Florida School Fund, '$25,000 due the ' 
Trustees of the Internal Improvement Fund on account of ? 
swamp land indemnity, and over §9000 due the General 
Revenue Fund. Governor Jennings secured the prompt ^ 
settlement of these amounts and of 813,248, not referred ^ 
to in the act authorizing the settlement. 

General Revenue Tax again Reduced. — Notwithstand- 
ing the extraordinary appropriations made by the Legis- 
latures of 1901 and 1903, payable out of the General 
Revenue Fund, Governor Jennings reduced the rate of 
taxation for general revenue purposes from three mills, as 
authorized by the Legislature, to one and one half mills, 
which is one mill lower for this purpose than has ever 
before been levied in Florida. 

Prosperity. — The people of Florida have much to be 
grateful for in the general prosperity of the State. The 
development of her material resources has but fairly 
started. The wealth of her citizenship is rapidly increas- 
ing. It is an established fact that, in proportion to pop- 
ulation, there were more houses erected in Florida in the 
year 1902 than anywhere el-se in the United States. 

Summary. — We have traced the history of Florida 
from the discovery by Ponce de Leon, 1513, which Indian 
tradition says was the coming of the white man " as foam 
cast upon the beach." Then came the expeditions of the 
Spaniards for exploration and conquest. The Spaniards 
were disappointed in their search for gold, but there were 
sources of wealth of which they never dreamed in the fertile 
lands over which they marched. In 1565 St. Augustine, the 
oldest town in the United States, was founded, and, more 
than a century later, Pensacola. For two centuries the 

Tell of the " Indian War Claims " collections. To what millage 
was the General Revenue Tax reduced in 1901 ? 



204 PART II 

Spaniards ruled Florida, then for twenty years the Eng- 
lish, and then the Spanish again, until the purchase of 
Florida by the United States. Years passed by, and the 
Territory so prospered that in 1845 it became the State of 
Florida. 

A Look Forward. — Where savage beasts and Indians 
roamed the forests, towns have been founded, groves yield 
their fruit, or fields are cultivated. Indian trails have 
given place to railroads. Immense tracts of swamp land 
have been redeemed. Public schools in every district 
bring education within the reach of every child in Florida, 
and there are colleges, normal schools, and universities 
for the higher education. Many new industries are being 
developed ; the agitation for good roads is bearing excel- 
lent fruit. Transportation facilities have created a bond 
of unity and a means of development, and in almost every 
respect the State is making enormous strides in progress. 
As engrossing as is the past history of this beautiful State, 
a better age, it may be confidently hoped, lies in the im- 
mediate future. 

TOPICAL REVIEW 

1. Describe the condition of Florida at the close of the war. 

2. Tell of the first form of government after the war and of the 
constitution of 1865 and its results. 

3. Give the circumstances of the framing of a constitution in 
1868, explaining the necessity, results, and most noticeable features. 

4. Tell of the attempts to impeach Governor Harrison Reed, and 
their outcome. 

5. Describe the mismanagement and negro representation during 
" carpetbag days." 

6. The Electoral Commission in Florida. 

7. Make a list of the governors of Florida since the Civil War, 
giving name, date of administration, and what you know of him 
after each. 



BLOXHAM — JENNINGS 205 

8. Explain the Internal Improvement Fund, its condition after 
the war, and its release. 

9. Describe three great disasters which have visited the State. 

10. What special character did the growth of the State assume 
during Perry's administration ? What important mineral discoveries 
have been made ? 

11. Compare the financial condition of the State in 1867 with that 
in 1897 and in 190o. 

12. Tell of the relations of Florida to the Spanish War. 

13. Describe the disaster of May 3, 1901. 

14. The capital removal agitation and its settlement. 

15. The Indian War Claims settlement. 

16. Recent improvements and present condition of State finances. 



THOUGHT AND RESEARCH TOPICS 

1. Why did the United States demand the repudiation of all Con- 
federate war debts ? 

2. What were the several provisions that the United States re- 
quired the Southern States to embody in their constitutions, before 
their readmission into the Union ? 

3. What were the defects objected to in the constitution of 1865? 

4. Name the disabilities which prevented many white men from 
voting under the constitution of 1868. 

5. When were these disabilities removed? 

6. What were the gi'ounds for the efforts to impeach Governor 
Reed? 

7. What negro was a member of Congress from Florida? 

8. Of what other States were the elections investigated by the 
Electoral Commission ? How were they all decided ? 

9. The decision of the Electoral Commission in Florida was to 
a certain extent a compromise between State and national politics. 
What was gained by the State Democratic party to offset the loss 
of the congressional and presidential ticket ? 

10. For a fuller account of the Internal Improvement Fund and 
its influence, see the supplementary chapter on Internal Improve- 
ment. 

11. Trace the progress of the East Coast Railway and Hotel Sys- 
tem and its influence on the development of that portion of the State. 



206 PART II 

12. What was the influence of the phosphate discoveries and specu- 
lations on the permanent prosperity of the State? 

13. It is often mentioned that in the long run Florida will benefit 
by the " Great Freeze." Explain the basis of this assertion. 

14. As compared with most sections of the country, has Florida 
been subject to disastrous storms? In what did the chief loss from 
the storm of 1896 consist? 

15. Governor Bloxham was identified with the public affairs of the 
State for half a century, and was often referred to as the most popular 
man in Florida. What positions has he held, and what important 
measures has he been identified with ? 

16. President McKinley stated at Tallahassee that it was expected 
by the government that there would be severe fighting at Havana, and 
the Southern regiments w^ere reserved for this service. Why should 
this have been expected, and why were the Southern regiments pre- 
ferred for it ? 

17. The convict lease contract was one of the public affairs attract- 
ing most attention at the beginning of the Jennings administration. 
What was the issue and what w^as the outcome ? 

18. What are the advantages and disadvantages of the system of 
leasing convicts? How far can wise State oversight remove the 
objections? 

19. See the supplementary chapter on the election system for in- 
formation as to the primaries. The advantages and defects of the 
primary system as compared with the convention plan of nominating 
constitute a problem which should be carefully studied in the light of 
the experience of this and other States. 

20. Study the origin of the Indian War Claims and efforts for their 
settlement. 

21. Study the claims of S. I. Wailes as State agent in the collection 
of the Indian War Claims, and the proffer of settlement by the Legis- 
lature of 1903. 

22. Make as complete lists as you can of («) all the different indus- 
tries of the State, (b) of native products now being utilized commer- 
cially, (c) of products now marketed in crude form which may give 
rise to manufacturing industries, (d) of native products not now 
utilized extensively but which you think might be, (e) of commodities 
now extensively shipped into the State which might reasonably be 
produced here. 



CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 207 



CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF PRINCIPAL 
EVENTS 

Paut I 

-^1513. Discovery of Florida by Ponce de Leon, March 27. 

1516. Exploration of western coast by Diego Miruelo. 

1519. Further exploration of Gulf coast by Pineda. 

1521. De Leon's second voyage. 

1528. Expedition of De Narvaez. 
1539-1542. Expedition of De Soto. 

1559. Expedition of De Luna and attempted settlement at Pensacola. 

1562. Attempted Huguenot settlement at Port Royal. 

1564. Huguenot colony planted near mouth of the St. Johns River. 

1565. Founding of St. Augustine by Menendez. Destruction of Hu- 

guenot colony by Menendez. 
1568. Revenge of De Gourgues. 
1598. Martyrdom of missionaries. 
1638. War with the Apalachee Indians. 
1676. Spanish invasion of South Carolina. 
1696. Founding of Pensacola. 
'1702. Moore's invasion of Florida. 
1702. English siege of St. Augustine. 

1718. Building of fort at St. Marks. 

1719. Pensacola captured by French, ]\Iay 14. 
Pensacola recaptured by Spanish. 
Captured a second time by French, Sept. 18. 

1723. Pensacola restored to Spain. 

1740. Siege of St. Augustine by Oglethorpe, June-July. 

1742. Spanish invasion of Georgia. 
Battle of Bloody Marsh, July 7. 

1743. Oglethorpe's raid into Florida. 

"1763. Florida transferred to England, Feb. 10. 
1773. Representative government ordered. 
1781. Spanish capture of Pensacola, May 9. 



208 PART II 

1783. Retransfer of Florida to Spain, Sept. 3. 

1810. Republic of West Florida annexed to Louisiana, Oct. 27. 

1812. Organization of Republic of Florida. 
Americans take Fernandina, March 17. 

Expedition of Americans against St. Augustine and into Ala- 
chua district, March, June. 

1813. Withdrawal of American troops from East Florida. 

1814. Capture of Pensacola by Jackson, Nov. 8. 

1816. Destruction of Negro Fort, Aug. 24. 
Fight at Fowltown. Border warfare. 

1817. Raising of " Independent Flag " on Amelia Island by McGregor. 
Restoration of island to Spain by America. 

1818. Jackson's punishment of Florida Indians and capture of St. 

Marks. 
1818. Capture of Pensacola by Jackson, May 25. 

Provisional government for West Florida. 
-1819. West Florida restored to Spain. 

Florida purchased by the United States, Feb. 22. 

1820. Treaty ratified by Spain, Oct. 24. 

1821. Ratifications exchanged at Washington, Feb. 22. 



Part II 

~1821. Exchange of flags at St. Augustine, July 10. 
Exchange of flags at Pensacola, July 17. 

1822. Civil government established, March 3. 

First session of Legislative Council at Pensacola. 

1823. Second session of Legislative Council at St. Augustin( 
Site of Tallahassee selected for capital. 

1824. First meeting of council at Tallahassee, Dec. 21. 
1832. " Talk " with Indians at Paynes Landing, May 9. 

1835. Dade's Massacre, Dec. 28. 
Battle of Withlacoochee, Dec. 31. 

1836. Fight in Big Wahoo Swamp, November. 
1836. First railroad in Florida built. 



CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 209 

1837. Capture of Osceola, Oct. 2L 
Escape of Coacoochee. 
Battle of Okechobee, Dec. 24. 

1838. First transportation of Seminoles to the West, May 15. 
Framing of constitution at St. Josephs. 

1839. McComb's " arrangement " with Seminoles. 

1841. Capture of Coacoochee, June 15. 

1842. Seminole War declared at an end, Aug. 14. 
1845. Florida admitted into the Union, March 3. 

First State election, May 26. 
1849. Indian outbreak. 
— 1861. Withdrawal of Florida from the Union, Jan. 10. 

Capture of U. S. arsenal on Chattahoochee, Jan. 6. 

Capture of fort at St. Augustine, Jan. 7. 

Key West captured by U. S. forces, Jan. 14. 

Fort Jefferson, Tortugas, taken by U. S. forces, Jan. 18. 

Santa Rosa attack, Oct. 8 and 9. 

Battle of the forts, Pensacola, Nov. 22-23. 
• 1862. Federal occupation of Fernandina, March 4. 

Federal occupation of St. Augustine, March 11. 

Federal occupation of Jacksonville, March 12. 

Evacuation of Pensacola by Confederates, May 9. 

1863. Federals driven from Jacksonville, March 29. 

1864. Battle of Olustee, Feb. 20. 
Federal raid from Cedar Keys, July. 
Battle of Marianna, Sept. 27. 

—1865. Battle of Natural Bridge, March 6. 

Surrender of Confederate troops in Florida, May 17- 
Provisional government established, April 29. 
1868. Civil government reestablished, July 4. 

1885. Adoption of new constitution, June. 

1886. Ratification of constitution. 
1889. Discovery of phosphates. 
1894. Great Freeze, Dec. 29. 
1896. Hurricane, Sept. 29. 

1901. Jacksonville fire. May 3. 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 14 



210 



PART II 



GOVERNORS OF FLORIDA 



Andrew Jackson, Militar 
William P. Duval . 
John B. Eaton 
Richard Keith Call. 
Robert Raymond Reid 
Richard Keith Call 
John Branch . 



Territorial Governors 

y Governor 



1821-1822 
1822-1834 
1834-1835 
1835-1839 
1839-1841 
1841-1844 
1844-1845 



State Governors 

William D. Mosely . 
Thomas Brown 
James E. Broome . 
Madison S. Perry . 
John Milton . 
A. K. Allison . 

William Marvin, Provisional Governor 
David S. Walker . 
Harrison Reed 
Ossian B. Hart 
Marcellus L. Stearns 
George F. Drew 
William D. Bloxham 
Edward A. Perry . 
Francis P. Fleming- 
Henry L. Mitchell . 
William D. Bloxham 
William Sherman Jennings 



1845-1849 
1849-1853 
1853-1857 
1857-1861 
1861-1865 
1865 
1865-1866 
1866-1868 
1868-1873 
1873-1874 
1874-1877 
1877-1881 
1881-1885 
1885-1889 
1889-1893 
1893-1897 
1897-1901 
1901-1905 



POPULATION BY COUNTIES 



211 



POPULATION OF FLORIDA BY COUNTIES 

[Arranged geographically so as to show the development of the State by sections] 



COUNTIES 


1830 


1840 


1850 


1860 


1S70 


1880 


1890 


1900 


The State . . 


34,730 


54,477 


87,445 


140,424 


187,748 


269,493 


391,422 


528,542 


Escambia . . 
Santa Rosa . . 
Walton . . . 
Washington 
Holmes . . . 
Jackson . . . 
Calhoun . . . 
Gadsden . . . 
Liberty . . . 
Franklin . . . 
Leon .... 
Wakulla . . . 
Jefferson . . . 
Taylor . . . 
Madison . . . 


2,518 
8(58 

1,207 
978 

3,907 

4,895 

6,494 
3,312 

" * ' '525 


3,993 

1,461 
859 

4,681 
1,142 
5,992 

l",036 
10,713 

5,713 

2,644 


4,351 
2,883 
1,817 
1,950 
1,205 
6,639 
1,377 
8,784 

1,561 

11,442 

1,955 

7,718 

5,490 


5,768 
5,480 
3,037 
2,154 
1,386 

10,209 
1,446 
9,396 
1,457 
1,904 

12,343 
2,839 
9,876 
1,384 
7,779 
2,068 
4,646 
4,154 
2,303 

3,820 
5,074 
3,644 
3,038 
1,914 
2,712 
8,232 
1,781 
8,609 
1,158 
987 

1,549 
1,200 


7,817 
3,312 
3,041 
2,302 
1,572 
9,528 
998 
9,802 
1,050 
1,256 

15,236 
2,506 

13,398 
1,453 

11,121 
1,783 
7,335 
5,749 
3,556 
1,325 
3,671 


12,156 
6,645 
4.201 
4,089 
2,170 

14,372 
1,580 

12,169 
1,362 
1,791 

19,662 
2,723 

16,065 
2,279 

14,798 
2,441 
9,589 
6,790 
7,161 
2,303 
6,112 


20,188 
7,961 
4,816 
6,426 
4,336 

17,544 
1,681 

11,894 
1,452 
3,308 

17,752 
3,117 

15,757 
2 122 

14[316 
3,686 

12,877 
8,507 

10,524 
3,333 
7,516 


28,313 
10,293 

9,346 
10,154 

7,762 
23,377 

5,132 
15,294 

2,956 

4,890 
19,887 

5,149 
16,195 

3,999 
15,446 

4,987 
17,094 
11,881 
14,554 

4,516 
10,295 


Columbia . . 
Hamilton . . 
Suwanee . . . 
Baker .... 
Bradford . . . 
New River i . . 


■ ■ ■ '553 


2,102 
1,464 


4,808 
2,511 


Duval .... 
Nassau . . . 
St. Johns . . 
Clay .... 
Putnam . . . 
Alachua . . . 
Levy .... 
Marion . . . 
Volusia . . . 
Orange 2 . . . 
Osceola . . . 
Lake .... 
Sumter . . . 
Hernando 3 . . 
Citrus. . . . 
Pasco .... 
Polk .... 
St. Lucie '^ . . 


1,970 
1^511 
2,538 

2,204 
■■"733 

■"■517 


4,156 
2,892 
2,694 

2,282 

....... 

73 

' ' ' 446 
452 

""688 


4,539 
2,164 
2,525 

" ' ■ '687 

2,524 

465 

3,338 

' ' ' '466 

" ' ' 926 

139 


11,921 
4,247 
2,618 
2,098 
3,821 

17,328 
2,018 

10,804 
1,723 
2,195 

2,952 

2,938 

3,169 


19,431 
6,635 
4,535 
2,838 
6,261 

16,462 
5,767 

13,046 
3,294 
6,618 

4,686 
4,248 

3,181 


26,800 
8,294 
8,712 
5,154 

11,186 

22,934 
6,586 

20,7W 
8,467 

12,584 
3,133 
8,034 
5,3(53 
2,476 
2,394 
4,249 
7,905 


39,733 

9,634 

9,165 

5,635 

11,641 

32,245 

8»603 

24,403 

10,003 

11,374 

3,444 

7,467 

6,187 

3,638 

5,391 

6,054 

12,472 


Brevard . . . 
Dade .... 
Hillsborough . 
Manatee . . . 
DeSoto . . . 

Lee 

Monroe . . . 


""i.59 

2,377 

2,645 


246 

83 

2,981 
854 

'2,913 


1,216 

85 

3,216 

1 ,931 

5,657 


i,478 

257 
5,814 
3,544 

' 10,940 


3,401 
861 

14,941 
2,895 
4,»44 
1,414 

18,786 


5,158 
4,955 

36,013 
4,663 
8,047 
3,071 

18,006 



1 Name changed to Bradford, December 6, 1861. 2 Changed from Mosquito. 3 Changed 
from Benton. * Part taken to form Brevard, and parts annexed to Dade, Polk, and Volusia. 



212 



PART II 



ESTABLISHMENT OF COUNTIES 

General Jackson, when provisional governor, divided the Floridas 
into two counties, Escambia and St. John, these being afterwards 
divided as follows: 

1. Escambia July 21, 1821. 



2. St. Johns 

3. Jackson 

4. Duval 

5. Gadsden 

6. Alachua 

7. Leon . 

8. Monroe 

9. Mosquito 

(Mosquito changed to Orange, 

10. Nassau 

11. Walton 

12. Washington 

13. Jefferson 

14. Hamilton 

15. Madison 

16. Columbia 

17. Franklin 

18. Hillsboro 

19. Dade . 

20. Calhoun 

21. Santa Rosa 

22. Hernando 

23. Wakulla 

24. Marion 

25. St. Lucie 

(St. Lucie changed to B 

26. Levy . 

27. Holmes 

28. Putnam 

29. Sumter 

30. Volusia 

31. Manatee 

32. Liberty 



Jan 



d, Jan 



July 21, 1821. 
Aug. 12, 1822. 
Aug. 12, 1822. 
June 24, 1823. 
Dec. 29, 1824. 
Dec. 29, 1824. 
Dec. 29, 1824. 
Dec. 29, 1824. 
30, 1845.) 

. Dec. 29, 1824. 
. Dec. 29, 1824. 
. Dec. 29, 1825. 
. Jan. 20, 1827. 
. Dec. 26, 1827. 
. Dec. 26, 1827. 
Feb. 4, 1832. 
Feb. 8, 1832. 
. Jan. 25, 1834. 
. ~ Feb. 4, 1836. 
. Jan. 26, 1838. 
. Feb. 18, 1842. 
. Feb. 24, 1843. 
. March 11, 1843. 
. March 14, 1844. 
. March 14, 1844. 
6, 1855.) 

. March 10, 1845. 

Jan. 8, 1848. 

. Jan. 13, 1849. 

Jan. 8, 1853. 

. Dec. 29, 1854. 

Jan. 9, 1855. 

. Dec. 15, 1855. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 



213 



33. 


Lafayette . 


34. 


Taylor 


35. 


Clay . . . 


36. 


New River 




(New River 


37. 


Siiwanee . 


38. 


Baker 


39. 


Polk . 


40. 


Citrus 


41. 


De Soto . 


42. 


Lake . 


43. 


Lee . 


44. 


Osceola 


45. 


Pasco 



chaiiued to Bradfo 



d, Dec. 0, 



Dec. 23, 1856. 
Dec. 23, 1856. 
Dec. 31, 1858. 
Dec. 21, 1858. 
1861.) 

Dec. 21, 1858. 

Feb. 8, 1861. 

Feb. 8, 1861. 
June 2, 1887. 

May 9, 1887. 
May 27, 1887. 
May 13, 1887. 
May 12, 1887. 
June 2, 1887. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Bancroft : " History of the United States," vol. i. 
Brinton, D. G. : " The Floridian Peninsula." 
" Confederate Military History," vol. xi., " Florida." 
Fairbanks, G. R. : " History of Florida." 
Fairbanks, G. R. : " History of St. Augustine." 
Gayarrp: : " History of Louisiana." 
Green : " School History of Florida." 
Irving : " Conquest of Florida." 

* Long, Mrs. E. C. : " Florida Breezes." 

Lovvrey, W. : "Spanish Settlements within the Present Limits of the 

United States." 
Martin : " History of Louisiana." 
Moore : " The Seminoles of Florida." 
*MuRAT, AcHiLLE : " America and the Americans." 
Parkman: "Pioneers of France in the New World." 
Parton : " General Jackson." 
Parton: "Life of Andrew Jackson," 3 vols. 
Pickett : " History of Alabama." 
Wallace : " Carpet Bag Rule in Florida." 

* Williams: "View of West Florida." 

WiNSOR : " Narrative and Critical History of America, vol. ii." 
Journals of Territorial and State Legislatures. 
* Out of print.' 



214 PART II 



REFERENCES FOR TOPICAL RESEARCH 

In giving this list of references no attempt is made to furnish a 
complete bibliography of Florida history, or to cite original authori- 
ties, but to indicate available printed authorities for reference and 
collateral reading. The list may be supplemented by the encyclo- 
pedias and general histories, especially those of Bancroft, McMaster, 
and Schouler; and the American History and Epochs of American 
History Series. 

PART I 

I 

The discovery of America and the early period of Spanish explo- 
ration and conquest have been fully treated in the initial chapters of 
the large histories of the United States by Bancroft, Hildreth, and 
Lossing. Fiske's '' Discovery of America," Justin Winsor's " Narra- 
tive and Critical History of America," Vogel's " Century of Dis- 
covery," and Higginson's " Explorers of America " are excellent. 
Irving's "Life and Voyages of Columbus," Irving's "Companions 
of Columbus," Help's " Spanish Conquest in America," and Pres- 
cott's works — " The Conquest of Mexico," " The Conquest of Peru," 
and "Charles V." — glow with life and interest. McCoim's "His- 
torical Geography of the New World " may be consulted with profit. 

II 

For the adventures of Narvaez and De Soto, the student is re- 
ferred to the authorities before quoted, Vogel, Prescott, and Bancroft. 
Murray's " Catholic Pioneers of America " may be further consulted. 
Irving's " Conquest of Florida " presents the subject with vivid in- 
terest. The early chapters of Pickett's " Alabama " and of Fair- 
banks's " History of Floi'ida," as well as Gayarre's " Louisiana," treat 
the explorations fully and with interest. The chapter " Ancient 
Florida," in Justin Winsor's " Narrative and Critical History of 
America," is especially valuable. " De Soto in the Land of Florida " 
by Grace King is a vivid description of that expedition. 

Ill 

For a general study of the manners and customs of the American 
Indian full information may be obtained from the works of Gallatin, 



REFERENCES 215 

Schoolcraft, Drake, and Catlin, and the first volume of Justin Winsor's 
reliable and extensive work. The Southern Indians and their life 
may be studied in the publications of the American Ethnological 
Society, the proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, Clay 
Maccauley's Fifth Report, Bureau of Ethnology (Seminoles), Brin- 
ton's " Floridian Peninsula," and Pickett's " Alabama." Mrs. Minnie 
Moore Wilson, in her work on the Seminoles, has given us a picture 
of the Seminole of to-day. Gatschet's "Migration Legend of the 
Creek Indians " is a study of the ethnography of the Gulf watershed, 
and is considered the best survey of the Southern Indians. The 
chapter " Las Casas, and the Relations of the Spaniards to the In- 
dians," Justin Winsor, vol. ii., is excellent. 

VI-X 

Insight into the religious spirit of the age may be gained from 
Prescott's " Charles V." and " Philip II." The struggles between the 
Spaniards and French are given by Parkman in " Pioneers of France 
in the New World " and " Jesuits in North America in the Seven- 
teenth Century," by Baird in " The Huguenot Emigration to 
America," and by Fairbanks in his " History of St. Augustine." 
" The Life of Ribault," by Jared Sparks, is good, and a chapter in 
the second volume of Justin Winsor's great work is valuable. In the 
same monumental work, vol. iii.. Chap. II., Edward Everett Hale 
treats of Hawkins and Drake. Bourne's " English Seamen," Froude's 
" English Seamen of the Sixteenth Century," and the publications of 
the Hakluyt Society throw light on the deeds of seamen of a later time. 
(It is suggested that Kingsley's " Westward Ho ! " be read for the 
vivid presentation of English life at land and sea, and for the view 
of the destruction of the Armada.) Gayarre's " Louisiana " presents 
the French view of the settlement of INIobile and the troubles between 
Mobile and Pensacola. 

XI-XV 

The disputes between the Spaniards and their English neighbors 
are discussed in Justin Winsor, chapter on the Carolinas, AVright's 
" Life of Oglethorpe," Jones's " History of Georgia," Stephens's " His- 
tory of Georgia," and Fairbanks's " History of St. Augustine." Rela- 
tions between Florida and the United States are treated in Pickett's 
"Alabama," Coffin's "War of 1812," Parton's "Life of Jackson," 



216 PART n 

Sumner's " Life of Jackson," and Benton's " Thirty Years in the 
Senate," Miller's " Bench and Bar of Georgia " giving the correspond- 
ence of Mcintosh and others concerning the war on the frontier and 
seacoast of Georgia. Affairs in West Florida may be studied in 
the histories of Louisiana by Gayarre and Martin, and in Latour's 
" Historical Memoir of the War in West Florida," in 1814-1815. 



PART II 

I-IV 

During this period the history of Florida cannot be studied apart 
from the history of Jackson. Parton's and Sumner's biographies 
should be read with Gilman's "Monroe" and Benton's "Thirty 
Years in the Senate." Mrs. Long in " Florida Breezes " has given a 
picture of social life in the new territory that cannot be found else- 
where. 

V-X 

The study of the Seminole War may be continued in " Florida 
Breezes," Gilman's "Monroe," Benton's "Thirty Years in the Senate," 
Fairbanks's " Florida," and Sprague's " History of the Seminole War." 
In his sketch " Ralph Ringwood," Irving has recorded his impressions 
of Governor Duval. 

XI-XVI 

The agitation preceding the war is described in " Florida 
Breezes." The volume "Florida," in the "Confederate Military 
History," gives a full account of the withdrawal of Florida from the 
Union, and the war in Florida. " Dickison and his Men " is an 
account of the exploits of that gallant leader and his band. For the 
general history of the war, reference is made to Pollard's " Lost 
Cause," records of the " War of the Rebellion," and biographies of 
Lee and Jackson. 

XVII-XIX 

Wallace's "Carpet Bag Rule in Florida "is the record furnished 
by a negro of reconstruction in Florida. The literature of this 
period is scarce. Blaine's "Twenty Years in Congress" may be 
consulted in the study of these questions. 



PART III 



BRIEF HISTORY OF INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT 

Stretching 400 miles southward from St. Marys and 450 miles east- 
ward from the Perdido, with nearly 1000 miles of travel from Pensacola 
to Key West, standing second among the States east of the Mississippi 
in extent of tei-i-itory and with more than a third of the entire 
length of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, with excellent harbors from 







Cutting Sugar Cane 



Fernandina all around to Pensacola, with a wealth of forests, minerals, 
and fertile soils from shore to shore — a great problem in Florida 
has always been that of transportation. Our nearly 1200 miles of 
seacoast has many advantages, but, without ample interior transpor- 

217 



218 PART III 

tation facilities, would be disastrous to that State spirit which is 
essential to the growth of a comnionw^ealth. 

Realizing that the widely separated portions of the State must be 
linked together, and that the wealth of the interior must have con- 
venient outlet to the sea, the United States government has always 
encouraged tlie building of transportation lines. One of the first acts 
with relation to the Territory was an appropriation for the building 
of a highway from Pensacola to St. Augustine through the new capi- 
tal city at Tallahassee. Even before this the English government, 
during its brief control of the Territory, had begun the construction 
of roadways. The '^ St. Augustine Road " was soon fringed with 
prosj)erous towns, as Milton, Marianna, Quincy, Monticello, Madison, 
and a rich farming section was opened up. As early as 1827 United 
States engineers were surveying a ship canal route across the neck of 
the peninsula. Soon after David Henshaw had secured a charter for 
a railroad from the St. Johns River to St. Marks. D. L. Yulee, con- 
gressional delegate and afterward United States senator, said that 
as early as 1834 he " thought the solution of the proper route of 
transit was reached" by the discovery of the harbor of Cedar Keys. 
He wrote, "As the heat of the Indian War began to subside, numer- 
ous projects of railroads were started. Various were the routes placed 
in rivalry before the public. Jacksonville, Garey's Ferry, Picolata, 
Palatka, all on the St. Johns River, contested for the terminus, and 
Fort White, on the Santa Fe, Fanning, on the Suwanee, and 
St. Marks were the rival Gulf ports. No one seemed to think of the 
occasion for better water on the Atlantic. One of my first acts, after 
taking my seat in Congress, was to obtain an appropriation for a 
survey of a railroad route across Florida." 

By an act of Congress in 1844, which took effect upon the admis- 
sion of the State in 1845, 500,000 acres of land in the State of 
Florida were granted to the State for the purposes of internal im- 
provement. This was known as the " internal improvement land, 
proper." In 1850 Congress granted to the State of Arkansas all 
swamp and overflowed lands within the State, and made them sub- 
ject to the disposition of the Legislature, "Provided, however, that 
the proceeds of said lands, whether from sale or by direct appropria- 
tion in kind, shall be applied exclusively, as far as necessary, to the 
purpose of reclaiming said lands by means of the levees and drains 
aforesaid." The same act further provided, " That the provisions of 



INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT 219 

this act be extended to, and their benefits be conferred upon, each 
of the other States of the Union in which such swamp and over- 
flowed lands may be situated." To the first day of January, 1903, 
the total number of acres of "swamp and overflowed" lands received 
by Florida was 17,121,430.68. 

We are indebted to a legislative committee of 1897 for the follow- 
ing concise account of the earliest legislation for " internal improve- 
ment." 

" The convention which met at St. Joseph in December, 1838, and 
framed the constitution which was the organic law of the State from 
its admission into the Union until secession in 1861, provided as a 
part of such constitution that a liberal system of internal improve- 
ments, being essential to the development of the resources of the 
country, shall be encouraged by the government of this State, and it 
shall be the duty of the General Assembly, as soon as practicable, to 
ascertain by law proper objects of improvement in relation to roads, 
canals, navigable streams, and to provide for a suitable application 
of such funds as may be appropriated for such improvements." 

Prior to 1855 such " objects of improvement " had not been provided 
for or declared by the General Assembly, nor had provision been 
made for such " suitable application." It is a fact that different 
schemes had been suggested. Among others was one that the lands 
should be divided upon some equitable basis among the different 
counties and by them applied to local improvements. The Legisla- 
ture that assembled in November, 1854, addressed itself to carrying 
out the above constitutional directions, and the act commonly known 
as the " Internal Improvement Act " was passed, and it was approved 
January 6, 1855. This act vested the "internal improvement lands 
proper " then remaining unsold, and the proceeds of such as had been 
sold and remained on hand unappropriated, and all the "swamp 
lands," together with all the proceeds that had accrued, or might 
thereafter accrue, to the State from the sale thereof, in the governor, 
comptroller, treasurer, register of lands and attorney-general, and 
their successors in office, as trustees, as a fund to be called the 
Internal Improvement Fund of the State of Florida, to be strictly 
applied according to the provisions of said act. The act designated 
as proper improvements to be aided from said fund the following 
lines of railroad and canal, viz. : — 

" A line of railroad from the St. Johns River at Jacksonville, to the 



220 PART III 

waters of Pensacola Bay, with an extension from suitable points on 
said line to the St. Marks River, or Crooked River, at White Bluff, on 
Apalachicola Bay, in West Florida, and a line from Amelia Island, 
on the Atlantic, to the waters of Tampa Bay, in South Florida, with 
an extension to Cedar Keys, in East Florida ; also a canal from the 
waters of St. Johns River, or Lake Harney, to the waters of Indian 
River. In December, 1855, an amendment was enacted declaring a 
line from Pensacola or St. Andrews Bay to the north line of the State, 
a proper improvement to be aided by the fund. The canal scheme 
was undertaken, but afterward abandoned. By the act, the companies 
which might undertake the construction of any part of any of said 
lines of railroad were authorized to issue coupon bonds to the amount 
of $10,000 per mile on each section of ten miles of completed railroad 
they might construct, and additional bonds for bridges over the 
Suwanee River and other rivers, and a structure from the west side of 
Nassau River to Amelia Island. Such bonds were to fall due not 
longer than thirty-five years from their date, and to bear interest at 
not more than seven per cent per annum, payable semiannually and 
be a first lien on the road. The bonds issued bore the rate stated. 
The trustees were authorized to, and did, indorse upon these bonds a 
guarantee that the Internal Improvement Fund was pledged to pay the 
interest upon said bonds." 

Instead of being a mere guarantee, the fund afforded these com- 
panies aid of a very material sort. The companies were required to 
pay to the trustees only one half the net earnings of the road, how- 
ever small, the trustees paying the balance of the interest on the bonds. 
After the completion of a road, the company was required to reserve 
a sinking fund of one per cent of the paid-up capital stock and the 
bonded debt, the balance of the earnings of the road to be divided 
pro rata among the stockholders and the trustees on account of the 
interest debt, the balance of the interest still being paid by the trustees. 

In 1856, Congress granted to the State of Florida, for the purpose 
of aiding the construction of the roads from Jacksonville to Pensacola, 
and from Fernandina to Tampa with an extension to Cedar Keys, 
" every alternate section of land designated by odd numbers, for six 
sections in width on each side of each said roads and branch." From 
this source these railroads received millions of acres lying within easy 
reach of the transportation facilities afforded by their own lines. 
While at that time very little of even that land was marketable, the 



INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT 221 

average price received for some five thousand acres sold by the Cedar 
Keys division up to 1859 was .|2.35 per acre. 

In addition to these grants, bonds were issued by the railroad com- 
panies and indorsed by the trustees of the Internal Improvement Fund 
as follows : — 

Pensacola and Georgia Railroad Company, on' the road 

from Lake City to Quincy $1,220,000 

Tallahassee Railroad Company, Tallahassee to St. Marks 206,000 

Florida Railroad Company, Fernandiria to Cedar Keys . 1,616,000 
Florida, Atlantic and Gulf Central Railroad Company, 

Jacksonville to Lake City 555,000 

Total guaranteed by the fund . . ,^3,597,000 

The annual interest guaranteed on this amount by the fund was 
1251,790. 

According to the terras of the Internal Improvement Act of 
1855, the trustees of the fund could guarantee bonds only for ironing 
and equipment. In order to aid in preparing the roadbed and laying 
ties on the line from Jacksonville to Quincy, the city of Jacksonville, 
and the counties of Columbia (since divided into Columbia, Bradford, 
Baker, and Suwanee), Madison, Jefferson, and Leon, and the city of 
Pensacola, — to aid the line from Pensacola to Alabama Line, — were 
bonded to an amount aggregating half a million dollars, the proceeds 
of which were invested in the stock of these roads. 

Had the development of the country secured a sufficient earning 
power for the railroads to have met all these obligations and to have 
finally paid up their bonds, great benefit would have been secured to 
the State by the assistance given these roads. But it must be remem- 
bered that it was the year 1860 when the roads were completed from 
Jacksonville to Quincy and from Fernandina to Cedar Keys. The 
next 5'ear Florida seceded from the Union and the whole country was 
in the throes of a civil war. Business was stopped. Every port was 
blockaded or in the hands of Union soldiers. The roads were dis- 
mantled, shops and rolling stock were destroyed. Bridges and trestles 
were burned or rotted, and forty miles of iron was removed. To 
refurnish the roads was almost to build them anew. 

Not only were the roads helpless to earn running expenses, or for 
that matter to run at all, but the trustees of the Internal Improve- 
ment Fund, instead of being able to meet the deficit by increased land 



•799 



PART III 



sales, liad no income whatever. The trustees had ah-eady received 
from the roads a large amount of stock in lieu of interest payments. 
Although the guaranteed interest coupons on the railroad bonds were 
receivable as payment on State lands, they sold on the market at 
twenty-five and thirty cents on the dollar. Suits were instituted 
against the trustees for the overdue interest payments. They had no 
funds to meet any of these payments. On the decision that the roads 
were in effect completed and that the companies failed to pay their 




Cattle Raising 



sinking fund of a half of one per cent semiannually, the trustees dur- 
ing the administrations of Governors Reed and Walker seized all the 
lines under their power as holders of the first lien, and sold them in 
1867, 1868, and 1869. 

The effect of these sales was to destroy not only the stock held by 
individuals, but also that held by the trustees and the counties and 
cities, with no corresponding decrease of the indebtedness incurred in 
securing it. About ^2,872,700 bonds were retired by the sale, but 
1722,175 remained standing against the property. The trustees were 
still responsible for the interest on these bonds amounting to $54,000 
a year, and for all outstanding-coupons on the retired bonds. These 
amounted to a large and entirely unknown total. This was rapidly 
increasing, and there was no hope of paying them except by land 
sales, which were then •averaging less than $15,000 a year. 

The Reed administration, under the guise of inducing immigration, 
made contracts with certain companies on the eastern coast to trans- 



INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT 223 

fer to them large tracts of land at a nominal cost. To prevent this 
waste, the largest holder of the guaranteed interest coupons secured 
an injunction prohibiting this or other sales. In 1872 a receiver was 
appointed, and all business of the Internal Improvement Fund was 
required to pass through his hands. Thus the title of all lands whicli 
might have been sold was under a cloud, receipts were materially de- 
creased, while not only the interest debts, but also large bills for the 
cost of the several suits were piling up against the fund. In 1879, 
sale under the hammer of all the property of the Land Improvement 
Fund stared the trustees in the face. The only escape was to secure 
<|960,000 within one year. Thus it was that the trustees sought a 
purchaser for a large quantity of these lands, and found one in Ham- 
ilton Disston of Philadelphia, who bought 4,000,000 acres of swamp 
lands at 25 cents an acre. Of these lands 3,500,000 acres were selected 
in bodies of 10,000 acres, and 500,000 in bodies of 640 acres. 

All incumbrances on the Internal Improvement Fund were paid 
from the proceeds of the sale. The release of this property from the 
control of the courts made valid all past grants and made the property 
held by the trustees again available for aiding and encouraging the 
construction of railroads and for other purposes of internal improve- 
ment according to the act of 1855. 

So great was this impetus that the two succeeding sessions of the 
Legislature passed no less than thirty bills providing for the chartering 
and aiding of railroad conq^anies in every part of the State. Many 
of these roads never materialized, but the more important ones were 
built. 

Among these were the Pensacola and Atlantic which extended 
from Pensacola to the Apalachicola River, where it connected with 
the line from Jacksonville and unified the four hundred miles of North 
Florida. This link between West Florida and the east has been the 
bond which has silenced every suggestion of annexing the long pan 
handle to Alabama, and will retain the splendid port at Pensacola 
and the rich lands of West Florida as factors in the history of the 
State. 

This road received not only the alternate sections lying for six 
miles on each side of the track, according to the Act of Congress of 
1850, but also a grant of 20,000 acres of " swamp and overflowed " 
lands for each mile of road completed. The road was 161 miles in 
length, but as yet only 2,202,623 of 3,220,000 acres have been located. 



224 



PART HI 



The remainder stands as one of several disputed land grant claims 

against the lands of this fund. 

With the aid of similar grants of the alternate sections lying for 

six miles on each side of the road, and additional grants of from 

5000 to 15,000 acres for each mile constructed, other lines were 

extended in various directions, and opened up the hitherto almost 

unknown interior of the State. 

The Florida Southern was built from Palatka southward 150 miles 

to Brooksville and soon after as much farther to Charlotte Harbor. 

The Jacksonville, 
Tampa, and Key 
West was stretched 
from Jacksonville 
to Sanford, where 
it connected wdth 
the South Florida 
Line to Orlando, 




Orange Grove 



Kissimmee, and Tampa. The line originally planned from Fernan- 
dina to Tampa was completed from Ocala to Tampa with a branch 
from Wildwood through the beautiful Lake Region to Orlando. 
Among the earliest built roads of this period was that from the St. 
Johns to Lake Eustis. Palatka was connected with St. Augustine and 
with the Halifax River. Jacksonville was linked with St. Augustine. 
Various short lines extended from favored sections to main lines 
or water transportation. These were soon merged into the larger 



INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT 225 

lilies as spurs and branches. In the decade beginning with 1880 the 
number of miles of railroad in Florida leaped from 518 to 2489, 
and the population advanced more than 45 per cent, while the tax- 
able valuation of property increased more than 100 per cent in 
four years. Railroads opened the way through an unpeopled wil- 
derness. Immigrants came from the North and West and saw the 
great possibilities of the country. Lands were bought, and the crash 
of falling trees was heard on every hand. The land was dotted with 
towns and adorned with orange groves and truck farms. 

The opening up of Florida has been the unfolding of a series of 
pleasant surprises. Though the oldest it is almost the newest section 
of our great country. For four centuries and a half have the civilized 
races inhabited the land, yet, since the opening of the twentieth cen- 
tury, new discoveries are being reported of great stretches of rich and 
healthful land where only impenetrable swamj) was supposed to have 
been. 

During the last decade the East Coast Railway has been pushed 
down the long stretch of Atlantic coast, and instead of a barren waste 
there has opened up the " American Riviera." Hotels whose size and 
elegance have never been surpassed have been erected in a long series, 
from Atlantic Beach to Biscayne Bay. From the " Ancient City," 
whose old fort and gates tell of four and a half centuries, to the 
" Magic City," that has seen scarce more than as many years, the 
most beautiful beaches, and the most perfect climate of the world, 
yearly attract untold thousands of tourists from the North. Within 
forty-eight hours' ride and in instantaneous telegraphic communica- 
tion with the Northern cities, there appear midst luxurious tropical 
verdure such assemblages of wealth, power, and splendor as were 
never known at the court of Louis XIV. 

The western coast is also developing with phenomenal rapidity. 
In Manatee, De Soto, and Lee counties, where, till recently, only 
Indians abided, the finest orange and vegetable growing sections of 
the land have been found far below the frost line. Railroads have 
pushed down into this section, and these counties are developing 
rapidly. 

The United States government has appreciated the importance of 
our water navigation and has expended large amounts on the river 
and harbor improvements in this State. Unequaled harbors, which 
afford outlets for the bulk of the railroad hauling — except in perish- 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 15 



22G PART III 

able fruits and vegetables — have contributed to the development of 
the entire State and especially to the port cities, Fernandina, Jackson- 
ville, Miami, Punta Gorda, Tampa, Cedar Keys, Apalachicola, and 
Pensacola. Key West, at the gateway of the Gulf, is an important 
naval station. 

Pearly in the '90's a beautiful plant, imported from some African 
stream, became a treasured flower in many homes of the State. It 
was the water hyacinth, and thrived so well that by the end of the 
decade one of the most perplexing problems of Florida transportation 
was the destruction of this plant in the St. Johns River and its 
tributaries. 



THE FLORIDA SCHOOL SYSTEM 

The first interest in public education manifested in Florida was 
the organization of the Florida Educational Society in 1831 for the 
declared purpose of collecting information and paving the way for 
the establishment of a school system. An attempt was made to 
establish at Tallahassee a "Fellenberg" school patterned after a 
manual training school in a Swiss town of that name, but the only 
tangible result of the society's efforts seems to have been the estab- 
lishment of a free school at St. Augustine where 137 children received 
some kind of education during the year 1832. In 1839 the Legislature 
provided for three trustees in each township whose duty it was to 
look after the sixteenth section, which had been appropriated by 
Congress for educational purposes, and to see that the rents were 
applied to the common schools. As most of the townships had no 
residents whatever, and there was little, if any, opportunity to rent 
lands in the sixteenth or any other section, this provision had little 
meaning. Various changes in the school law of the Territory were 
made from time to time. At one time it was the duty of the sheriff 
" to attend to the education of the children of the poor," and later, in 
1845, the county judges of probate were given charge of the school 
interests. In 1849 the Legislature of the State provided that besides 
the proceeds of the school lands, five per cent of the proceeds of 
other public lands, of escheated property, and of property found on 
the coasts should be devoted to the maintenance of the common 



THE FLORIDA SCHOOL SYSTEM 227 

schools, and the next year authority was given by which any county 
might levy a tax for this purpose. 

Up to this time there was little interest in public education, but 
Congress now authorized the sale of school lands, and the register of 
public lands was made ex officio superintendent of common schools. 
Hon. David S. Walker, afterward governor, assumed the duties of this 
double office in 1850 and, though little was accomplished because of 
the general lack of interest in the subject, he should ever be honored 
for his wise foresight and deep interest in public education. Public 
schools had been regarded theretofore as " pauper schools." The 
people of the better class considered themselves disgraced if their 
children attended the public schools, and the less enlightened class 
cared nothing for the opportunities. Mr. Walker's interest in this 
subject is shown by the following quotation from one of his 
reports : — 

" At this period of the world, particularly, it is important that our 
children should be educated. Intelligence, like wealth, is a compara- 
tive thing. A man w^ho would have passed as intelligent in the dark 
ages might be considered very stupid now, and when we consider the 
great attention that is being paid to education at this time through- 
out Christendom, we must feel that our children will be compelled to 
blush for our neglect of them, unless we afford them better means of 
instruction than we have hitherto done. Our posterity cannot re- 
proach us with any more crying sin than that of having neglected 
their minds. The wealth we may bequeath our children in lands, 
slaves, or money, will be comparatively but a worthless boon, if it be 
not accompanied by the far richer legacy of intellectual treasures, and 
high nioral cultivation. In a free country, ' Knowledge is power,' and 
I will add, when the child has been properly educated, knowledge is 
virtue and wealth also." 

Under his influence a public school was established in 1852 at Talla- 
hassee and supported by a city tax. This was one of the first schools 
in the South successfully sustained by taxation. In 1853 he reported 
16,577 white children of school age in the State and an appropriation 
of $5,031.07 of public school funds for their education — 30 cents per 
capita. Only two counties had as yet availed themselves of the right 
to levy a county tax for school purposes. In 1858 the report of the 
Superintendent showed 20,885 white children and $6,542.60, or 31 
cents per capita, apportioned for their education. A few counties had 



228 



PART III 



organized public school systems and were conducting them for three 
months, yet the report states that public schools of that time cost less 
and were superior to private ones. Doubtless, a strong tendency to 
establish a system of public education had been developed by this 
time, but it was overshadowed by the troublous questions of the 
period preceding and during the Civil War. 

The constitutional convention of 1865 gave the subject little recog- 
nition, but in 1868 another convention was held, and the resulting 
constitution provided liberally for a system of public education. It 
declared that the State should provide for the education of all children 




Science Hall, University of Florida, Lake City 

of school age, established a uniform system of county schools, provided 
for State and county superintendents of public instruction, and estab- 
lished a State school fund from the following sources : the proceeds of 
all lands that have been or may hereafter be granted to the State by 
the United States for educational purposes, appropriations by the 
State, escheated or forfeited property, grants or gifts to the State when 
other purpose is not specified, money paid as an exemption from mili- 
tary duties, fines collected under penal laws, such portion of the per 
capita tax as might be prescribed by law, and 25 per cent of the 
sales of public lands by the State. These constituted a permanent 



THE FLORIDA SCHOOL SYSTEM 229 

fund of which only the income could be used. There was further 
provision for a State tax of one niill on the dollar on all taxable prop- 
erty, and each county was required to contribute a sum not less than 
one half the amount apportioned to it from the income of the State 
school fund. This income was to be distributed in proportion to the 
number of children of school age residing in each county. Owing to 
the trying political conditions of the time, comparatively little prog- 
ress was made. Assistance was received from the Peabody Fund by 
several of the more prominent towns, in the erection of school build- 
ings and the employment of teachers, and the general government 
caused the construction of some twenty school buildings. 

In 1874, Secretary of State Samuel B. McLin, who was the acting 
superintendent of schools, reported : " Half a decade ago there were no 
schools outside a few of the larger towns or cities. We have now 
nearly 600 scattered throughout the State. They are springing up 
by the highways and byways as pledges of future improvement and 
progress. This is a revolution that cannot go backward. It creates 
its own momentum. It moves by a power within itself and strikes 
out the light and heat of its own vitality." Yet little progress was 
made until the beginning of the remarkably prosperous era of the 
early '80's. Then public education made rapid advance. 

In 1885 a new constitution was adopted which not only preserved 
all the desirable features of the educational article in the constitution 
of 1868, but made several important steps forward, among them being 
the provision that any community may levy a special district tax, and 
that every county must levy a school tax of not less than three mills 
and not more than five mills. Even this limitation after years of 
effort on the part of those interested in education has been changed 
(subject to ratification by popular vote in November, 1904) to permit 
a county tax of seven mills. 

Among the wisest provisions of this constitution was one which 
settled the race question so far as it affected the schools. Two danger- 
ous ideas were then prevalent in the State — coeducation of the 
races on the one hand, and, on the other, opposition to any education 
of the negro. Both dangers were avoided, and there was fixed in the 
organic law of the State this wise, permanent policy : " White chil- 
dren and colored children shall not be taught in the same school, but 
impartial provision shall be made for both." 

In 1884 Major A. J. Russell became State Superintendent of Public 



280 PART III 

Instruction, and for eight years steadily increased the efficiency of the 
system over which lie presided and contributed much to making it 
popular. In 1893 he was succeeded by William N. Sheats who is 
still retained in the position. 

Superintendent Sheats's administration has been characterized by a 
marked elevation of the standard of teachers as a result of the certifi- 
cate laws. He has waged continuously, for the past twelve years, 
an enthusiastic campaign for public education until, in all the most 
important particulars, statistics show the Florida school system to be 
superior to that in any other Southern State. As there were no public 
school systems of consequence in the South prior to about 1870, while 
in the Northern States they have been growing for more than a cen- 
tury and under more favorable conditions, it is fair to compare Flor- 
ida only with the other States of the South. Although ranking lowest 
among these in population and wealth, Florida stands first (Texas 
excepted) in the following particulars : percentage of school chil- 
dren enrolled in the schools, average number of days' schooling given 
for every child of school age, average ability of teachers as indicated 
by the examination requirements, average salary paid to the teachers, 
average rate of taxation for school purposes, and average amount 
paid per child for public education whether based on the total num- 
ber of educable children, the number enrolled in the schools, or the 
average number in daily attendance. These statistics speak most 
eloquently for the future progress and standing of Florida among 
her sister States, and should be a matter of patriotic pride to her 
citizens. 

In 1903 the Legislature appropriated $50,000 annually to be used 
for the encouragement of high schools and rural graded schools. The 
law provides for a State course of study, and any school maintaining 
the standard established by the law and the course of study may re- 
ceive from $200 to $600 annually. As a result some one hundred and 
forty high and graded schools have been aided and a large number of 
schools throughout the State have introduced longer terms, improved 
methods, higher standards, and better teaching. 

As long ago as 1851 the Legislature provided for the establishment 
of two seminaries, one east and one west of the Suwanee River. In 
the course of a few years they were established at Ocala and Talla- 
hassee respectively. The East Florida Seminary was afterwards 
moved to Gainesville, where it still continues under its original name. 



THE FLORIDA SCHOOL SYSTEM 231 

The West Florida Seminary in 1883 was combined with the Talla- 
hassee College of Medicine and Sm-gery to establish a Florida univer- 
sity under a charter from the Legislature, but as the latter institution 
never materialized and the university existed only on paper, the name 
was abandoned and the West Florida Seminary continued as a literary 
institution, raising its curriculum until, in 1902, it became known as 
the Florida State College. 

The Florida Agricultural College was established by act of Con- 
gress of 1862. The Legislature provided that the location of this 
institution should be left to a board of trustees, and the college was 
located in 1875 at Eau Gallic. It proved a failure and, after an attempt 
to merge the income with that of the State seminaries to create one 
strong normal school, another board of trustees was established which 
took steps to remove the institution to some more favorable point. 
After years of delay the trustees finally secured a satisfactory bid, and 
located the college at Lake City in 1883. It opened for work in 
October, 1884. In 1903, by act of the Legislature, this institution 
became known as the University of Florida. 

Among the provisions of the constitution of 1885 was one requiring 
the establishment of two normal schools. In 1887 the Legislature 
established one for each race. The normal school for whites was 
located at De Funiak Springs, the seat of the Florida Chautauqua, 
where it remains, and is now organized with academic, professional, 
practice school, manual training, and kindergarten training depart- 
ments. The normal school for colored students was located at 
Tallahassee, and afterward became the recipient of one half of the 
Morrill Fund appropriation of Congress, with which assistance it is 
maintained as the State Normal and Industrial College for colored 
students. 

The South Florida Military College was established at Bartow in 
1895, and is devoted to military and academic training of young 
men. At St. Petersburg the State aids and partially controls an 
industrial school which has been splendidly equipped. 

For the care and education of physically defective children, the 
State established the School for the Blind, Deaf, and Dumb at 
St. Augustine in 1884, where sixty to eighty unfortunates of both 
races are cared for. For the morally defective a reform school was 
located at Marianna, and opened for the reception of juvenile violators 
of law in 1900, 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 

outlinf: of the 
CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA 

AS ADOPTED BY THE CONVENTION OF 1885 AND AMENDED TO DATE 

[Note. — The arrang-ement of clauses and pai-affra[)lis is changed so as to enable pupils 
more readily to grasp their force and relation. The form of sentences is altered, but legal 
terminology and the integrity of the articles are carefully preserved.] 

PREAMBLE 

We, the people of the State of Florida, grateful to Almighty God 
for our constitutional liberty, in order to secure its blessings and to 
form a more perfect government, insuring domestic tranquillity, main- 
taining public order, and guaranteeing equal civil and joolitical rights 
to all, do ordain and establish this Constitution. 

DECLARATION OF RIGHTS 

Rights and Allegiance 

All men are equal before the law. 

All men have certain inalienable rights, among which are — 

(1) Enjoying and defending life and liberty. 

(2) Acquiring, possessing, and protecting property. 

(3) Pursuing happiness and obtaining safety. 
All political power is inherent in the people. 

Government is instituted for the protection, security, and benefit 
of the citizens. 

Citizens have the right to alter or amend the government when the 
public good may require it. 

232 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 233 

The paramount duty of every citizen is due to the Federal govern- 
ment and the people of this State have no right to dissolve its con- 
nection therewith. 



Rights Guaranteed to Every Citizen 

Right of trial by jury shall be secured to all and be inviolate 
forever. 

All courts in this State shall be open, so that every person for any 
injury done him in his lands, goods, person, or reputation shall have 
remedy by due course of law, and right and justice shall be adminis- 
tered without sale, denial, or delay. 

Religious freedom shall forever be allowed. No person shall be 
rendered incompetent as a witness on account of his religious opinions ; 
but licentiousness or practices harmful to State or society shall not be 
justified. 

The writ of habeas corpus shall be grantable speedily and without 
cost, and shall not be suspended unless in time of rebellion or 
invasion. 

All persons shall be bailable, except for capital offenses where 
the proof is evident or the presumption great. 

No person shall be tried for a capital crime or other felony unless 
on presentment or indictment of a grand jury (except as otherwise 
provided in the Constitution). 

In all criminal prosecutions the accused (a) shall have the right 
to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury, in the county 
where the crime was committed, (Jj) shall be heard by himself, or 
counsel, or both, to demand the nature of the accusation against him, 
to meet the witnesses against him face to face, (c) shall have compul- 
sory process for the attendance of witnesses in his favor, (d) shall be 
furnished wdth a copy of the indictment against him, (e) shall not be 
twice put in jeopardy for the same offense, (/) shall not be compelled 
to be a witness against himself, (</) shall not be deprived of life, 
liberty, or property without due process of law. 

Private property shall not be taken without just compensation. 

Every person may fully speak and write his sentiments on all sub- 
jects, but every one is responsible for abuse of the right. No 
statements are libelous which are true and published for good 
motives. 



234 PART III 

No person shall be compelled to pay costs except after conviction 
on a final trial. 

No person shall be imprisoned for debt except in case of fraud. 

The people may assemble together to consult for the comuion good. 

They may instruct their llepresentatives. 

They may petition the Legislature for the redress of their griev- 
ances. 

They may bear arms in defense of themselves and the lawful 
authority of the State, but the Legislature may prescribe the manner 
of doing so. 

Foreigners shall have the same rights as to ownership, inheritance, 
and disposition of property in this State as citizens. 

Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except on conviction of 
crime, shall be permitted in this State. 

The people shall be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and 
effects against unreasonable seizures and searches. 



Powers Denied to the State 

No preference shall be given by law to any sect or church. 

No money shall be taken from the public treasury in aid of any 
religious denomination or any sectarian institution. 

The writ of habeas corpus shall not be denied unless, in case of 
rebellion or invasion, the public safety may require its suspension. 

Excessive bail, excessive fines, cruel or unusual punishment, or in- 
definite imprisonment shall not be allowed. 

Witnesses shall not be unreasonably detained. 

No bill of attainder, ex post facto law, nor any law impairing the ob- 
ligation of contracts, shall ever be passed. 

The military shall in all cases and at all times be in strict subordi- 
nation to the civil power. 

No warrants for seizure or searches shall be issued except on prob- 
able cause, supported by oath or affirmation, particularly describing 
the places, persons or things to be searched or seized. 

Treason against the State shall consist only in levying war against 
it, adhering to its enemies, or giving them aid or comfort; and no 
person shall be convicted of treason except on the testimony of two 
witnesses to the same overt act, or confession in open court, and no 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 235 

conviction of treason shall work corruption of blood or forfeiture of 
estate. 

This enunciation of rights shall not be construed to impair or deny 
others retained by the people. 

Article I. BOUNDARIES 

The boundaries of the State of Florida shall be as follows: Com- 
mencing at the mouth of the river Perdido froni thence up the 
middle of said river to where it intersects the south boundary line 
of the State of Alabama, and the thirty-first degree of north lati- 
tude, thence due east to the Chattahoochee river; thence down the 
middle of said river to its confluence with the Flint river; thence 
straight to the head of the St. Marys river; thence down the middle 
of said river to the Atlantic ocean ; thence southeastwardly along 
the coast to the edge of the Gulf Stream ; thence southwestwardly 
along the edge of the Gulf Stream and Florida Reefs to and including 
the Tortugas Islands ; thence northeastwardly to a point three leagues 
from the mainland; thence northwestwardly three leagues from the 
land, to a point west of the mouth of the Perdido river; thence to the 
place of beginning. 

Article II. DISTRIBUTION OF POWERS 

The powers of the government of the State of Florida shall be 
divided into three departments — Legislative, Executive, and Judicial ; 
and no person properly belonging to one of the departments shall 
exercise any powers appertaining to either of the others, except in 
cases expressly provided for by this Constitution. 

Article III. LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT 

The Legislative authority of this State shall be vested in a Senate 
and a House of Representatives, which shall be designated, "The 
Legislature of the State of Florida." 

AH sessions of the Legislature shall be held at the seat of govern- 
ment. 

Regular sessions of the Legislature shall be held biennially, com- 
mencing on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in April of odd 
numbered years, and may extend to sixty days. 



236 PART III 

Special sessions may be convened by proclamation of the Governor 
but shall not exceed twenty days. 

Members 

Members of House of Representatives shall be chosen biennially, at 
the general election, on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in 
November of every even numbered year. (See Article VII.) 

Senators and Representatives shall be duly qualified electors in the 
Counties and districts for which they are chosen. 

The pay of Senators and Representatives shall not exceed six dollars 
a day for each day of the session, and mileage to and from their homes 
to the seat of government, not to exceed ten cents a mile each way by 
the nearest and most practicable route. 

No member shall during the time for which he was elected, be 
appointed or elected to any civil office that has been created or the 
emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such time. 

No person holding a lucrative office or appointment under the United 
States or this State, shall be eligible to a seat in the Legislature. 

The seat of a member of either House shall be vacated on his per- 
manent change of residence from the district or county from which he 
was elected. 

Poicers and Duties of Each House 

Each House shall judge of the qualifications, elections, and returns 
of its own members. 

It shall choose its own officers. The presiding officer of the Senate 
shall be the President, and of the House shall be the Speaker. 

It shall determine the rules of its proceedings. 

It may punish its members for disorderly conduct. 

It may expel a member by concurrence of two thirds of the 
members present. 

It may punish by fine or imprisonment (not to extend beyond the 
final adjournment of the session) any person not a member who 
shall have been guilty of disorderly or contemptuous conduct in its 
presence, or of refusal to obey its lawful summons. 

It shall have the power to compel the attendance of witnesses upon 
any investigations held by itself, or by any of its committees. 

A majority of each House shall constitute a quorum to do business 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 237 

but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day, and compel the 
presence of absent members. 

Each House shall keep a Journal of its own proceedings, which 
shall be published. 

Each House shall keep its doors open during its session, except 
the Senate while sitting in Executive session. 

Neither House shall without the consent of the other adjourn for 
more than three days, or to any other town than that in which it 
may be holding its session. 

Bills and Laws 

Any bill may originate in either House. 

After being passed in one House a bill may be amended in the 
other. 

The enacting clause of every law shall be as follows : — 

" Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida." 

Each law shall embrace but one subject and matter properly con- 
nected therewith, which subject shall be briefly expressed in the title. 

No law shall be amended or revised by reference to its title only. 

Every bill shall be read on three several days. 

It shall be read by its title only on first reading. 

It shall be read by sections on its second reading and on its final 
passage. But any of these provisions relating to reading of bills may 
be suspended by a two-thirds vote. 

The vote on the final passage of every bill or joint resolution shall 
be taken by yeas and nays to be entered on the Journal. 

A majority of the members present in each House shall be necessary 
to pass every bill or joint resolution. 

No bill or law shall take effect for sixty days from the final ad- 
journment of the session, unless otherwise specially provided in such 
law. 

Every bill that may have passed the Legislature shall, before be- 
coming a law, be presented to the Governor. 

If he approves he shall sign it ; and it thereby becomes a law. 

If not, he shall return it with his objections to the House in which 
it originated, where it shall be reconsidered. If it shall then receive 
a two-thirds vote of both Houses it shall become a law. 

If any bill shall not be returned within five days after its presenta- 
tion to the Governor it shall become a law, as if he had signed it. 



238 PART III 

If the Legislature, by its adjouriiinent, shall prevent the return of a 
bill, it shall be filed with the Secretary of State with the Governor's 
objections, and he shall lay same before the Legislature at its next 
session. 

Accurate statements of the receipts and expenditures of the public 
money shall be attached to and published with the laws passed at 
every session of the Legislature. 

Duties and Powers of the Legislature 

The Legislature shall not pass special or local laws : 

(1) Regulating the jurisdiction and duties of any class of officers, 
except municipal officers. 

(2) For the punishment of crime or misdemeanor. 

(3) Regulating the practice of courts of justice, except municipal 
courts. 

(■1) Providing for change of veime of civil and criminal cases. 

(5) Granting divorces. 

(6) Changing the names of persons. 

(7) Vacating roads. 

(8) Summoning and empaneling grand and petit juries, and provid- 
ing for their compensation. 

(9) For assessment and collection of taxes for State and county 
purposes. 

(10) For opening and conducting elections for State and county 
officers, and for designating the places of voting. 

(11) For the sale of real estate belonging to minors, estates of 
decedents, and of persons laboring under legal disabilities. 

(12) Regulating the fees of officers of State and county. 

(13) Giving effect to informal or invalid deeds or wills. 

(14) Legitimizing children. 

(15) Providing for the adoption of children. 

(16) Relieving minors from legal disabilities. 

(17) For the establishment of ferries. 

But in all such cases, laws shall be general and of uniform operation 
throughout the State. 

In all cases not enumerated above, special or local laws may be 
passed provided sixty days' notice shall have been published in the 
locality affected. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 239 

Provision may be made by general law for bringing suit against the 
State for liabilities. 

Lotteries are prohibited in this State. 

The Legislature shall establish a uniform system of county and 
municipal government, which shall be applicable, except in cases 
where local or special laws are provided inconsistent therewith. 

The Legislature shall provide by general law for incorporating such 
educational, agricultural, mechanical, mining, transportation, mer- 
cantile, and other useful companies or associations as may be deemed 
necessary, but shall pass no special laws on any such subject, unless 
for a university, public schools, or a ship canal across the State. 

Law^s shall be passed regulating elections, and prohibiting, under 
adequate penalties, all undue influence thereon from power, bribery, 
tumult, or other improper practice. 

The Legislature shall provide for the election by the people or 
appointment by the Governor of all State and county officers not 
otherwise provided for by this Constitution, and fix by law their 
duties and compensation. 

By a vote of two thirds of all members present the House of Repre- 
sentatives shall have the power of impeachment; but no person shall 
be convicted without a trial by the Senate, with concurrence of two 
thirds of the Senators present. Judgment in cases of imj)eachment 
shall extend only to removal from office and disqualification to hold 
any office of honor, trust, or profit under the State ; but the party 
accused shall nevertheless be liable to indictment, trial, and punish- 
ment according to law. 

Laws making appropriations for the salaries of public officers and 
other current expenses of the State shall contain provisions on no 
other subject. 

The Legislature shall elect United States Senators in the manner 
prescribed by the Congress of the United States and by this Con- 
stitution. 

The repeal or amendment of any criminal statute shall not affect 
the prosecution or punishment of any crime committed before such 
repeal or amendment. 

No statute shall be passed lessening the time within which a civil 
action may be commenced on any cause of action existing at the time 
of its passage. 



240 PART III 



Article IV. EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT 

The Supreme Executive power of the State shall be vested in a 
Chief Magistrate, who shall be styled the Governor of Florida. 

Election, Term, Eligibility, etc., of Governor 

The Governor must be a qualified elector. 

He must have been a citizen of the United States, and a citizen and 
resident of the State of Florida, five years next preceding the time of 
his election. 

He shall be elected by the qualified electors of the State, at the time 
and places of voting for members of the Legislature. 

He shall hold his office for four years from the time of his instal- 
lation, but, 

He shall not be eligible for re-election to said office the next suc- 
ceeding term. 

His salary shall be thirty-five hundred dollars a year. 

Powers and Duties of Governor 

The Governor shall be Commander-in-Chief of the military forces 
of the State, except when they shall be called into the service of the 
United States. 

He shall transact all executive business with the officers of the gov- 
ernment, civil and military. 

He may require information in writing from the administrative 
officers of the Executive Department upon any subject relating to the 
duties of their respective offices. 

He shall take care that the laws are faithfully executed. 

He shall have the power to fill any vacancy in any office for the un- 
expired term, when no mode for filling it is provided by law. 

He may, on extraordinary occasions, convene the Legislature by proc- 
lamation, and shall in his proclamation state the purpose for which it 
is to be convened. The Legislature, when in extra session, shall trans- 
act no legislative business except such as may be brought before it 
by the Governor, unless by two-thirds vote of each House. 

He shall communicate by message to the Legislature at each regular 
session information concerning the condition of the State, and recom- 
mend such measures as he may deem expedient. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 241 

He shall have the power to adjourn the Legislature, in case of a 
disagreement between the two Houses as to the time of adjournment. 

He shall have the power to suspend the collection of fines and for- 
feitures, and to grant reprieves for a 2:)eriod not exceeding sixty days, 
for all offenses, except in cases of impeachment. 

He shall have the power to suspend the execution of sentence in 
cases of conviction for treason, until the case shall be reported to the 
Legislature at its next session. 

As one member of the Pardoning Board, (the others being the 
Secretary of State, Comptroller, Attorney-General, and Commissioner 
of Agriculture) he may remit fines and forfeitures, commute punish- 
ment and grant pardon after conviction, in all cases except treason 
and impeachment, subject to such limitations and restrictions as may 
be prescribed by law. 

The Governor may, at any time, require the opinion of the Justices 
of the Supreme Court as to the interpretation of any portion of this 
Constitution upon any question affecting his Executive powers and 
duties, and the Justices shall render such opinion in writing. 

He shall sign all grants and commissions, and they shall be in the 
name and under the authority of the State oi Florida, sealed with the 
great seal of the State and countersigned by the Secretary of State. 

He may suspend from office any officer not liable to impeachment, 
for malfeasance, misfeasance, or neglect of duty in office, for the com- 
mission of any felony or for drunkenness or incompetency, and the cause 
of suspension shall be communicated to the officer suspended and the 
Senate at its next session. With the consent of the Senate he may 
remove any such officer for such cause. If satisfied that the charges 
are untrue, the Governor may reinstate a suspended officer. If the 
Senate refuses to remove or fails to take action the suspended officer 
shall resume his office, with no loss of salary or other compensation in 
consequence of such suspension. Suspension or removal shall not 
relieve the officer of indictment for any misdemeanor in office. 

The Governor shall appoint all commissioned officers of the State 
Militia, including the Adjutant-General who shall be chief officer 
of the Governor's staff, with the rank of Major-General. 

The Governor and the administrative officers of the Executive 
Department shall constitute a Board of Commissioners of State Insti- 
tutions, which Board shall have supervision of all matters connected 
with such institutions in such manner as shall be prescribed by law. 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 16 



242 PART III 

The Goveruor shall have the power to disapprove of any item or 
items of any bill making appropriations of money, and such items 
shall be void unless repassed by the Legislature according to the 
rules for passing bills over the Executive veto. 

In case of the impeachment, removal from office, death, resignation 
or inability of the Governor, he shall be succeeded by the President 
of the Senate. He, in like case, shall be succeeded by the Speaker of 
the House of Representatives. But should there be a general election 
for members of the Legislature during such vacancy, an election for 
Governor shall be had. 

Cabinet Officials 

The Governor shall be assisted by administrative officers as follows : 
a Secretary of State, Attorney-General, Comptroller, Treasurer, Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction, and Commissioner of Agriculture. 

The Secretary of State shall keep the records of the official acts of 
the Legislative and Executive Departments of the Government, and 
shall, when required, lay the same, and all matters relative thereto, 
before either branch of the Legislature. 

He shall be custodian of the great seal of the State. 

He shall have charge of the Capitol buildings and grounds. 

The Attorney-General shall be the legal adviser of the Governor, 
and of the officers of the Executive Department. 

He shall be Reporter for the Supreme Court. 

The Comptroller shall examine, audit, adjust and settle the accounts 
of all officers of the State. 

The Treasurer shall receive and keep all funds, bonds, and other 
securities. 

He shall disburse no funds, nor issue bonds, or other securities except 
on the order of the Comptroller countersigned by the Governor. 

The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall have supervision of 
all matters pertaining to public instruction. 

He shall have supervision of State buildings devoted to educational 
purposes. 

The Commissioner of Agriculture shall perform such duties in rela- 
tion to agriculture as may be prescribed by law. 

He shall have supervision of all matters pertaining to public lands, 
shall keep the Bureau of Immigration, and shall have supervision of 
the State Prison. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 243 

All the officers of the Executive Department shall be elected at the 
same time, hold their offices for the same term, and be installed on the 
same day as the Governor. 

They shall make a full report of their official acts, of the receipts and 
expenditures of their offices, and the requirements of the same, to 
the Governor at the beginning of each session of the Legislature, or 
whenever the Governor shall require it. Such reports shall be laid 
before the Legislature by the Governor at the beginning of each regu- 
lar session. 

They shall furnish to the Legislature, at any time, information 
required by it. 

They shall perform all duties prescribed by law, and in the manner 
prescribed by law. 

They shall receive twenty-five hundred dollars salary per annum. 

(This salary was fixed by the Legislature of 1903, according to a proviso of 
a Section of this Article.) 

Article V. JUDICIARY DEPARTMENT 

The judicial power of the State shall be vested in a Supreme Court, 
Circuit Courts, Criminal Courts, County Courts, County Judges, and 
Justices of the Peace. 

No person shall ever be appointed or elected as a Justice of the 
Supreme Court, or a Judge of a Circuit Court, or Criminal Court, 
that is not twenty-five years of age and an Attorney at Law. 

The Supreme Court 

The Supreme Court shall consist of three Justices elected at the 
regular elections. They shall serve for six years, one being elected 
every two years. 

The Chief Justice shall be designated by lot and shall be such 
during his term of office. 

*Upon adoption of amendment (adopted November, 1902) the 
Governor, by and with the consent of the Senate, shall appoint three 
more Justices of the Supreme Court. 

*The three additional Justices shall serve until June, 1905, and 
their compensation shall be the same as that of the other Justices. 

*The Legislature of 1905 may provide for the election, term of 

* These amendments were adopted in 1902 to relieve a congested condition 
of the Court docket. 



244 PART III 

office and compensation of snch number of Justices, in addition to 
the three regularly elected, as may be deemed necessary, not to exceed 
three. 

The number of terms and times of holding them shall be regulated 
by law. 

All terms shall be held at the capital of the State. 

The Supreme Court shall have appellate jurisdiction in all cases 
at law and in equity and criminal cases originating in Circuit Courts, 
and of appeals from the Circuit Courts in certain cases arising before 
the County Judges. 

It shall have the power to issue writs of mandamus, certiorari, 
prohibition, quo warranto, habeas corpus, and also all writs necessary 
or proper to the complete exercise of its jurisdiction. 

Each of the Justices shall have the power to issue writs of habeas 
corpus to any part of the State, such writ to be returnable to himself, 
the Supreme Court or any Justice thereof, or before any Circuit 
Judge. 

The Legislature may prescribe regulations for calling into the 
Supreme Court a Judge of the Circuit Court, in place of any Justice 
who n)ay be disqualified by interest or other cause from hearing any 
matters pending. 

The Supreme Court shall appoint a Clerk who shall have his office 
at the Capital and shall be Librarian of the Supreme Court Library. 

The salary of each Supreme Court Justice shall be three thousand 
dollars a year. 

Circuit Courts 

There shall be eight Circuit Judges. 

They shall be appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the 
Senate. 

They shall hold their offices for six years. 

The State shall be divided into eight Judicial Circuits, and one 
Judge shall be assigned to each. 

The Judge shall hold at least two terms of his court in each 
county within his circuit every year, at such time and places as may 
be prescribed by law. He may also hold special terms. 

The Judge shall reside in the Circuit of which he is Judge. 

The Governor may order a temporary exchange of circuits, or may 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 245 

order any Judge to hold one or more terms or parts of terms in any 
other circuit than that to which he is assigned. 

The sahiry of each Circuit Judge shall be two thousand seven hun- 
dred and fifty dollars a year. 

The Circuit Courts shall have exclusive original jurisdiction in all 
cases in equity, also in all cases at law, not cognizable by inferior 
courts, and in all cases involving the legality of any tax assessment or 
toll ; of the action of ejectment and of all actions involving the titles 
or boundaries of real estate, and of all criminal cases not cognizable by 
inferior courts ; and original jurisdiction of actions of forcible entry 
and unlawful detainer, and of such other matters as the Legislature 
may provide. 

They shall have final appellate jui-isdiction in all civil cases and cases 
arising in the County Court, or before the County Judge, of all mis- 
demeanors tried in Criminal Courts, of judgments or sentences of any 
Mayor's Court, of all cases arising before Justices of the Peace, in 
counties in which there is no County Court, and of all cases arising 
before County Judges pertaining to their probate jurisdiction, or to 
the estates and interests of minors, and of such other matters as the 
Legislature may provide. The Circuit Courts and Judges shall have 
power to issue writs of mandamus, injunction, quo warranto, certiorari, 
prohibition, habeas corpus, and all writs proper and necessary to the 
complete exercise of their jurisdiction. 

The Circuit Judges shall report to the Attorney -General defects in 
the laws which may be called to their attention, to be by him reported 
to the Legislature with his recommendations. 

Circuit Judges may appoint Attorneys at Law to be Court Commis- 
sioners who may issue writs of injunction or habeas corpus in the 
absence of the Judge from the County. 

A State Attorney for each judicial circuit shall be appointed by the 
Governor, by and with the consent of the Senate. His duties shall 
be prescribed by law. His term shall be four years. 

A Sheriff ?i\\?i\\ be elected in each county. His term shall be four 
years and his duties prescribed by law. 

A Clerk of the Circuit Court shall be elected in each county. His 
term shall be four years and his duties prescribed by law. 

He shall be also Cleik of the County Court (except where there 
are criminal courts), and Recorder and ex officio Auditor of the 
County. 



246 PART III 

A County Judge shall be elected in each County. His term shall 
be four years and his compensation provided for by law. 

He shall have original jurisdiction in all cases at law involving not 
over $100 (and of certain other cases). 

County Courts 

County Courts may be established by the Legislature in such coun- 
ties as it may think proper. These shall have jurisdiction over all 
cases involving not more than $500., (and other original and appellate 
jurisdiction.) 

The County Judge shall be judge of the County Court. 

A Prosecuting Attorney shall be elected by the people in every 
County where a County Court is established. 

A Referee may be appointed on application of the parties to a suit. 

The County Commissioners of each county shall divide it into not 
less than two Justice Districts. One Justice of the Peace shall be 
elected for each of the districts. His term shall be four years. 

A Justice of the Peace shall have jurisdiction in cases arising in his 
own district and involving not more than $100, and in such criminal 
cases, except felonies, as may be prescribed by law, and he shall have 
power to issue process for the arrest of all persons charged with 
felonies and misdemeanors. 

A Justice of the Peace shall have the power to hold inquests of the 
dead. 

A Constable shall be elected in each Justice's District, who shall 
perform such duties and under such regulations as may be prescribed 
by law. 

Criminal Courts of Record may be established in such counties as 
the Legislature shall deem expedient. One Judge shall be appointed 
for each said court by the Governor and confirmed by the Senate. 
He shall hold his office for four years, and his salary shall be $1000 
a year. 

They shall have jurisdiction in all criminal cases not capital which 
may arise in such counties. 

There shall be six terms of said courts in each year. 

A Prosecuting Attorney for each such court shall be appointed by the 
Governor and confirmed by the Senate. He shall hold his office four 
years and his compensation shall be fixed by law. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 247 

In counties having a criminal court, the County Court shall have 
no criminal jurisdiction and no prosecuting attorney. 

The Clerk of said court shall be elected for four years. 

The Legislature may establish in incorporated towns or cities, 
courts for the punishment of offenses against municipal ordinances. 

No other Courts than those herein specified shall be established in 
this State. 

All judicial officers of this State shall be conservators of the peace. 

The style of all process shall be the " State of Florida," and all 
prosecutions shall be conducted in the name and by the authority of 
the State. 

The number of jurors for the trial of causes in any court may be 
fixed by law but shall not be less than six in any case. 

Article VI. SUFFRAGE AND ELIGIBILITY 

1. Every male person of the age of twenty-one years and upwards, 
that shall, at the time of registration, be a citizen of the United 
States, and that shall have resided and had his habitation, domicile, 
home and place of permanent abode in Florida for one year and in 
the county for six months, shall in such county be deemed a qualified 
elector at all elections under this Constitution. A naturalized citizen 
of the United States at the time of and before registration shall 
produce to the registration officer his certificate of naturalization or 
a duly certified copy thereof. 

2. The Legislature, at its first session after the ratification of this 
Constitution, shall provide by law for the registration of all the 
legally qualified voters in each county, and for the returns of elec- 
tions; and shall also provide that after the completion, from time to 
time, of such registration, no person not duly registered according to 
law shall be allowed to vote. 

3. Every elector shall at the time of his registration take and 
subscribe to the following oath : " I do solemnly swear or affirm that 
I will protect and defend the Constitution of the United States and 
of the State of Florida, that I am twenty-one years of age, and have 
been a resident of the State of Florida for twelve months and of this 
county for six months, and I am qualified to vote under the Const l 
tution and laws of the State of Florida." 

4. No person under guardianship, non compos mentis or insane shall 



248 PART III 

be qualified to vote at any election, nor shall any person convicted 
of felony by a court of record be qualified to vote at any election 
unless restored to civil rights. 

5. The Legislature shall have power to, and shall, enact the 
necessary laws to exclude from every office of honor, power, trust, 
or profit, civil or military, within the State, and from the right of 
suffrage, all persons convicted of bribery, perjury, larceny, or of in- 
famous crime, or who shall make, or become directly or indirectly 
interested in, any bet or wager, the result of which shall depend upon 
any election; or that shall hereafter fight a duel or send or accept a 
challenge to fight, or that shall be a second to either party, or that 
shall be the bearer of such challenge or acceptance; but the legal 
disability shall not accrue until after trial and conviction by due form 
of law. 

In all elections by the Legislature the vote shall be viva voce, and 
in all elections by the people the vote shall be by ballot. 

The Legislature shall have the power to make the payment of 
the capitation tax a prerequisite for voting, and all such taxes 
received shall go into the school fund. 

The Legislature shall enact such laws as will preserve the purity of 
the ballot given under this Constitution. 



Article VII. CENSUS AND APPORTIONMENT 

The Legislature shall consist of not more than thirty-two members 
of the Senate, and of not more than sixty-eight members of the House 
of Representatives. 

The members of the House of Representatives shall be elected for 
terms of two years, and the members of the Senate shall be elected for 
terms of four years. (The Senators representing the odd-numbered 
districts were elected in 1900, those representing the even-numbered 
districts in 1902.) 

The Legislature that shall meet a.d. 1887, and those that shall 
meet every ten years thereafter, shall apportion the representation in 
the Senate and the House of Representatives. The whole number of 
Senators shall not exceed thirty-two, and of Representatives shall not 
exceed sixty-eight. The representation in the House of Representa- 
tives shall be apportioned among the several counties as nearly as 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 249 

possible according to population ; provided each county shall have 
one representative and no county shall have more than three. 

When any senatorial district is composed of two or more counties, 
the counties of which such district consists, shall not be entirely sepa- 
rated by any county belonging to another district. Any new county 
that may be created shall be entitled to one member in the House of 
Representatives until the next apportionment thereafter; and shall 
be assigned when created to one of the adjoining senatorial districts 
as shall be determined by the Legislature. 

The Legislature shall provide for the enumeration of all the inhab- 
itants of the State by counties for the year 1895, and every ten years 
thereafter. 

Article VIII. COUNTIES AND CITIES 

The State shall be divided into political divisions to be called 
counties. 

The Legislature shall have the power to establish new counties and 
to change county lines. 

The Legislature shall have no power to remove the county seat of 
any county but shall provide by general law for such removal. 

There shall be elected, in and for each county, five County Com- 
missioners. Their terms of office shall be two years, and their powers, 
duties and compensation shall be prescribed by law. Each county 
shall be divided into five districts as nearly equal in population as 
possible, and one County Commissioner shall be elected from each of 
such districts. 

The Legislature shall provide for the election by the qualified elec- 
tors in each county of the following officers : A clerk of the Circuit 
Court, a Sheriff, Constables, a County Assessor of Taxes, a Tax Col- 
lector, a County Treasurer, a Superintendent of Public Instruction, 
and a County Surveyor. 

The term of all of these officers shall be four years, except that of 
the County Assessor of Taxes, County Tax Collector and County 
Treasurer, who shall be elected for two years. 

Their powers, duties, and compensation shall be prescribed by law. 

All county officers shall be commissioned by the Governor. 

No commission shall be issued to such officer until he shall have 
filed with the Secretary of State such bond as may be prescribed by 



250 PART III 

the Legislature and be approved by the County Commissioners and 
the Comptroller. 

No county officer shall become security upon the official bond of 
any other county officer. 

If any person elected or appointed to any county office shall fail to 
give bond and qualify within sixty days after his election, the said 
office shall become vacant. 

The Legislature shall provide for the division of counties into taxa- 
tion districts where necessary, and for the appointment of an assistant 
assessor for each district. Assistant assessors are not commissioned. 

The Legislature shall have power to establish and to abolish munici- 
palities, to provide for their government, to prescribe their jurisdic- 
tion and powers, and to alter or amend these at any time. When 
any municipality shall be abolished, provision shall be made for the 
protection of its creditors. 



Article IX. TAXATION AND FINANCE 

The Legislature shall provide for a uniform and equal rate of taxa- 
tion of all propei'ty, both real and personal, excepting such as may be 
exempted by law for municipal, educational, literary, scientific, re- 
ligious, or charitable purposes. 

It shall prescribe such regulations as shall secure a just valuation of 
all property. 

It shall provide for raising revenue sufficient to defray the expenses 
of the State for each fiscal year, and also a sufficient sum to pay the 
principal and interest of the existing indebtedness of the State. 

No tax shall be levied except in pursuance of law. 

No money shall be drawn from the treasury except in pursuance of 
appropriations made by law. 

The Legislature shall authorize the counties, cities, and towns to 
assess and impose taxes, but only for county and municipal purposes. 

All property shall be taxed upon tyie principles established for 
State taxation. 

But the cities and incorporated towns shall make their own assess- 
ments for municipal purposes upon the property within their limits. 

The Legislature may provide for a special capitation tax and a tax 
on licenses, 



CIVIL GOVERiSTMENT OF FLORIDA 251 

The capitation tax shall not exceed one dollar a year and shall be 
applied exclusively to common school purposes. 

The Legislature shall have the power to provide for issuing State 
bonds only for the purpose of repelling invasion or suppressing insur- 
rection, or for the purpose of redeeming or refunding bonds already 
issued, at a lower rate of interest. 

No tax shall be levied for the benefit of any chartered company of 
the State, nor for paying interest on any bonds issued by such char- 
tered companies, or by counties, or by corporations for the above- 
mentioned purpose. 

No person or corporation shall be relieved by any court from the 
payment of any tax that may be illegal, or illegally or irregularly 
assessed, until he or it shall have paid such portion of his or its taxes 
as may be legal. 

There shall be exempt from taxation property to the value of |200 
to every widow that has a family dependent on her for support, and 
to every person that has lost a limb or been disabled in war or by 
misfortune. 

The credit of the State shall not be pledged or loaned to any indi- 
vidual, company, corporation or association ; nor shall the State 
become a joint owner or stockholder in any company, association, or 
corporation ; nor shall any city, county, borough, township, or in- 
corporated district be permitted to do so. 



Article X. HOMESTEAD AND EXEMPTIONS 

A homestead to the extent of 160 acres of land, or the half of one 
acre within the limits of any incorporated city or town, owned by the 
head of a family residing in this State, together with |1000 worth of 
personal property, and the improvements on the real estate, shall be 
exempt from forced sale under process of any court. 

The real estate shall not be alienable without the joint consent of 
husband and wife, when that relation exists. 

No property shall be exempt from sale foi* taxes or assessments, or 
for the payment of obligations contracted for the purchase of said 
property, or for the erection or repair of improvements on the real 
estate exempted, or for house, field, or other labor performed on the 



252 PART III 

The exemptions provided for above shall inure to the widow and 
heirs of the party entitled to such exemptions. 

The holder may alienate his homestead rights by deed or mortgage. 

Article XI. MARRIED WOMEN'S PROPERTY 

The property belonging to a married woman shall be her separate 
property and not liable for the debts of her husband without her 
consent given in writing and executed according to law. 

But it is liable for any agreement made in writing, or for the price 
of any property purchased by her, or for labor or material used with 
her knowledge or assent in the construction of buildings, or repairs or 
improvements upon her property, or for agricultural or other labor 
bestowed thereon, with her knowledge and consent. 

Article XII. EDUCATION 

The Legislature shall provide for a uniform system of public free 
schools, and shall provide for their liberal maintenance. 

There shall be a Superintendent of Public Instruction, whose duties 
shall be prescribed by law, and whose term of office shall be four 
years. 

The State Board of Education shall consist of the Governor, who 
shall be president, the Secretary of State, the Attorney-General, the 
State Treasurer, and the State Superintendent of Public Instruction 
who shall be Secretary. 

This Board shall have power to remove any subordinate school offi- 
cer for cause, upon notice to the incumbent. 

The Board shall have the management and investment of all State 
School Funds under such regulations as may be prescribed by law. 

It shall have such supervision of schools of higher grades as the law 
shall provide. 

The State School Fund shall be derived from the following sources : 

(1) The proceeds of all lands that have been or may hereafter be 
granted to the State by the United States for public school purposes. 

(2) Donations to the State when the purpose is not specified. 
(8) Appropriations by the State. 

(4) The proceeds' of escheated property or forfeitures. 

(5) Twenty-five per cent of the sales of public lands which are now 
or may hereafter be owned by the State. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 253 

The principal of the State School Fund shall remain sacred and 
inviolate. 

The interest of the State School Fund shall be exclusively applied 
to the support and maintenance of public free schools. 

A special tax of oue mill on the dollar of all taxable property in 
the State, in addition to the other means provided, shall be levied 
and apportioned annually for the support and maintenance of public 
free schools. 

Provision shall be made by law for the apportionment and distribu- 
tion of the interest on the State School Fund and the special tax 
among the counties in proportion to the average attendance upon 
the schools. 

Each county shall be required to assess and collect annually for the 
support of public free schools therein, a tax of not less than three 
mills nor more than five mills on the dollar of all taxable property in 
the county. 

In addition to the tax provided for in the foregoing section, the 
County School Fund shall consist of : 

(1) The proportion of the interest of the State School Fund. 

(2) The one mill State tax apportioned to the county. 

(3) All capitation taxes collected within the county. 

The County School fund shall be disbursed by the County Board of 
Public Instruction solely for the support and maintenance of public 
free schools. 

The Legislature may provide for the division of any county or coun- 
ties into convenient school districts; and for the election biennially 
of three school trustees, who shall hold their office for two years, and 
who shall have the supervision of all the schools within the district; 
and for the levying and collection of a district school tax of not more 
than three mills on the dollar, for the exclusive use of the public free 
schools within the district, whenever a majority of the qualified elec- 
tors thereof that pay a tax on real, or personal property shall vote in 
favor of such levy. 

Any incorporated town may constitute such school district. 

The fund raised by the district tax may be expended in the district 
v^here levied for building or repairing school houses, for the purchase 
of school libraries and text-books, for salaries of teachers, or for edu- 
cational purposes, so that the distribution among all the schools of 
the district be equitable. 



254 PART III 

White and colored children shall not be taught in the same school, 
but impartial provision shall be made for both. 

No law shall be enacted authorizing the diversion or the lending of 
any County or District School Funds, or the appropriation of any part 
of the permanent or available school fund to any other than school 
purposes ; nor shall the same, or any part thereof, be appropriated to 
or used for the support of any sectarian school. 

The Legislature at its first session shall provide for the establish- 
ment and maintenance of not more than tv^^o Normal Schools. 

The compensation of all county school officers shall be paid from 
the school fund of their respective counties, and all other county offi- 
cers receiving stated salaries shall be paid from the general funds of 
their respective counties. 

Article XIII. PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS 

Institutions for the benefit of the insane, blind and deaf, and such 
other benevolent institutions as the public good may require, shall be 
fostered and supported by the State, subject to such regulations as 
may be prescribed by law. 

A State Prison shall be established and maintained in such manner 
as may be prescribed by law. 

Provision may be made for a house of refuge for juvenile offenders. 

The Legislature shall have power to establish a home and work 
house for common vagrants. 

The respective counties of the State shall provide in the manner 
prescribed by law for those of the inhabitants that by reason of age, 
infirmity, or misfortune, may have claims upon the aid and sympathy 
of society. 

Article XIV. MILITIA 

All able-bodied male inhabitants of the State, between the ages of 
eighteen and forty-five years, that are citizens of the United States, or 
have declared their intention to become citizens thereof, shall consti- 
tute the militia of the State, but no male citizen, of whatever religious 
creed or opinion, shall be exempt from military duty except on such 
conditions as may be prescribed by law. 

The Legislature may provide by law for organizing and disciplining 
the Militia of the State, for the encouragement of volunteer corps, the 
safe keeping of the public arms, and for a guard for the State Prison. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 255 

The Governor, by and with the consent of the Senate, shall appoint 
two Major-Generals and four Brigadier Generals of militia. They 
shall take rank according to the dates of their commissions. The 
officers and soldiers of the State militia, when uniformed, shall wear 
the uniform prescribed for the United States Army; provided, that 
volunteer companies may select their own uniforms. 

The Governor shall have power to call out the militia to preserve 
the public peace, to execute the laws of the State, to suppress insur- 
rection, or to repel invasion. 

Article XV. PUBLIC HEALTH 

The Legislature shall establish a State Board of Health and also 
County Boards of Health in all counties where it may be necessary, 
and shall prescribe their powers, duties, and responsibilities. 

Article XVI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

The seat of government shall be at the city of Tallahassee, in the 
county of Leon. 

Concerning Officers 

The Governor, Supreme Court, and all administrative officers of the 
Executive Department shall keep their offices at the seat of govern- 
ment. But in case of invasion or violent epidemics the Governor 
may direct that the offices of the Government be removed to some 
other place, but only so long as necessary. The sessions of the 
Legislature may be removed for the same cause, but in case of such 
removal all departments of the government shall be removed to one 
place. 

All county officers shall hold their respective offices, and keep their 
official books and records, at the county seats of their respective coun- 
ties ; and the Clerk and Sheriff shall either reside or have a sworn 
deputy within two miles of the county seat. 

Each and every officer of this State, including the members of the 
Legislature, shall before entering upon the discharge of his official 
duties take the following oath of office : I do solemnly swear (or 
affirm) that I will support, protect, and defend the Constitution and 
government of the United States and of the State of Florida; that I 
am duly qualified to hold office under the Constitution of the State, 



256 PART III 

and that I will well and faithfully perform the duties of 

on which I am now about to enter. So help me God. 

No person holding or exercising the functions of any office under 
any foreign government, under the government of the United States 
or under any other State, shall hold any office of honor or profit under 
the government of this State ; and no person shall hold, or perform 
the functions of, more than one office under the government of this 
State at the same time ; provided that Notaries Public, militia officers, 
county school officers, and Commissioners of deeds may be elected or 
appointed to fill any legislative, executive, or judicial office. 

No person shall hold any office of trust or profit under the laws of 
this State without devoting his personal attention to the duties 
thereof. 

The salary of each officer shall be payable quarterly upon his own 
requisition. No extra compensation shall be made to any officer, agent, 
employe, or contractor after the service shall have been rendered or 
the contract made. The Legislature shall provide for deductions from 
the salaries of public officers who neglect the performance of any duty 
assigned them by law. 

No railroad or other transportation company or common carrier in 
this State shall gi-ant a free pass, or discount the fare paid by the 
public generally, to any member of the Legislature, or to any salaried 
officer of this State, and the Legislature shall prohibit the granting 
or receiving such free pass, or fare at a discount, by suitable penalties. 

A plurality of votes given at an election of officers shall constitute 
a choice when not otherwise provided by this Constitution. 

The Governoi* and every State officer are hereby prohibited from 
giving certificates of election or other credentials to any person as 
having been elected to the House of Representatives of the United 
States Congress, or the United States Senate, who has not been five 
years a citizen of the State and ten years a citizen of the United States, 
and a qualified voter. 

The Legislature shall not create any office, the term of which shall 
be longer than four years. 

All State, County, and Municipal officers shall continue in office 
after the expiration of their official terms until their successors are 
duly qualified. 

The sureties upon the official bonds of all officers shall be residents 
of, and have sufficient visible property unincumbered within, the State 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 257 

(or the county, in the case of county otficers), not exempt from sale 
under legal process, to make good their bonds. 

Financial Provisions 

In all criminal cases prosecuted in the name of the State when the 
defendant is insolvent or discharged, the legal costs and expenses, in- 
cluding the fees of officers, shall be paid by the counties where the 
crime is committed, under such regulations as shall be prescribed 
by law. 

All fines and forfeitures collected under the penal laws of the State 
shall be paid into the county treasuries of the respective counties as a 
general county fund to be applied to such legal costs and expenses. 

No money shall be appropriated or paid on any claim, the subject 
matter of which shall not have been provided for by pre-existing laws, 
unless allowed by a vote of two thirds of the members elected to each 
house of the Legislature. 

The property of all corporations shall be subject to taxation unless 
such property be held and used exclusively for religious, scientific, 
municipal, educational, literary, or charitable purposes, or for a ship 
or barge canal across the peninsula of Florida. 

The Legislature shall appropiiate at least ^500 each year for the 
purchase of such books for the Supreme Court Library as the Court 
may direct. 

Promiscuous 

The Legislature may provide for the donation of public lands to 
actual settlers, not exceeding eighty acres to any one person. 

The Legislature shall provide for the speedy publication and distri- 
bution of all laws it may enact. 

Decisions of the Supreme Court, and all laws and judicial decisions 
shall be free for publication by any person. 

No judgment of the Supreme Court shall take effect until the de- 
cision of the court in such case shall be filed with the clerk of said 
court. 

No Convention or Legislature of this State shall act upon any 
amendment to the Constitution of the United States proposed by 
Congress to the several States, unless such Convention or Legislature 
shall have been elected after such amendment is submitted. 

Deeds and mortgages which have been proved for record and re- 
corded according to law, shall be taken as prima facie evidence in the 

HIST. OF FLORIDA 17 



258 PART III 

courts of this State without requiring proof of the execution. A 
certified copy of such record shall be of like effect as the original. 

The Legislature shall provide for giving to mechanics and laborers 
an adequate lien on the subject matter of their labor. 

No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any house with- 
out the consent of the owner, nor in time of war except in the manner 
prescribed by law. 

All marriages between a' white person and a negro, or between a 
white person and a person of negro descent to the fourth generation, 
inclusive, are hereby forever prohibited. 

The term felony, whenever it may occur in this Constitution or in 
the laws of the State, shall be construed to mean any criminal offense 
punishable with death or imprisonment in the State Penitentiary. 

The Legislature may provide for the drainage of the land of one 
person over or through that of another, upon just compensation 
therefor to the owner of the land over which drainage is had. 

No private property nor right of way shall be appropriated to the 
use of any corporation or individual until full compensation therefor 
shall be first made to the owner, or first secured to him by deposit 
of money; which compensation, irrespective of any benefit from 
any improvement proposed by such corporation or individual, shall 
be ascertained by a jury of twelve men in a court of competent 
jurisdiction, as shall be prescribed by law. 

The Legislature has power and is directed to provide for the correc- 
tion of abuses and to prevent unjust discrimination and excessive 
charges by those engaged as common carriers, or performing other 
services of a public nature. 

The Seal of the State shall be and remain as follows : A seal the 
size of the American silver dollar, having in the center thereof a view 
of the sun's rays over a highland in the distance, a cocoa tree, a 
steamboat on water, and an Indian female scattering flowers in the 
foreground, encircled by the words, " Great Seal of the State of 
Florida; In God We Trust." 

The State flag shall be of the following proportions and descrip- 
tion : Depth to be three fourths length of fly. The seal of the State, 
of diameter one third the fly, in the center of a white gTound. Red 
bars, in width one eighth the length of fly extending from each 
corner toward the center, to the outer rim of the seal. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF FLORIDA 259 



Article XVIL AMENDMENTS 

Amendments to this Constitution may be proposed by either branch 
of the Legislature, at a regular session, 

They must be agreed to by three fifths of all the members elected 
to each House and entered upon their respective Journals with the 
yeas and nays. 

They must be published for three months immediately j)receding 
the next general election, in one newspaper in each county. 

They must be so submitted to the electors of the State, at such elec- 
tion, for approval, as to enable the voters to vote on each amendment 
separately. 

If a majority voting upon the amendments at such election shall 
adopt them they shall become a part of the Constitution. 

When two thirds of all the members of both Houses of the Legisla- 
ture shall determine that a revision of this Constitution is necessary, 
such determination shall be entered upon the Journals with the yeas 
and nays thereon. 

Notice shall be published in every county for three months preced- 
ing the next general election of Representatives. 

The electors at said election may vote for or against the revision. 

If a majority of the electors so voting be in favor of revision, 
the Legislature shall provide by law for a convention to revise the 
Constitution. 

Such convention shall be held within six months after the passage 
of such law. 

The convention shall consist of a number equal to the member- 
ship of the House of Representatives, and shall be apportioned 
among the several counties in the same manner as members of said 
House. 

Article XVIII SCHEDULE 

This Article deals only with the provisions necessary for putting 
this Constitution into effect in lieu of that of 1868. 



Article XIX. LOCAL OPTION 

The Board of County Commissioners of each county in the State, 
not oftener than once in two years, upon the application of one fourth 



260 PART III 

of the registered voters of any county, shall call and provide for an 
election to decide whether the sale of intoxicating liquors, wines, or 
beer shall be prohibited therein. 

The election shall be conducted in the manner prescribed by law 
for holding general elections. 

The question shall be determined by a majority vote of those 
voting. 

Intoxicating liquors, either spirituous, vinous, or malt, shall not be 
sold in any election district in which a majority vote was cast against 
their sale at said election. 

Elections under this section shall be held within sixty days from 
the time of presenting said application, but if any election should 
thereby take place within sixty days of any State or national elec- 
tion, it shall be held within sixty days after such State or national 
election. 

[For a complete explanatory text-book on this subject see Dr. W. F. Yocum's " Civil 
Government in Florida."] 



FLORIDA ELECTION SYSTEM 
GENERAL CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS 

In all elections by the Legislature the vote shall be viva voce, and in 
all elections by the people the vote shall be by ballot. (Art. VI., 
Sec. 6.) 

Laws shall be passed regulating elections, and prohibiting, under 
adequate penalties, all undue influence thereon from power, bribery, 
tumult or other improper practice. (Art. III., Sec. 26.) 

The Legislature shall provide for the election by the people or 
appointment by the Governor of all State and county oiRcers not 
otherwise provided for by this constitution, and fix by law their duties 
and compensation. (Art. III., Sec. 27.) 

Every elector shall, at the time of his registration, take and subscribe 
to the following oath : " I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will 
protect and defend the constitution of the United States and of the 
State of Florida, that I am twenty-one years of age, and have been a 
resident of the State of Florida for twelve months and of this county 



FLORIDA ELECTION SYSTEM 261 

for six mouths : and I am qualified to vote under the constitution and 
laws of the State of Florida." (Art. VI., Sec. 3.) 

Other constitutional provisions are those embodied in the several 
legislative enactments as outlined below. (See Chap. 4328, Laws 
of 1895; Chap. 4536, 4537, and 4538, Laws of 1897; Chap. 4999, 
Laws of 1899.) 

GENERAL ELECTION LAW 

Time. — General elections are held in the several counties of the 
State on the Tnesday after the first Monday in November of each 
even-numbered year. 

Purpose. — At each general election there are chosen, by the quali- 
fied electors of the State, all elective State and county officers whose 
term of office may then require an election to be held to fill such office, 
besides State senators and members of the House of Representatives, 
members of Congress, and presidential electors. 

Suffrage. — All male jjersons twenty-one years of age and upwards 
who are citizens of the United States and who have resided in the 
State for one year and in the county six months at the time of any 
election are considered qualified electors, with the following ex- 
ceptions. 

Disfranchisement. — The following classes shall not be entitled to 
vote : — 

(1) Persons not duly registered. 

(2) Persons under guardianship. 

(3) Persons who are insane or idiotic. 

(4) Persons who have been convicted of felony by a Court of Record. 

(5) Persons who have been convicted of bribery, perjury, larceny, or 
any infamous crime in any court of the State or any other State. 

(6) Persons who make or are interested in any bets, the result of 
which depends upon an election. 

(7) Persons who fight a duel, or send or convey or accept a chal- 
lenge to fight, or are seconds to either party. 

(8) Persons who have not paid, on or before the second Saturday in 
the month preceding the day of election, their poll taxes for the two 
years next preceding the year in which the election is held. Provided, 
no person shall be prevented from voting for not having so paid a poll 
tax for any year which shall not have been lawfully assessable against 
him by reason of his not having been of age, or having been over fifty- 



262 PART III 

five years of age, or by reason of having lost a limb in battle, or 
having not been in this State more than one year. 

Special Elections. — Special elections may be held in the following 
cases : — 

When there has been no choice of any officer who should have been 
elected at a general election. 

When a vacancy occurs in the office of State senator or members of 
the House of Representatives, provided a session of the legislature 
shall be held after the vacancy occurs and before a general election. 

When a vacancy occurs more than three months before a general 
election, in the office of representative to Congress or in any office 
which the governor is not authorized to fill by appointment. 

AVlien it is necessary to elect presidential electors, by reason of a 
vacancy in the office of President and Vice-president. 

Notice of Election. — The Secretary of State is required to give 
notice in one or more newspapers published at the capital, of a general 
or a special election, sixty days prior to such election ; such notice to 
state the offices to be filled by the election. 

He must send a copy of the notice to the sheriff of each county, who 
must have it published in one paper published in his county, or if 
there is no paper there, he shall put the notice in five of the most 
conspicuous public places in the county. When published in a news- 
paper, the notice must appear each week for sixty days next preceding 
the election both at the capital and in the counties. 

Registration. — The supervisor of registration is required to open 
his books at least three days in each week from 9 a.m. to 12 m. and from 
2 to 5 P.M. from the first Monday in August. Disti'ict registration 
officers must keep their books open from 9 a.m. to 12 m. and from 1 to 7 
P.M. at least two days each w^eek fi-om the first Monday in September 
to the second Saturday of October. 

The registration officer is required to give notice, by publication, 
of the date of opening and of closing the registration books and the 
place at which they will be kept while open for registration. The 
supervisor of registration, must, within fourteen days after the second 
Saturday in the month preceding the day of any general election, 
publish a certified list of the registered and qualified electors in each 
election district. The registration officer is required to furnish each 
elector with a certified copy of registration, or if the elector has moved 
into another district, with a certificate of transfer, and no person can 



FLORIDA ELECTION SYSTEM 263 

vote in any other district than that in which his name appears. The 
decisions of the registration officer are subject to revision by the Board 
of County Commissioners. On the first Monday after the closing of 
the registration books in every year in which tliere is a general elec- 
tion, the County Commissioners are required to examine and revise 
the registration list, and to publish the list of names stricken there- 
from. 

Collection of Poll Taxes. — The tax collector of each county is re- 
quired by law to be present in his office from 9 a.m. to 12 m. and 
from 1 to 5 p.m. each day, Sundays excepted, for twenty days next 
preceding the second Saturday of the month before the day of any 
general election for the purpose of receiving poll taxes and issuing re- 
ceipts therefor. The receipt must state the color and age of the elec- 
tor and tiie number of the election district in which the elector re- 
sides. Tax collectors must make certified lists of poll taxes collected, 
one of which must be filed with the registration officer, the other for- 
warded to the comptroller. 

Election Officers. — For the purpose of conducting elections, it is 
the duty of the county commissioners in each county, at least twenty 
days prior to any general or special election, to appoint three intelli- 
gent, discreet, fair-minded inspectors of election and a clerk of election 
for each polling place in each election district, all of whom shall be 
residents and registered qualified electors of the election district for 
which they are appointed, and all of whom shall not belong to the 
same political party. 

They must cause the names of the inspectors and clerks to be pub- 
lished at least fifteen days prior to the day of election. Inspectors 
and clerks are paid two dollars per day and the messenger delivering 
the returns receives five cents per mile each way for transmitting the 
tax books and returns. No elector who cannot read and write the 
English language can be appointed a clerk or inspector of election. 
In case any inspector or clerk of election is absent, his place may be 
supplied by the electors present favoring the ticket which the absent 
inspector or clerk had been chosen to represent. Inspectors and clerks 
are required to subscribe to a written oath to faithfully perform the 
duties imposed upon them. This oath may be taken before any officer 
authorized to administer oaths, or the inspectors and clerk may swear 
each other. The oaths must be returned with the poll list. After 
taking the oath the inspectors organize by electing one of their 



264 PART III 

members chairman. All questions that may arise must be decided 
by a majority of the inspectors. 

Conduct of Election. — Polling places are to be railed off with an 
entrance and an exit, and only one elector is allowed to enter at a time. 
No one is allowed to speak to an elector in the polling place except 
the inspectors, and they are not allowed to speak or interfere concern- 
ing the manner of his voting or any ticket he may vote. All polling 
places must be opened at 8 a.m. and kept open until sundown, the 
time of opening to be regulated by the time standard of the locality 
where the election is held. 

The inspectors may adjourn for one half hour between 12 m. and 
1 P.M., by making public proclamation of the closing and opening. 
During the adjournment, the ballot box must be in possession and 
view of two of the inspectors who shall not have the key. During the 
election and canvass of the votes the ballot box must not be concealed 
from the public. 

Ballots. — All elections must be by secret official ballot printed by 
the county, the ballot to contain the names of all the candidates duly 
nominated by primary election, convention, or mass meeting, and to 
be delivered by the inspectors to the elector on his application to 
vote. All ballots provided by the county commissioners must be 
alike, printed in plain type, in straight lines, upon plain white paper 
so thick that the printing cannot be distinguished from the back, 
with a line between each name and extending sufficiently to the 
left of the name to easily permit the making before each name a cross 
mark ( x ) and, in an appropriate place, the words "Vote for one" or 
^' Vote for two " or more as the case may be. All ballots for use at a 
precinct shall be fastened together in convenient numbers in books or 
blocks in such manner that each ballot may be easily removed and 
such ballot shall have a stub attached of sufficient size for one of the 
inspectors to write or stamp his name or initials thereon. 

Balloting. — When the ballot is presented by the elector, the stub 
must be detached before the ballot is placed in the ballot box. Booths 
must be provided where the elector may mark his ballot in secret. 
Only one person is permitted to enter a booth except in case of physi- 
cal disability of the elector to mark his ballot, in which case he may 
call some one to mark his ballot for him. No voter shall be allowed 
a longer time than five minutes, after receiving his ballot and enter- 
ing the booth, to mark his ballot and cast his vote. Failing to vote 



FLORIDA ELECTION SYSTEM 265 

within the prescribed time, he must retire from the booth and not 
enter the polling place again. No one shall be allowed to approach 
nearer than fifteen feet to any door or window of a polling place 
except for the purpose of casting his ballot, and then only one elector 
at a time can be allowed in the polling place. Penalties are pre- 
scribed for any elector who shall allow his ballot to be seen ; remove 
it from the polling place; mark it in any manner by which it may be 
identified ; interfere with or unduly influence any elector in the prepa- 
ration of a ballot ; print, procure, or have in his possession, except as 
required by law, any ballot or copy of a ballot; or attempt to do any 
of these things. 

Any elector who by accident or mistake spbils his ballot may return 
it to the inspectors who shall detach the stub and destroy the ballot, 
without inspection, and shall give the elector another ballot. No 
elector may be furnished in this manner with more than three ballots 
and no elector will be permitted to carry a ballot outside of the poll- 
ing room. A record must be kept by the clerk of all the ballots 
destroyed. Ballots improperly marked may not be counted. Clerks 
must keep the poll list. The inspectors must prevent repolling, keep 
order, and see that the law is complied with. 

Preservation of Order. — Each polling place must be provided with 
a deputy sheriff who shall be subject to all lawful commands of the 
inspectors. The deputy sheriff has the power to keep the peace and 
to summon a posse, but no deputy sheriff or policeman can enter the 
polling place unless summoned by the inspectors. Failure on the part 
of the deputy sheriff or an election officer to perform his duty makes 
him guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by prescribed penalties. 

Canvass and Returns. — At the close of the election the inspectors 
at each polling place shall open the box in the presence of the public, 
and count the ballots therein. If the number tallies with the record 
of the clerk, the inspectors proceed to canvass the vote and must 
continue without adjournment until the canvass is completed. 
The canvass being completed, the result is publicly proclaimed, and 
duplicate certificates are made out and signed by the clerk and in- 
spectors and carefully sealed in envelopes, one of which is immediately 
delivered to the supervisor of registration, together with the poll list, 
oaths of inspectors and clerk, ballot box, ballot stubs, memoranda 
and papers of all kinds used in conducting the election. The other 
certificate is delivered to the county judge. 



266 PART III 

County Canvass. — On the sixth day, or sooner if all the returns 
have been received, the County Judge and Supervisor of Registration 
meet at the office of the Supervisor. They call in the Chairman of the 
Board of County Commissioners or other member of the board. If 
from sickness or other cause the County Judge or Supervisor cannot 
act, another member of the Board of County Commissioners is desig- 
nated by the Chairman instead. These constitute the County Can- 
vassing Board, who canvass the vote, and make the returns in 
duplicate. One of these is immediately forwarded by mail to the 
Secretary of State, the other to the Governor. The result of the 
election is recorded in full in a book provided by the County Commis- 
sioners, which is kept as a part of the county records. Failure to 
perform these duties is punishable by heavy penalties. 

State Canvass. — On the thirty -fifth day after the holding of any 
general or special election for any State officer or member of Congress, 
or sooner if the returns shall have been received, the State Board of 
Canvassers, consisting of the Secretary of State, the Comptroller and 
the Attorney-General or any two of them, together with any other 
administrative officer of the Executive Department who may be 
designated by them, proceed to canvass the returns. When the true 
vote is determined, the result is declared, a record is made of the 
returns in a book kept for that purpose, the returns are filed in the 
Secretary's office and the result is published once in one or more 
newspapers published at the capital. 

Special Provisions. — In case of an epidemic the County Commis- 
sioners may establish polling places at a safe and convenient distance 
from the infected point. All saloons must be closed at six o'clock of 
the evening preceding the day of election and remain closed until six 
o'clock of the morning after the election. During this time the sale 
of all liquors is prohibited under heavy penalties. Corporations may 
not contribute to any political party or organization or to promote the 
candidacy of any person. 

POLITICAL PRIMARY ELECTIONS 

(Chap. 5014, Laws of 1901.) 
The State executive or standing committee of any political party 
may call a primary election by giving thirty days' published notice of 
the time and purpose of same, with the polling places, names of in- 
spectors and time when returns shall be made to the committee. 



FLORIDA ELECTION SYSTP:M 267 

Only persons legally qualified to vote and whose poll taxes were 
paid at least ten days before the time of such election are permitted 
to participate. The executive committee calling such primary elec- 
tion may declare tlie terms and conditions on which those offering 
to vote shall l)e regarded as members of the party in whose interest 
the election is called and therefore entitled to participate. The in- 
spectors may reject the vote of any person whom they may deem 
ineligible, unless such person shall make oath as to his eligibility 
under the conditions prescribed. 

Tlie method of balloting in primary elections conforms as nearly as 
possible to the general election law. 

In case no candidate receives a majority of all votes cast for any 
office, a second primary must be held within four weeks of the first to 
choose between those receiving the highest votes in the first primary. 

The executive committee are authorized to I'egulate the pay of 
primary election officers and to provide funds for election expenses by 
assessing candidates not to exceed five per cent of the annual compen- 
sation of the office sought. 

The primary elections of any political party, for all purposes, must 
be held throughout the State on the same day, but the primary elec- 
tions of different parties may be held on different days. Primary 
elections must be held not less than sixty days before the date for the 
general election. 

SPECIAL TAX SCHOOL DISTRICT ELECTIONS 

(Chap. 4678, Laws of 1899. All other laws on this subject were repealed by 
Chap. 5000, 1901.) 

Whenever one fourth of the qualified electors that pay a tax on prop- 
erty shall so petition, the County Board of Public Instruction shall 
order an election to determine (1) whether a specified city, town, or 
designated portion of a county shall become a special tax school dis- 
trict; (2) who shall be school trustees of said district; (3) the num- 
ber of mills of district tax to be levied and collected annually for the 
succeeding two years. 

The petition must be published for four successive weeks before the 
election is ordered, and the order for election must be published dur- 
ing a like time. 

Special tax district elections are conducted like general elections 



268 PART III 

except that they are managed and canvassed by the Board of Public 
Instruction. 

Tlie funds derived from special district taxes are exi")ended for school 
purposes within the district where paid and are to be divided equitably 
among all the schools of the district. The trustees apportion the fund 
among the several schools and purposes, but the control and expendi- 
ture of the fund is intrusted to the County Board of Public Instruc- 
tion. The fund is assessed, collected and held by the County Assessor, 
Collector, and Treasurer respectively. Trustees nominate teachers, but 
the election is by the County Board. 



PRIVILEGES AND DUTIES OF FLORIDA 
CITIZENS 

Every boy and girl of Florida should be familiar with the rights 
and privileges guaranteed by his State and nation. The fact that our 
rights are so thoroughly secured by the constitutions upon which our 
government is founded usually prevents our having occasion to defend 
ourselves against their infraction ; yet we should know how great these 
blessings are, — we should know our privileges as citizens that we may 
make use of them, and our duties that w^e may faithfully and wisely 
perform them. 

We who have so long enjoyed the liberties secured to us by our govern- 
ment should not forget the tyrannies endured by our forefathers who 
fought for their independence. They had been taxed for the support 
of a government from which they had received no protection and in 
which they had no voice. They were forced to maintain a govern- 
ment for the benefit of the rulers. Their most sacred rights were 
constantly ignored by those in authority over them. Governments 
not only failed to secure to them the right to worship God as they 
chose, but put thousands to death for no other crime than wor- 
shiping as conscience dictated. Men had no assurance of fair trial, 
and innocent as well as guilty were often punished most cruelly, 
sometimes without knowing for what offense. AVhen convicted, their 
property was often seized by the government, their families were left 
destitute, and even their children were attainted as criminals. Even 
for debt, men were indefinitely imprisoned. In studying the history 
of those times you will find many laws and customs which made life 



PRIVILEGES AND DUTIES OF CITIZENS 269 

very hard for one who was not born among the ruling classes, and 
even among these the whims of a monarch could often decide concern- 
ing an individual's fortune and power or his degradation and death. 

It was in order to be free of these tyrannies and to set up for them- 
selves and their posterity a government which should secure to every 
man those inherent rights which God intended he should have, that 
our forefathers fought and won in the Revolutionary War and that 
they afterwards framed the constitution of the United States. 

In the national constitution the first ten amendments constitute a 
bill of rights, while iu the constitution of Florida the first twenty-four 
paragraphs are devoted to a declaration of rights which the State 
government is pledged to secure to every citizen. We should be proud 
of the fact that we are all equal before the law and that each of us 
has certain rights which it is the business of our government to pro- 
tect against all men or combinations of men. Among these are the 
rights of enjoying and defending life and liberty, of acquiring, pos- 
sessing, and defending property, of pursuing happiness, and securing 
safety. Every citizen should know that the highest source of political 
power is the people. Our government gets its authority only from 
the people and its highest purpose is to secure the rights and pro- 
tection of the people. As one of our great men has said, ours is " a 
government of the people, by the people, and for the people." 

Every person, however humble, is entitled to the protection of just 
and impartial courts, to support the decrees of which there stands 
ready the whole power of the officers of the law and the military and 
naval forces of the government. No man is so poor or lowly but that 
the might of the nation stands between him and injustice. 

Besides the protection and justice which our government secures 
to us, there are countless advantages and opportunities which are 
afforded by the encouragement and protection given to those engaged 
in various occupations. The immeasurable benefits arising from the 
railroads and telegraphs, our ability to market our produce in any 
part of the world or to purchase at a neighboring store for a small 
price the products of every part of the world, the magnificent postal 
service, the daily news, and thousands of other things that distinguish 
our advanced civilization, are some of the incalculable advantages 
secured to us by the government of our State and of our nation. 

What greater cause could we have for pride "than that this govern- 
ment, so great and so good, is our government ! Not only has our conn- 



270 PART III 

try brought liberty to its own people, but it has paved the way for the 
formation of niany republics, and has secured greater liberties to the 
people of every civilized nation. It has been the great model of 
liberty and the inspiration to self-government for the whole world. 
The thought should thrill our hearts with patriotism. 

But among all the political liberties and blessings that we enjoy, 
none is of more importance or should be more appreciated than the 
opportunity afforded by our State for every child, rich or poor, to 
receive a good education. Education is the means by which the 
distinctions of class and birth are swept away, and every one is able 
to take his stand among men according to his ability and his deserts. 
Our State has provided an opportunity for every child to rise from 
the helplessness and hopelessness of ignorance and to take his place 
wherever his ability and his industry entitle him to stand. 

Every one of these privileges and opportunities implies a duty. It 
is a fortunate law of life that whatever the opportunities that are 
given to us, from whatever source, the benefits we receive from them 
depend upon the exertions we put forth in appropriating them for our 
use. The protection given us by our government is a benefit to us 
only so long as we abide by the restrictions it places upon us. The 
strong right arm of the law falls as heavily in the punishment of law 
breakers as it does in the protection of law-abiding citizens. The 
fact that we are protected from the injustice of our neighbors who 
are stronger than we, implies that we must accord the same protection 
from our own selfishness to our neighbors who are weaker. Every de- 
partment of government requires money to sustain it, and with the 
same readiness that we enjoy the advantages the government affords 
us, we should pay our right proportion of the taxes required for its 
maintenance. 

Every true citizen of Florida should feel that it is as wrong to 
cheat the State as it is to cheat his neighbor. The man who en- 
joys the protection and privileges of a citizen and then refuses to 
pay his poll tax, or gives his property a false valuation in order to 
cheat the government of a part of that which is due from him, has 
committed an act nmch worse in its real nature than one who buys 
goods from a merchant, or boards at a hotel, and then refuses to pay 
his just debts. Hardly anything short of actual treason could be more 
unpatriotic and more disgraceful in the citizenship of any State than 
that it should become a custom to value property under oath, for as- 



PRIVILEGES AND DUTIES OF CITIZENS 271 

sessment of taxes, at less than its worth. Unfortunately, the laws are 
not now clear as to how one should rightfully determine the value of 
his property. This should be made clear with no opportunity for 
pleading ignorance, and then a public sentiment should prevail that 
one who would perjure himself to cheat his State should be debarred 
from the confidence of good people as would any other thief. 

Another duty of every good citizen is to feel the same interest in 
the affairs of his government that he does in his private affairs. For 
one who is not in public life this requires very little of his time and 
attention, yet nothing can be of more consequence to himself and his 
children than that the government be kept clean and pure, that its 
trusts be put in the hands of true and able men, and that those who 
are unfit to manage public business or who would use it for selfish 
purposes be kept from getting control. To accomplish this, every 
citizen should make himself familiar with public issues and not only 
should cast his own vote with a definite knowledge that by so doing- 
he is contributing to the welfare and strength of his State and coun- 
try, but should exert all his influence to the same end. When, as will 
often happen, he shall see men whom he knows to be incompetent 
striving for public office, or when he becomes aware of a movement 
to put into power men who will use the government to foster selfish 
interests, he should rally to the protection of his State or his country, 
as he would in time of danger to the defense of his home. 

Every good citizen should have definite views as to public policies 
so that he may form his own opinions and ally himself intelligently 
with that party which he thinks will best serve the interest of the 
country. It is equally wrong to refuse to participate in public matters 
and to follow, like sheep, the dictates of a party leader. Nothing will 
prove so disastrous to a political party, in the long run, as that its 
adherents should, without consideration of merit, vote for any man 
who may attach himself to the party. The test which should be 
applied to the claims of any candidate is not, "By what party name 
is he known?" but "For what principles of government does he 
stand?" "What is his fitness to properly fill the position which 
he seeks?" and, more than all, " Is his character worthy of all confi- 
dence?" There is danger both to the interests of the party and to 
those of the country in the doctrine that loyalty to the party demands 
that a man should vote for a candidate, whom he knows to be unfit 
for a position, because by some chicanery he has gotten his name on 



272 PART III 

the party ticket. Sometimes the best service a man can render his 
party is to cause the defeat of a candidate or nominee' who, he has 
good reason to believe, will bring disgrace upon it. In matters of 
public policy, it is usually right that a man should remain loyal to his 
party until he feels he must abandon it and proclaim his allegiance to 
another party ; just as he should support the official acts of his gov- 
ernment as long as he retains his citizenship. But his duty to his 
party or his country never demands that he should uphold dishonesty 
or immorality in any form. 

Loyalty to one' s government not only demands that one should 
abide by its decisions and adhere to its policies, but also forbids that 
one should do anything which would lessen the influence, dignity, or 
effectiveness of any department of the government. The authority 
and dignity of the courts should be protected by every good citizen 
until such wrong has been done that it becomes his duty to advocate 
impeachment of the erring official. Then he should feel that his duty 
has not been performed until the wrong doer has been removed from 
office and made to pay the penalty of his offenses. The practice of 
abusing those in authority has done much harm in the past, not only 
in w^eakening the effectiveness of the servants to whom the govern- 
ment has been intrusted, but also in endangering them and the 
stability of the government itself. 

No citizens have a more important duty to perform for their State, 
a greater responsibility, or a greater privilege than the boys and girls 
who read these pages. Remember that your ability to be good citi- 
zens in the future depends upon how you do your duty to your 
country now. If you waste the precious school days and the oppor- 
tunities they bring, you are not only throwing away the greatest 
privilege that our country can give, but besides this, you are making 
it impossible that you can ever understand the problems of good 
citizenship and do your duty in maintaining the power, strength, and 
glory of our country. But if you make the best use of every day ; if 
you learn to love your country and your State, their history and the 
stories of their great men ; if you acquaint yourself with the geog- 
raphy and the government that you may know the meaning of the 
problems that will arise ; if your hearts learn to thrill with the tales 
of heroism, the songs of patriotism, and the sight of the Stars and 
Stripes, then will you be serving your State as nobly and as well as 
the greatest and best statesman that fills a public office. 



INDEX 

Key to Pronunciation. — Vowels: a in late, 5 in fat, a in far, a in 
fall ; e in me, e in met, e in vein ; i in fine, i in tin, i in police ; o in note, 
6 in not ; u in tune, u in nut, u in rude, u in pull ; y in hymn. 

Consonants : 5 in 9ent ; € in €ork ; g in gem, g in go ; s in busy ; 
N, the French nasal. 

Note. — Pronunciation is here indicated only of the words likely to be 
mispronounced. 



Abraham, negro interpreter, 126. 

Adelanta'do, Spanish title for gov- 
ernor, 19, 23, 27. 

Admission of Florida to Union, 152. 

Agriculture, commissioner of, 242, 

Agricultural college established, 192. 

Alabama secedes, 157. 

Alach'ua County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 

Allison, A. K., governor of Florida, 
177, 210. 

Altamaha' , fort built on, 73. 

Ambris'ter, sentenced to death, 96. 

Amelia Island, 88. 

Amendments to constitution, provi- 
sion for, 259. 

America andthe Amencans (Murat), 
112. 

"American RMg'ra," 225. 

Anderson, Colonel Patton, at Pen- 
sacola, 158. 

Anderson, General R. H., at Santa 
Rosa Island, 159, 160; 
commander of cavalry, 167. 

Anhaye'a, Narvaez at, 25. 



Annexation of Florida, 100, 101. 

Apala'chee, desolation of, 71, 72. 
search for gold in, 24, 25. 

Apalachee Indians, war with Span- 
iards, 61, 62. 

Apalachico'la founded, 113. 

Apalachicola, United States arsenal 
seized at, 158. 

Apalachicola Bay, British agents at, 
92. 

Apalachicola River, Indian reserva- 
tion on, 122. 

Apportionment of representation, 
248, 249. 

Ar'buthnot sentenced to death, 96. 

Ar'mistead, General, commands 
army in Seminole War, 
143. 

Armstrong, General, at Big Wahoo 
Swamp, 136. 

Arrio'la, Don Andres de, founds 
Pensacola, 64. 

Arsenal, United States, seized by 
Quincy Guards, 158. 

Asboth, General, raids of, 168, 170, 
171. 



hist, or FLORIDA 



18 



273 



274 



INDEX 



Ashley, Colonel, commands military 
forces in " Republic of Flor- 
ida," 88. 

Assemblies called, 78. 

Assessor of taxes, county, 249. 

Attorney General, duties of, 242. 

Attorney, prosecuting, election of, 
246. 

Attorney, State, appointment of, 245. 

Auditor, county, 245. 

Aut^, Narvaez at, 25. 

Ayaval'la destroyed, 71. 

Ayllon, De (ilyon'), explorations of, 
21. 

Baha'ma Islands, Florida exchanged 

for, 80. 
Baker County, establishment of, 213. 

population of, 211. 
Barran'cas, Fort, Masot at, 97. 

seized, 158. 
Bartow, South Florida Military Col- 
lege at, 231. 
Bat'on Rouge (roozh), government, 

85. 
Beaches of Florida, 14. 
Belleair (bel'air), celebration at, 

177. 
Benton County (now Hernando), 

211, note. 
Bibliography, 213-216. 
Bienville, De (byaxvel'), burns 

Pensacola, 65, 66. 
Big Wahoo' Swamp, battle of, 136. 

massacre at, 132. 
Bills and laws, how passed, 237. 
Bilox'i, settlement at, 64. 
Bimini', search for, 18, 19. 
Blockade runners, 172, 
Bloody Marsh (Frederica), battle 

of, 75. 



Blox'ham, William D., governor of 

Florida, 190, 210. 
second term of, 196. 
Board of Education, State, 252. 
Bonds, State, 201. 
Boundaries of East Florida, 77. 
of Florida, 11, 86, 235. 
of West Florida, 77, 84, 85. 
Bow'legs, Indian chief, 89. 
Bowles, William Augustus, career 

of, 82-84. 
Bradford County (formerly New 

River), establishment of, 213. 
population of, 211. 
Bragg, General, at Pensacola, 158. 
plans attack on Santa Rosa 

Island, 159. 
transferred to Mobile, 161. 
Branch, John, governor of Florida, 

152, 153, 210. 
Br6, Pierre de (bra, pear'), 56. 
Bre'vard, Brigadier General, at 

" Brick Church," 163. 
Brevard County (formerly St. 

Lucie), establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
" Brick Church," battle of, 163. 
Broome, James E., governor of 

Florida, 155, 210. 
Broward, Napoleon, Democratic 

nominee for governor, 197. 
Brown, Thomas, governor of Flor- 
ida, 155, 210. 
Brace's Creek, settlement at, 116. 
Bii'ist, Major G. L,, commander of 

battery, 167. 
Bullock, Brigadier General, 182. 
Butler,. General, at New Orleans, 

148, 149. 
at St. Augustine, 101. 



INDEX 



275 



Cabinet officials, 242. 
Calhoun' County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 
Call, Major William, 147. 
Call, Kichard Keith, at Big Wahoo 
Swamp, 136. 
builds first railroad in Florida, 113. 
expedition against Indians, 112. 
governor of Florida, 129, 146-150, 

210. 
marches against Indians, 133, 134. 
Calla'va, Spanish governor, 103. 
Caloo'sas, 37. 

Campbell, Governor, Pensacola sur- 
rendered by, 80. 
Canals, building of, 190. 
Cani'^o, Can-ei'o, Indians' name for 

Florida, 19. 
Canvass, county, 266. 
Canvass, State, 266. 
Capital of Florida, 107, 110. 
removal of, agitated, 200. 
surveyed, 110. 
Capitol completed, 154. 
corner-stone laid. 111. 
enlarged, 200. 
Caroline, Fort, built by Laudonni^re, 
46. 
built by Ribault, 45. 
massacre at, 51. 
San Mateo built on site of, 54. 
"Carpetbaggers," 188. 
Cedar Keys, expedition from, 174, 

175. 
Census, 248, 249. 
Charlotte, Fort, Spanish capture, 

80. 
Chefix ico, Indian chief, 109. 
Chesapeake Bay, missionaries at, 
59. 



Childs, Major, Coacoochee arrested 

by, 143. 
Chronological table of principal 

events, 207-209. 
Circuit courts, 244-246. 
Cities, establishment of, 250. 
Citizens, privileges and duties of 

Florida, 268-273. 
Qit'rus County, establishment of, 
213. 
population of, 211. 
Civil War, 157-182. 
Clay County, establishment of, 213. 

population of, 211. 
Clerk of circuit court, 245, 249. 
Clerk of county court, 245. 
Clinch, General, commander United 
States troops, 133. 
Negro fort captured by, 94. 
Coacoo'chee, Indian chief, capture 
of, 137. 
deported, 143. 
escape of, 189, 140. 
interview with General North, 144. 
released, 144-146. 
Cofitachi'qui, queen of, 32. 
Coligny (kolenye'), Admiral, at- 
tempts settlement in Brazil, 
44. 
commissions Ribault's expedition, 
45. 
Colleges, established, 192. 
Col'quitt, General, 165, 166, 167. 
Columbia, battle of, 180. 
Columbia County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 
Commerce, Embargo Act, 86. 

Non-intercourse Act, 86. 
' Commission, Electoral, 188, 189. 
j Commissioners, county, 246, 249. 



276 



INDEX 



Commissioner of Agriculture, duties 

of, 242. 
Commodities, scarcity of, 172-174. 
Comptroller, duties of, 242. 
Confederate States of America, 157. 
Constable, duties of, 246, 249. 
Constitution, State, 153, 232-260. 

Territorial, 153. 
Constitutional convention of 1865, 

185. 
of 1868, 186. 
of 1885, 192, 193. 
Conventions, constitutional, 153, 

185, 186, 192, 193. 
Convention, secession, 156. 
Conversion of Indians, 60, 61. 
Coral formations, 12, 13, 14. 
Cor'dovii, Fernandez de, in Florida, 

20. 
Cdr'tez, Hernando, surprises De 

Naryaez, 23. 
Cotton, accumulation of, 174. 
Council, first legislative, 107, 112, 

124. 
Council, legislative, of Territory, 

105. 
Counties and cities, 249, 250. 
Counties, establishment of, 212, 213. 
County assessor of taxes, 249. 
County canvassing board, 266. 
County commissioners, 246, 249. 
County courts, 246, 247. 
County judge, 246. 
County school fund, 253. 
County surveyor, 249. 
County treasurer, 249. 
Court, Supreme, 243, 244. 
Courts, circuit, 244-246. 
county, 246, 247. 
established, 78. 
State, 202. 



"Cow Ford" Jacksonville called, 

113. 
Creek War, 91, 147. 
Creeks destroy Fort Mims, 91. 
Jackson defeats, 91. 
join Bov^les against Spaniards, 

83, 84. 
Spaniards seek friendship of, 81. 
Cr^ve Coeur (krav' ker), fort built 

at, 73. 
Criminal courts of record, 246. 
Cuba, independence declared, 197, 

198. 
Cubans, sympathy for, 197. 

Dade County, establishment of , 212. 

population of, 211. 
Dade massacre, 132. 
D'Arriola. See Arriola. 
Davis, Brigadier General, 182. 
Davis, Captain, St. Augustine plun- 
dered by, 70. 
Deaf and blind, school for, 192. 
Debt, State, 185, 190, 191, 196, 201. 
De Fti'niak Springs, normal school 

at, 231. 
De Gourgues. See Gourgues. 
D'Iberville, Lemoine (ebervel), set- 
tles Biloxi and Mobile, 64. 
Deserters, danger from, 164. 
De Soto County, establishment of, 
213. 
population of, 211. 
De Soto, Hernando de, death of, 
34. 
discovers Mississippi River, 33. 
lands at Tampa Bay, 27. 
march of, 29-33. 
Dickison, Captain, victory of, 162, 

163, 175. 
Discovery of Florida, 17-19. 



IKDEX 



277 



Disfranchisement of Florida whites, 
187. 
conditions of, 261. 

Disston, Hamilton, land purchase 
of, 191, 223. 

Distribution of govern mental powers, 
235. 

Division of Florida, 77. 

Donation of public lands, 257. 

Drainage of Florida, 14, 15. 

Drainage of land, provision for, 
192, 258. 

Drake, Sir Francis, burns St. Augus- 
tine, 59, 60. 

Drew, George F., governor of 
Florida, 188, 189, 210. 

Duties and powers of the legisla- 
ture, 238, 239. 

Duties of Florida citizens, 268-272. 

Duval', William P., governor of 
Florida, 105-107, 210. 
Lafayette invited to Florida by, 

113. 
relations with Indians, 121-124. 

Duval County, establishment of, 212. 
population of, 211. 

East Coast Railway, 225. 
East Florida, American troops with- 
drawn from, 90. 

boundary of, 77. 

ceded to Spain, 80. 
East Florida Seminary, 230. 
Eaton, John B., governor of Florida, 
128, 210. 

minister to Spain, 129. 
Education, 252-254. 

appropriations for, 202. 

Florida school system, 226-231. 

in Euchee Valley, 119. 

progress in, 192. 



schools established, 154. 

Sheats, superintendent of public 

instruction, 196. 
Election, notice of, 262. 
Election law, 261-266. 
Election officers, 263. 
Election system in Florida, 260-268. 
Elections, primary, 266, 267. 
Elections, special, 262. 
Electoral commission, 188, 189. 
Eligibility to vote, 247. 
Emath'la, Charley, Indian chief, 129. 
Embargo Act, 86. 
Enemath'la, Indian chief, 95, 109, 

110. 
opposes Duval, 122-125. 
English in Florida, 59, 60, 70-80, 

82-86, 92, 93, 100. 
Enlistment in Florida, 162. 
Es^am'bia County, establishment 

of, 212. 
population of, 211. 
Espi'ritu San'to (Tampa Bay), De 

Soto at, 27. 
Estra'da, Governor, defends St. 

Augustine, 88. 
Eu'chee Valley, settlement of, 114- 

120. 
Eucheean'na founded, 116. 

raid at, 169. 
Everglades, vegetation of, 15. 
Executive department, 240. 
Exemptions, 251, 252. 
Exports of Florida, 16. 

" Fel'lenberg" school, attempted at 

Tallahassee, 226. 
Felony defined, 258. 
Fernandi'na captured, 88. 

evacuated, 162. 

regiments at, 199. 



278 



INDEX 



Filibustering voyages to aid Cubans, 

197. 
Finances, improvements in, 201. 
Financial panic, 196, 197. 
Financial provisions, 250, 251, 257. 
Fin'egan, Camp, 105. 
Fin'egan, General, at Jacksonville, 
, 163. 

at Olustee, 165, 166. 

in secession convention, 156. 
Finley, Brigadier General, 182. 
First Florida Regiment, 180. 
Flag, State, 258. 
Fleming, Francis P., governor of 

Florida, 195, 210. 
Florida Agricultural College, 231. 
Florida Educational Society, 226. 
Florida Keys, 14. 
Florida school system, 226-231. 
Florida Seminary, East, 230. 
Florida Seminary, West, 231. 
Florida Southern Railroad, 224. 
Florida State College, 231. 
Fort Barrancas, Carolina, etc. See 

Barrancas, Carolina, etc. 
Fowl towns destroyed, 94-96. 
Franklin County, establishment of, 
212. 

population of, 211. 
Frederi'ca, battle of, 75. 

fort built at, 73. 
Freeze of 1894, 196. 
French and Indian War, 76. 
French in Florida, 45-57, 64-67, 114. 
Fuller's earth, deposit of, 12, 13. 

Gadsden County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Gaines, General, Fowltown destroyed 

by, 94, 95. 



Ga ray', Don Francisco de, gov- 
ernor of Jamaica, 21. 

Garcia (gar the'a) commands Negro 
Fort, 94. 

General Revenue Fund, 203. 

Geography of Florida, 11-16. 

Geology of Florida, 12, 13. 

Georgia settled, 73. 

Gomez (go'meth), explorations of, 
21, 22. 

Gourgues, Dominique de (goorg), 
expedition against San Mateo, 
53-57. 

Governors of Florida, 210. 
election and eligibility of, 240. 
powers and duties of, 240. 

Habeas corpus, writ of, 233, 234. 
Had'jo, Talmus, escape of, 139, 140. 
Halliman, Captain, 135. 
Hamilton County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 
Harbors of Florida, 225. 
Harrison, Colonel, at Olustee, 165. 
Hart, Ossian B., governor of Florida, 

187, 188, 210. 
Havana, exchanged for Florida, 76. 

sanitation of, 194, 195. 
Hawkins, Sir John, aids settlers at 

St. Johns, 47. 
Hayes, Rutherford B., 188. 
Health, County Board of, 255. 

State Board of, 255. 
Henshaw, David, 218. 
Hernandez (er nan'deth). General, 

137, 138. 
Hernando County (formerly Ben- 
ton), establishment of, 212. 
population of, 211. 
Hicks, John, Indian chief, 125. 



INDEX 



279 



Higginson, Colonel, at Jacksonville, 

163. 
High schools, encouragement of, 

230. 
liillsboro County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Mirrihig'ua, Indian chief, 28. 
Holmes County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Homesteads, exemptions regarding, 

251, 252. 
Horse Shoe Bend, battle of the, 91. 
House of Representatives, powers 

and duties of, 236. 
Huguenots, massacre of, 51, 52. 
seek refuge in America, 44, 45. 
settle at Fort Royal, 45. 
Hurricane of 1896, 196. 

Impressment of seamen, 86. 
Indians of Florida, amusements of, 
40. 

clothing of, 38. 

conference with chiefs, 109, 110. 

conversion of, 58-61. 

Creek War, 91, 147- 

dwellings of, 38. 

feasts of, 41. 

government of, 39. 

Jackson's relations with, 103, 104. 

join De Gourgues, 54-57. 

occupations of, 39. 

outbreaks of, 92, 93, 154, 155. 

physique of, 37. 

pottery of, 126. 

races of, 37. 

religion of, 40. 

reservations for, 121-125. 

Seminole raid, 89, 90. 



Seminole War, 126-146. 
warfare and weapons of, 39. 
Indian Trust Fund, 201. 
'Indian War Claims," 189, 201, 202. 
Industrial school at St. Petersburg, 

231. 
Industries of Florida, 16, 78. 
Internal Improvement, history of, 

217-226. 
Internal Improvement Fund, 190, 

219. 

Jackson County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 
Jackson, Andrew, defeats Creeks, 91. 
in battle of New Orleans, 94. 
in Creek War, 147. 
Indian towns destroyed by, 95, 96. 
military governor of Territory of 

Florida, 101-103, 210. 
Pensacola surrendered to, 92, 93. 
President of United States, 105. 
relations with Indians, 103, 104. 
resigns governorship of Florida, 
104. 
Jacksonville, battle of, 163. 
burned, 164. 
Federals held at, 167. 
fire in, 199, 200. 
named, 113. 
regiments at, 199. 
yellow fever in, 194. 
Jacksonville, Tampa, and Key West 

Railroad, 224. 
Jamestown, attempted settlement 

near, 21. 
Jauvas, Indian priests, 41. 
Jefferson County, establishment of, 
212. 
populati(m of, 211. 



280 



INDEX 



Jefferson Davis, President of Con- 
federate States, 157. 

Jennings, William Sherman, gov- 
ernor of Florida, 199, 210. 

Jessup, General, commands army in 
Florida, 136. 
Indians defeated by, 137. 

Johnston, General, surrender of, 
179. 

Jones, General Samuel, at Pensa- 
cola, 161. 

Judah, burned, 159. 

Judiciary, 202, 243-248. 

Jumper, surrender of, 141. 

Justice of the Peace, 246. 

Ka'olin, beds of, 12, 13. 
Key West, founded, 113. 

United States troops at, 158. 
King, Fort, Indians at, 131. 
King Payne, Indian chief, 89. 
King Philip, Indian chief, 137. 

Lafay'ette County, establishment of , 
213. 
population of, 211. 
Lafayette grant, 113, 114. 
Lake City, Agricultural College at, 
192. 
Finegan at, 165. 
Lake County, establishment of, 213. 

population of, 211. 
Lake Lafayette (Tallahassee Pond) , 

109. 
Lakes of Florida, 12. 
Land grants, to Lafayette, 113, 114. 
for internal improvements, 218- 

226. 
for railroads, 190, 191. 
to soldiers, 77. 
Lands, public, 257. 



Laudonni^re, Ren^ de (lodoneer', 

rena' da) , settles at St. Johns, 

46, 47. 
Laws and bills, hqve passed, 237. 
Lee County, establishment of, 213. 

population of, 211. 
Lee, General, surrender of, 179. 
Legislative Council, first, 107, 112, 

124. 
Legislative department, 235-239. 
Legislature, duties and powers of, 

238. 
Leon County, establishment of, 212. 

population of, 211. 
Levy County, establishment of, 212. 

population of, 211. 
Lewis, negro guide, 132. 
Liberty County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Lincoln, President, policy of, 155. 
Local option, 259, 260. 
Long, Mrs., quoted, 116. 
Lopez, Don Jose (lo'path, hosa'), 

surrenders Fernandina, 88. 
Loring, Major General, 182. 
Lotteries prohibited, 239. 
Louisiana, purchased, 85. 

Republic of West Florida annexed 

to, 85. 
Lovell, Colonel, commands regiment 

in Spanish War, 198. 
Lti'na, Don Tristan de, attempts 

settlement near Pensacola, 

43, 44. 

McGil'livray, Alexander, Creek 

chief, 81, 82. 
Mcintosh, General John, president 

" Republic of Florida," 88. 
McKinley, President, 197. 



INDEX 



281 



McKinnon, Colonel John, and the 

raiders, 169. 
Eucheeanna founded by, 116-118. 
McLe'more, Major, expedition of, 

135. 
McLendon, Neil M., settles in Eu- 

chee Valley, 114, 115. 
McLeod, Mrs. Anna (loud), 116. 
McLin, Samuel B., Secretary of 

State, 229. 
McRae, Fort, artillery battle at, 160. 

seized, 158. 
Macomb, General, treaty with Indi- 
ans, 142. 
Madison County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Mallory, Stephen H., Secretary of 

Navy in Confederate cabinet, 

182. 
Manatee' County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Marianna, battle of, 170, 171. 
founded, 113. 
raid at, 169. 
reform school at, 231. 
Marion County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 
Marion, Fort, built, 62. 

surrenders, 158. 
Married women's property, 252. 
Martyr Islands, discovery of, 19. 
Marvin, William, governor of 

Florida, 185, 210. 
Masot, governor of West Florida, 

96, 97. 
Matan'zas, massacre at, 51. 
Matthews, General, captures Fer- 

nandina, 88. 



Mauvil'la (Mobile), battle at, 33. 
Medicine men, 41. 
Members of House of Representa- 
tives, 236. 
Menendez de Aviles, Don Pedro 
(ma-nen'deth da ave'les), at- 
tacks Fort Carolina, 51. 
attempts conversion of Indians, 58. 
death of, 59. 

founds St. Augustine, 49, 50. 
persecutes Huguenots, 51, 52. 
rebuilds San Mateo, 58. 
Met'amoras, Pensacola recaptured 
by, 66. 
surrenders Pensacola, 65. 
Mex'ia, Don Juan, 71. 
Micano'py, Indian chief, 130. 
Miccosu'kee, Bowles's headquarters, 

84. 
Miccosukees, deportation of, 125. 

towns of, destroyed, 95, 96. 
Military rule in Florida, 185, 186. 
Militia, 254, 255. 
Miller, General, at Natural Bridge, 

176. 
Milton, raid at, 168. 
Milton, John, governor of Florida, 
158, 210. 
death of, 177. 
Mims, Fort, massacre at, 91. 
Minor'cans, colony of, in Florida, 

78, 79, 81, 
Mirue'lo, Die'go, discovers Pensa- 
cola Bay, 20. 
Miscellaneous constitutional pro- 
visions, 255-258. 
Missionaries, Spanish, 42, 43, 59-61 . 
Mississippi, secession of, 157. 
Mississippi River, discovery of, 33. 
Mitchell, Henry L., governor of 
Florida, 157, 158, 195, 210. 



282 



INDEX 



Mobile, battle at, 33. 
settlement at, 64. 

Mobile district, surrenders to Wil- 
kinson, 85, 86. 

Monroe County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 

Montea'no, Don Manuel, Georgia 
invaded by, 74, 75. 
St. Augustine defended by, 74. 

Mon'tes, Father, Indians massacre, 
61. 

Montgomery, convention at, 157. 

Montgomery, Colonel, at Jackson- 
ville, 163. 
at Marianna, 170, 171. 

Monticel'lo founded, 113. 

Moore, Governor, Fort San Luis 
and Ayavalla destroyed by, 
71. 
St. Augustine attacked by, 70, 71. 

Moosa, Fort, recaptured, 74. 

Morrill Fund, 231. 

Moseley, William D., governor of 
Florida, 153, 156, 210. 

Mosquito County (now Orange), 
establishment of, 212. 
population of, 211. 

Muco'so, Indian chief, 28. 

Murat (mura'), Madame, 157. 

Murat, Prince Achille, 111, 112. 

Musco'gees, 37. 

Naming of Florida, 11, 19. 
Narvaez, Panfilo de (narva'eth, pan- 
fe'lo da), in Florida, 24-26. 
in Mexico, 23. 
Nashville, battle of, 108. 
Nassau County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 



Natural Bridge, battle of, 176, 177. 
Navigation, early, 116. 
Negro Fort, 94. 

Negroes, as delegates to constitu- 
tional convention, 186. 
enfranchised, 187. 
government positions held by, 188. 
normal school for, 231. 
New Orleans, battle of, 94. 

ceded to Spain, 76. 
New River County, establishment 
of, 213. 
name changed to Bradford, 211, 

note. 
population of, 211. 
New Smyrna, colony founded at, 78. 
Newman, Colonel, defeats Semi- 

noles, 89, 90. 
Newport, Federals at, 176. 
Newton, General, expedition of, 
against Tallahassee, 175. 
at Natural Bridge, 176. 
Niagara^ 160. 
Nichols, Captain, builds fort on 

Apalachicola, 94. 
Non-intercourse Act, 86. 
Normal school for colored students, 
231. 
for whites, 231. 

O'glethorpe, Georgia settled by, 73. 

St. Augustine besieged by, 73, 74. 

St. Augustine challenged by, 75. 
Okecho'bee, battle of, 141. 
Olus'tee, battle of, 165, 166. 
Orange County (formerly Mosquito), 
establishment of, 212. 

population of, 211. 
Ordinance of secession, 156. 
Ortiz, Juan (or'teth, hooan'), ro- 
mance of, 28. 



INDEX 



283 



Os^eo'la, Indian chief, captured, 
138, 139. 
life and character of, 129, 130. 
pretended surrender of, 137. 
shoots Emathla, 129. 
Osceola County, establishment of, 
213. 
population of, 211. 

Palat'ka founded, 113. 

Panic, financial, 196. 

Pardoning board, 241. 

Pasco County, establishment of , 213. 

population of, 211. 
Pass Christian, massacre at, 26. 
Peabody Fund, 229. 
Pensaco'la, American flag raised at, 
102. 

blockaded, 158, 159. 

Bowles's expedition against, 83. 

British agents at, 92. 

burned, 66. 

evacuated, 161, 162. 

Federals at, 170. 

founded, 64. 

French capture, 65, 66. 

Jackson captures, 92, 93, 96, 97. 

restored to Spain, 67. 

settlement attempted at, 44. 

Spanish capture, 66, 80. 
Pensacola and Atlantic Railroad, 

223. 
Pensacola Bay discovered, 20. 
Pensacola War, 65-67. 
Percy, Captain, builds fort on Apala- 

chicola, 94. 
Perdi'do River, boundary between 
French and Spanish terri- 
tory, 64. 

western boundary of Florida, 86. 
Perry, Brigadier General, 182. 



Perry, Edward A., governor of 

Florida, 193, 210. 
Perry, Madison Starke, governor of 

Florida, 155, 156, 158, 210. 
Phosphates, deposits of, 12, 13, 14, 

195. 
Physical features of Florida, 12, 13, 

14, 15. 
Pickens, Fort, artillery battle at, 
160. 
headquarters of Union army, 

158. 
United States troops at, 158. 
Pine'da, explorations of, 21. 
Polk County, establishment of, 213. 

population of, 211. 
Poll taxes, collection of, 263. 
Ponce de Leon (pon'tha da laon') 
attempts conquest of Florida, 
22. 
death of, 23. 
discovers Florida, 17-19. 
discovers Martyrs and Tortugas, 
19. 
Ponce de Leon hotel, 193. 
Population of Florida, by counties, 
211. 
increase in, 191. 
Port Royal, settlement at, 45. 

Spanish plunder, 70. 
Porter, Dr. J. Y., 194. 
Porto Rico, conquest of, 18. 
Ports blockaded, 172. 
Powell, William, 129. 
Powers, and duties of Senate and 
House of Representatives, 
236. 
denied to the State, 234. 
Preamble of Constitution of Florida, 

234. 
Primary elections, 266, 267. 



284 



INDEX 



"Primary system," 200, 201. 

Prisoners, State, 201. 

Privileges and duties of Florida 

citizens, 268-272. 
Progress in Florida, 191, 192. 
Prosecuting attorney, 246. 
Prosperity in Florida, 190-193, 

203. 
Public institutions, provisions for, 

254. 
Public lands, donation of, 257. 
Public matters, participation in, 

271. 
Purchase of Florida, 101. 
Purchase of Louisiana, 85. 
Putnam County, establishment of, 

212. 
population of, 211. 

Quincy founded, 113. 
Quincy Guards seize United States 
arsenal, 158. 

Race question in schools, 229, 254. 
Raiders, Federal, 168, 169. 
Railroads, 113, 150, 190, 191, 217- 

225. 
" Ralph Ring wood " (Governor 

Duval), 107. 
Read, Colonel Leigh, relieves 

"blockhouse," 136. 
Readmission of Florida, 187. 
Recorder of county, 245. 
Reed, Harrison, governor of Florida, 

186, 187, 210. 
Referee, appointment of, 246. 
References for research topics, 214- 

216. 
Reform school at Marianna, 231. 
Regiments, Florida, 180-182. 
Registration, 262, 263. 



Reid, Judge Robert Raymond, gov- 
ernor of Florida, 150, 182, 
210. 
Reid, Mrs., services during Civil 

War, 182. 
Religion, in the Euchee Valley, 119. 

of Indians, 40. 
Religious freedom guaranteed, 233. 
Republic of Florida, 87, 88. 
Republic of West Florida formed, 

85. 
Reservations, Indians oppose re- 
moval to, 126, 127. 
Indians removed to, 121-125. 
Revenues, increase of, 201, 202. 
Revolution, Florida a royal colony 

during, 79, 80. 
Revolutionary War, 79, 80. 
Ribault, Jean (rebo', zhon), colony 
of, massacred by Menendez, 
51, 52. 
death of, 52. 

discovers St. Johns River, 45. 
returns to Florida, 48. 
settles at Port Royal, 45. 
wreck of vessels of, 50, 51. 
Richmond, 160. 
Right of search, 86. 
Rights and allegiance, 234. 
Rights guaranteed to every citizen, 

233. 
River of May, Ribault names, 45. 

settlement on, 46. 
Road, St. Augustine, 112, 113, 218. 
Roads, from Pensacola to St. Au- 
gustine, 149. 
in Euchee Valley, 119. 
public, 78. 
Russell, Major A. J., State Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction, 
229, 230. 



INDEX 



285 



Rutledge, Bishop, in secession con- 
vention, 156. 

St. Andrews Bay, Federal gunboats 
block, 170. 

salt works destroyed at, 164. 
St. Au'gustine, American expedition 
against, 88, 89. 

American flag raised at, 101, 102. 

burned, 60. 

Captain Davis plunders, 70. 

English expedition against, 70, 71. 

evacuated, 162. 

expedition to nivade Georgia, 80. 

fort built at, 62. 

Fort Marion surrenders, 158. 

founded, 49, 50. 

Oglethorpe besieges, 73-75. 

rebuilt, 60. 

Road, 112, 113, 218. 

school for blind, deaf, and dumb 
at, 192, 231. 
St. Johns County, establishment of, 
212. 

population of, 211. 
St. Johns River, discovered, 45. 
St. Johns, settlement on, 46, 47. 
St. Lucie County (now Brevard), 
establishment of, 212. 

population of, 211. 
St. Mark's, fort built at, 72, 73. 

Bowles captures, 84. 

railroad built, 150. 

surrendered to Jackson, 96. 
St. Petersburg, industrial school at, 

231. 
St. Simons, fortification destroyed 

at, 75. 
Salt works destroyed, 164. 
San Carlos, fort built at, 64. 
San Luis', Fort, destroyed, 71. 



San Marco (Fort Marion), built, 62. 
San Marcos de Apalachee, fort built 

at, 73. 
San Mate'o, built, 54. 
De Gourgues captures, 57. 
rebuilt, 58. 
Sanderson, Confederates withdraw 

from, 165. 
Santa Mari'a (Pensacola), settle- 
ment at, 64. 
Santa Rosa County, establishment 
of, 212. 
population of, 211, 
Santa Rosa Island, attack on, 159, 
160. 
Spanish in, 67. 
Satourio'na, Indian chief, 55. 
Schools, appropriations for, 202. 
for blind, deaf, and dumb, 231. 
improvement in, 192. 
in Euchee Valley, 119. 
system of, in Florida, 226-231. 
Scotch pioneers in Florida, 114- 

120. 
Scott, Colonel, at Natural Bridge, 
176. 
defends Tallahassee, 175. 
pursues Federals, 171. 
Scott, General Winfield, commands 

army in Florida, 134. 
Scott, Lieutenant, massacre of, 95. 
Seal of State, 258. 
Secession convention, 156. 
Secession of Southern States, 157. 
Secoffee, Indian chief, 89. 
Second Florida regiment, 181. 
Secretary of State, duties of, 242. 
Sem'inole War, 126-146. 
Seminoles, expedition against, 89, 

90. 
Senate, powers and duties of, 236. 



286 



INDEX 



Settlement of East and West Florida. 
77, 78. 

Seven Pines, battle of, 181. 

Sfeymour, General, inarch of, 165. 

Sheats, William N., Superintendent 
of Public Instruction, 196, 
230. 

Sheriff, duties of, 245, 249. 

Shiloh, battle of, 180. 

Shoup, Brigadier General, 182. 

Simmons, Dr. William H., capital 
commissioner, 107, 108. 

Slavery abolished, 185. 

Smith, Lieutenant, killed, 131. 

Smith, Major General, 182. 

Social life in Euchee Valley, 119. 

South Atlantic Squadron, 199. 

South Carolina, secession of, 157. 

South Florida Military College, 231. 

Spanish Hole, Federals at, 175. 

Spanish in Florida, 19-33, 43, 44, 
48-52, 57-63, 64-67, 70-76, 
80, 81, 83-86, 88, 90, 96, 97, 
100-103. 

Spanish War, 198, 199. 

Special elections, 262. 

Special Tax School District Elec- 
tions, 267, 268. 

State, Florida admitted as, 152. 

State attorney, duties of, 245. 

State Board of Canvassers, 266. 

State Board of Education, 252. 

State canvass, 266. 

State courts, 202. 

State debt, 196, 201. 

State flag, 258. 

State prisoners, 201. 

State School Fund, 228, 252. 

State troops, 179-182, 202. 

Stearns, Marceljus L., governor of 
Florida, 188, 210. 



Stephens, Alexander H., Vice Presi- 
dent Confederate States, 157. 

Suffrage, eligibility for, 247, 248, 
261. 

Sumter County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 

Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion, 242, 249, 252. 

Supreme Court, 243, 244. 

Suw^a'nee County, establishment of, 
213. 
population of, 211. 

Suwanee taken, 96. 

Svi^amp lands granted to Florida, 
190, 191, 219. 

Tallahas'see, capital of Florida, 108- 
110. 

constitutional convention at, 185. 

normal school for colored students 
at, 231. 

public school established at, 227. 

removal of capital agitated, 200. 

secession convention at, 156. 

State college at, 231. 

threatened by Federals, 175. 
Tallahassees, deportation of, 125. 
Tampa, regiments at, 199. 

yellow fever in, 194. 
Tampa Bay, De Soto at, 27. 

Narvaez's explorations near, 24. 
Tax collector, 249. 
Taxation, provisions for, 250, 251. 

reduction of, 189, 196, 203. 

special elections for, 267, 268. 
Taylor County, establishment of, 
213. 

population of, 211. 
Taylor, General, commands army in 
Florida, 141, 142. 



INDEX 



287 



Taylor, General, in Seminole War, 

141. 
President of United States, 146, 
Te^um'seh, Indian chief, 90. 
Teques'tas, Indian tribe, 87. 
Territorial governors, 210. 
Territory of Florida formed, 101- 

103. 
Thompson, General, Indian agent, 

130, 131. 
Three Friends^ filibustering voyages 

of, 197. 
Tilden, Samuel J., presidential can- 
didate, 188. 
Timi'quis, Indian tribe, 61. 
Tortu'gas, discovery of, 19. 

United States troops at, 158. 
Towns, early, 113. 
Transportation, 112, 113, 116, 190, 

217-226. 
Treasurer, duties of, 242. 
Treasury, State, 201, 202. 
Treaty of acquisition of Florida, 

101. 
with Indians, 122, 142. 
Troops, Florida, bravery of, 179- 

182. 
improvement of, 202. 
Tnrnbull, Dr. Andrew, colony of, 

78. 
Tyler, President, Florida admitted 

as State by, 152. 

" Uncle Sam's Pet Lambs,'' Zouaves 

known as, 159. 
Undervaluation of property, 271. 
University of Florida, 231. 

Velas'co, Don Luis de, 43. 
Velasquez (velas'keth) commissions 
Narvaez, 23. 



Verrazani (tsa'ne), explorations of, 

44. 
Volunteers, in Civil War, 158. 

in Spanish War, 198. 
Volu'sia County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 

Wac'ca Pilat'ka (Jacksonville), 113. 
Wakul'la County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 
Walker, Brigadier General, 182. 
Walker, David S., governor of 
Florida, 186, 210. 
Superintendent of Schools, 227. 
Walton, Colonel George, acting gov- 
ernor of Florida, 104. 
Walton County, establishment of, 
212. 
population of, 211. 
white settlement of, 115. 
War, Civil, 157-182. 
Creek, 91, 147. 
of 1812, 86-90. 
Revolutionary, 79, 80. 
Seminole, 126-146. 
Spanish, 198, 199. 
Ward, Colonel, in battle of Wil- 
liamsburg, 181. 
Warrington, village damaged in Civil 

War, 160. 
Washington County, establishment 
of, 212. 
population of, 211. 
Weatherford, Indian chief, 91, 92. 
Wela'ka River (St. Johns) discov- 
ered, 45. 
West Florida, Americans control 
97. 
boundary of, 77, 84, 85. 



288 



INDEX 



West Florida, ceded to Spain, 80. 

Republic of, 85. 

Spanish conquest of, 80. 
West Florida Seminary, 175, 231. 
Wilkinson, General, Mobile surren- 
ders to, 86. 
Williams, John Lee, capital commis- 
sioner, 107, 108. 
Williamsburg, battle of, 181. 
Willis, Colonel Bird, 112. 



Withlacoo'chee, battle of, 133, 134. 

Women of Florida, 182. 

Woolsey, village damaged in Civil 

War, 160. 
Worth, General, commands army in 

Seminole War, 143-146. 

Yellow fever epidemic, 194. 
Yulee' D. L., senator, 218. 



NOV 



29 



1904 



